Repair and Diagnosis (Single Page)

You are viewing the full "tree" of links on one page. This can load slowly, but is easier to search. The same page can appear multiple times under a different folder, that is why the page is so large.
View "split tree" where inner folders are split out. where inner links are on separate pages.

Expand All (for easy ctrl-f) Collapse All

• Quick Lookups
  • Common Specs & Procedures
    • Specifications Index
  • DTC Index
    • Ordered DTC Index
  • Electrical Component Locations
    • Component Locations & Power, Ground And Splice Pack Connector End Views
      • Master Electrical Component List
      • Power and Grounding Component Views
      • Power and Grounding Connectors
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator
        • Ignition Switch
      • Electrical Center Identification Views
        • Fuse Block - Underhood (4.2L), Label
        • Fuse Block - Underhood (5.3L/6.0L), Label
        • Fuse Block - Underhood, Top View (4.2L)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood, Top View (5.3L/6.0L)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood, Bottom View
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C1 (4.2L)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C1 (5.3L/6.0L)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C2
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C4
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C5
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C1
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C8
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C9
        • Fuse Block - Rear, Label
        • Fuse Block - Rear, Top View
        • Fuse Block - Rear, Bottom View
        • Fuse Block - Rear C1
        • Fuse Block - Rear C2
        • Fuse Block - Rear C3
        • Fuse Block - Rear C4
      • Splice Pack Connectors
        • Splice Pack SP201
        • Splice Pack SP205
        • Splice Pack SP306
    • Diagnostic Connector (DLC) Locations
      • Domestic Cars
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Domestic Light Trucks & Vans
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Imported Cars & Trucks
        • ACURA
        • AUDI
        • BENTLEY
        • BMW
        • DAIHATSU
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • FERRARI
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
        • HONDA
        • HYUNDAI
        • INFINITI
        • ISUZU
        • Jaguar
        • KIA
        • Land Rover
        • LEXUS
        • MAZDA
        • MERCEDES-BENZ
        • MITSUBISHI
        • NISSAN
        • PEUGEOT
        • PORSCHE
        • RENAULT
        • Rolls-ROYCE
        • SAAB
        • SUBARU
        • SUZUKI
        • TOYOTA
        • VOLKSWAGEN
        • VOLVO
    • Electrical Component Locator
      • Buzzers, Relays & Timers
      • Circuit Protection Devices
      • Control Units
      • Motors
      • Sending Units & Sensors
      • Solenoids & Solenoid Valves
      • Switches
      • Miscellaneous
      • Connectors
      • Grounds
      • Splices
      • Component Location Graphics
  • Fluids
  • Technical Bulletins
    • Safety Recalls
    • Technical Service Bulletins
  • Tire Fitment
  • Wiring Diagrams
    • Component Locations & Power, Ground And Splice Pack Connector End Views
      • Master Electrical Component List
      • Power and Grounding Component Views
      • Power and Grounding Connectors
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator
        • Ignition Switch
      • Electrical Center Identification Views
        • Fuse Block - Underhood (4.2L), Label
        • Fuse Block - Underhood (5.3L/6.0L), Label
        • Fuse Block - Underhood, Top View (4.2L)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood, Top View (5.3L/6.0L)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood, Bottom View
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C1 (4.2L)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C1 (5.3L/6.0L)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C2
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C4
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C5
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C1
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C8
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C9
        • Fuse Block - Rear, Label
        • Fuse Block - Rear, Top View
        • Fuse Block - Rear, Bottom View
        • Fuse Block - Rear C1
        • Fuse Block - Rear C2
        • Fuse Block - Rear C3
        • Fuse Block - Rear C4
      • Splice Pack Connectors
        • Splice Pack SP201
        • Splice Pack SP205
        • Splice Pack SP306
    • OEM Connector End Views - Connector Index
      • Connector Index
    • OEM Connector End Views (1 Of 5)
      • Adjustable Pedal Connector End Views
        • Electronic Adjustable Pedals (EAP) Assembly Connector End View
        • Electronic Adjustable Pedals (EAP) Relay Connector End View
        • Electronic Adjustable Pedals (EAP) Switch Connector End View
      • Air Suspension Connector End Views
        • Air Suspension Compressor Assembly Connector End View C1
        • Air Suspension Compressor Assembly Connector End View C2 (Air Suspension Inflator Switch)
        • Air Suspension Sensor Connector End View - Left Rear
        • Air Suspension Sensor Connector End View - Right Rear
      • Antilock Brake System Connector End Views
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Speed/Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Connector End View - LF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Connector End View - LR
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Connector End View - RF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Connector End View - RR
        • Yaw Rate and Lateral Acceleration Sensor Connector End View
      • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector End View
        • Engine Side to Transmission Side Connector End View
      • Automatic Transmission Internal Connector End Views
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 3-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Assembly Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Input Speed Sensor (ISS) Harness Connector End View
        • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Solenoid Valve, Wiring Harness Side
      • Automatic Transmission Related Connector End Views
        • Transmission Control Module (TCM) Connector End View, Engine Side (5.3L and 6.0L)
        • Transmission Range Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Assembly Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
      • Cooling System Connector End Views
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View
      • Data Communication Connector End Views
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C1
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C2
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C3
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Connector End View
        • Liftgate Module (LGM) Connector End View C1
        • Liftgate Module (LGM) Connector End View C2
        • Liftgate Module (LGM) Connector End View C3
      • Displays and Gages Connector End Views
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View (DF5)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Connector End View (5.3L/6.0L)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View (4.2L)
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
      • Electrical Center Identification Views
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C1 (4.2L)
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C1 (5.3L/6.0L)
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C2
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C4
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C5
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C1
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C8
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C9
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Rear C1
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Rear C2
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Rear C3
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Rear C4
      • Engine Control Module Connector End Views (5.3L)
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C1
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C2
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C3
    • OEM Connector End Views (2 Of 5)
      • Engine Control Module Connector End Views (6.0L)
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C1
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C2
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C3
      • Engine Controls Connector End Views (4.2L)
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Actuator Solenoid Assembl Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Sensor 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 3 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 4 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 5 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 6 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 Connector End View (Front)
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 2 Connector End View (Rear)
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF)/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Connector End View (K18)
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay Connector End View (K18)
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Connector End View (K18)
        • Throttle Body Connector End View
      • Engine Controls Connector End Views (5.3L)
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Brake Booster Vacuum Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 7 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 8 Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 2 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 3 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 4 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 5 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 6 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 7 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 8 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 Connector End View - Left
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 2 Connector End View - Right
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF)/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Throttle Body Connector End View
        • Valve Lifter Oil Manifold (VLOM) Assembly Connector End View
      • Engine Controls Connector End Views (6.0L)
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 7 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 8 Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 2 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 3 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 4 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 5 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 6 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 7 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 8 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 Connector End View (Left)
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 2 Connector End View (Right)
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF)/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Throttle Body Connector End View
      • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
        • Generator Connector End View
        • Regulated Voltage Control Module Connector End View
      • Entertainment/Communication Connector End Views
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C1 (w/UQA)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C2 (w/UQA)
        • Cellular Microphone Connector End View (UE1)
        • Digital Radio Receiver Connector End View (w/U2K)
        • Digital Video Disc (DVD) Player Connector End View (U42)
        • Radio Connector End View C1 (w/o UQA)
        • Radio Connector End View C1 (w/UQA)
        • Radio Connector End View C2
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF Door (w/UQA)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF I/P (w/UQA)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR Door (w/o UQA)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR Door (w/UQA)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF Door (w/UQA)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF I/P (w/UQA)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR Door (w/o UQA)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR Door (w/UQA)
        • Speaker Assembly Connector End View - LF Door (w/o UQA)
        • Speaker Assembly Connector End View - RF Door (w/o UQA)
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C1 (UE1)
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C2 (UE1)
      • Heated/Cooled Seat Connector End Views
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Driver Back (w/Heat)
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Driver Cushion (w/Heat)
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Passenger Back (w/Heat)
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Passenger Cushion (w/Heat)
      • Horn Connector End Views
        • Horn Assembly Connector End View
      • HVAC Connector End Views (Automatic)
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Assembly Connector End View
        • A/C Low Pressure Switch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Left
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Right
        • Air Temperature Sensor Assembly Connector End View - Inside
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Lower Left
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Lower Right
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Upper Left
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Upper Right
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Ambient Light/Sunload Sensor Assembly Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Control Module Connector End View
        • Console Mode Actuator Connector End View - Auxiliary
        • Defrost Actuator Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C1
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C2
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View - Auxiliary
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Rear Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Rear Blower Resistor Connector End View
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
      • HVAC Connector End Views (Manual)
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Assembly Connector End View
        • A/C Low Pressure Switch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Left
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Right
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly Connector End View
        • Console Mode Actuator Connector End View - Auxiliary
        • Defrost Actuator Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C1
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C2
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View - Auxiliary
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
      • Hydraulic Brake Connector End Views
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Park Brake Switch Connector End View
      • Immobilizer Connector End Views
        • Hood Ajar Switch Connector End View (UA2)
        • Inclination Sensor Connector End View (BAE)
        • Passlock Sensor Connector End View (w/o BAE)
        • Theft Deterrent Alarm Connector End View (BAE)
        • Theft Deterrent Control Module Connector End View (BAE)
    • OEM Connector End Views (3 Of 5)
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • C100 I/P Harness to Engine Harness Connector End View (4.2L)
        • C101 Chassis Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C102 Forward Lamp Harness to the Left Headlamp Connector End View
        • C103 Forward Lamp Harness to the Right Headlamp Connector End View
        • C104 Engine Harness to Fuel Injector Harness Connector End View (4.2L)
        • C105 Forward Lamp Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C106 I/P Harness to Chassis Harness Connector End View (BAE)
        • C107 Engine Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (5.3L/6.0L)
        • C108 Engine Harness to Ignition Coil Harness Connector End View (5.3L/6.0L)
        • C109 Engine Harness to Ignition Coil Harness Connector End View (5.3L/6.0L)
        • C110 Engine Harness to Camshaft Position Sensor Jumper Harness Connector End View (5.3L/6.0L)
        • C111 I/P Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C118 Forward Lamp Harness to Cooling Fan Tether Harness Connector End View
        • C175 Engine Harness to Automatic Transmission Harness Connector End View (4.2L)
        • C175 Engine Harness to Automatic Transmission Harness Connector End View (5.3L/6.0L)
        • C201 Steering Column Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C202 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C203 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C204 I/P Harness to Auxiliary Blower Motor Harness Connector End View (CJ2)
        • C220 Infotainment Jumper Harness to Body Harness Connector End View (U42)
        • C221 Infotainment Jumper Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (U42/U2K)
        • C225 I/P Harness to Electronic Adjustable Pedal Assembly Harness Connector End View (JF4)
        • C275 Steering Column Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C277 Steering Column Harness to Steering Wheel Harness Connector End View (STW)
        • C300 I/P Harness to Floor Shift Control Harness Connector End View
        • C304 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C305 Headliner Harness to Overhead Console Harness Connector End View
        • C306 Headliner Harness to Body Harness Connector End View (UE1/U42)
        • C307 Floor Console Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C308 Headliner Harness to Sunroof Harness Connector End View (CF5)
        • C310 Engine Harness to Chassis Harness Connector End View (4WD)
        • C311 Body Harness to Driver Seat Harness Connector End View (A50)
        • C311 Body Harness to Driver Seat Harness Connector End View (AR9)
        • C314 Body Harness to Passenger Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C317 Body Harness to Left Seat Belt Harness Connector End View
        • C318 Body Harness to Right Seat Belt Harness Connector End View
        • C500 Left Front Door Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C600 Right Front Door Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C700 Body Harness to Left Rear Door Harness Connector End View
        • C800 Body Harness to Right Rear Door Harness Connector End View
        • C900 Body Harness to Liftgate Harness Connector End View
        • C901 Liftgate Harness to License Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C904 Rear Defogger Harness to Liftgate Harness Connector End View (C49)
        • C905 Rear Defogger Harness to Liftgate Harness Connector End View (C49)
    • OEM Connector End Views (4 Of 5)
      • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
        • Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View (CJ3)
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Left (Z88)
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Right (Z88)
        • Cargo Lamp Connector End View
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Cornering Lamp Connector End View - Left (Z88/W49)
        • Cornering Lamp Connector End View - Right (Z88/W49)
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View - Center
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View - Front
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - LF (Except W49 w/T96)
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - LF (W49 w/T96)
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - RF (Except W49 w/T96)
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - RF (W49 w/T96)
        • Headlamp Connector End View - High Beam - Left
        • Headlamp Connector End View - High Beam - Right
        • Headlamp Leveling Actuator Connector End View - Left (TR6)
        • Headlamp Leveling Actuator Connector End View - Right (TR6)
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Low Beam - Left
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Low Beam - Right
        • Headlamp Switch Connector End View C1
        • Headlamp Switch Connector End View C2
        • License Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • License Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Liftglass Ajar Switch Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - LF (X88)
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - LF (Z88/Z89/W49)
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - RF (X88)
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - RF (Z88/Z89/W49)
        • Park Lamp Connector End View - LF (W49)
        • Park Lamp Connector End View - RF (W49)
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LF (X88)
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LF (Z88/Z89)
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RF (X88)
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RF (Z88/Z89)
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • Tail Lamp Circuit Board Connector End View - Left (w/T84)
        • Tail Lamp Circuit Board Connector End View - Left (w/o T84)
        • Tail Lamp Circuit Board Connector End View - Right (w/T85)
        • Tail Lamp Circuit Board Connector End View - Right (w/o T85)
        • Trailer Connector Connector End View (UY7)
        • Turn Signal/Hazard Flasher Module Connector End View
        • Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LF (W49)
        • Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RF (W49)
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C1
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C2
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C3
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C4 (K34)
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - Left (DH2)
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - Right (DH2)
      • Mirror Connector End Views
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View
      • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator Connector End View
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View
      • Power Outlet Connector End Views
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View - Console
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View - Front
        • Cigar Lighter Connector End View
      • Power Seat Connector End Views
        • Lumbar Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (AR9)
        • Lumbar Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Passenger (V40)
        • Lumbar Horizontal Motor Connector End View - Driver (AR9)
        • Lumbar Horizontal Motor Connector End View - Passenger (V40)
        • Lumbar Horizontal Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver (w/Memory)
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - Driver C1 (w/Memory)
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - Driver C2 (w/Memory)
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - Driver C3 (w/Memory)
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - Driver C4 (w/Memory)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (AR9)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Passenger (V40)
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor Connector End View - Driver (AR9)
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor Connector End View - Passenger (V40)
        • Seat Horizontal Motor Connector End View - Driver (AR9)
        • Seat Horizontal Motor Connector End View - Passenger (V40)
        • Seat Position Sensor Connector End View - Front (w/Memory)
        • Seat Position Sensor Connector End View - Horizontal (w/Memory)
        • Seat Position Sensor Connector End View - Rear (w/Memory)
        • Seat Position Sensor Connector End View - Recline (w/Memory)
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor Connector End View - Driver (AR9)
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor Connector End View - Passenger (V40)
        • Seat Recline Motor Connector End View - Driver (AR9)
        • Seat Recline Motor Connector End View - Passenger (V40)
      • Powertrain Control Module Connector End Views (4.2L)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C1
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C2
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C3
      • Remote Function Connector End Views
        • Garage Door Opener Connector End View (UG1)
      • Seat Belt Connector End Views
        • Seat Belt Buckle Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Belt Buckle Connector End View - Passenger
    • OEM Connector End Views (5 Of 5)
      • Secondary/Configurable Control Connector End Views
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Connector End View - Lower Left (STW)
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Connector End View - Lower Right (STW)
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Connector End View - Upper Left (STW)
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Connector End View - Upper Right (STW)
      • Shift Lock Control Connector End Views
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Actuator Connector End View
      • SIR Connector End Views
        • Electronic Frontal Sensor (EFS) Connector End View - Left
        • Electronic Frontal Sensor (EFS) Connector End View - Right
        • Inflatable Restraint Front Passenger Presence System (PPS) Module Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Presence System (PPS) Sensor Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Seat Belt Tension Retractor Sensor Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module Connector End View - Left (ASF)
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module Connector End View - Right (ASF)
        • Inflatable Restraint Seat Position Sensor (SPS) Connector End View - Left
        • Inflatable Restraint Seat Position Sensor (SPS) Connector End View - Right
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module Connector End View (SDM)
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS) Connector End View - Left (ASF)
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS) Connector End View - Right (ASF)
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End View C1
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End View C2
        • Rollover Sensor Connector End View
        • Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View - Left
        • Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View - Right
      • Splice Pack Connector End Views
        • Splice Pack SP201 Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP205 Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP306 Connector End View
      • Sunroof Connector End Views
        • Sunroof Motor Connector End View
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View
      • Transfer Case Control Connector End Views
        • Front Axle Actuator Connector End View
        • Propshaft Speed Sensor Connector End View - Front
        • Propshaft Speed Sensor Connector End View - Rear
        • Transfer Case Encoder Motor Connector End View
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Module Connector End View C1
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Module Connector End View C2
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Module Connector End View C3
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Switch Connector End View
      • Vehicle Access Connector End Views
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Driver C1
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Driver C2
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Driver C3 (UA6/UA2)
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - LR C1
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - LR C2
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Passenger C1
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Passenger C2
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - RR C1
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - RR C2
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C1
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C2
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C3 (Outside Rearview Mirror - Driver) (DS3/DL2)
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C4 (Memory Seat Switch - Driver) (w/Memory)
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C5 (Outside Rearview Mirror Switch) (DS3/DL2)
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View C1
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View C2
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View C3 (Outside Rearview Mirror Passenger) (DS3/DL2)
        • Liftgate Latch Assembly Connector End View C1
        • Liftgate Latch Assembly Connector End View C2
        • Liftgate Module (LGM) Connector End View C1
        • Liftgate Module (LGM) Connector End View C2
        • Liftgate Module (LGM) Connector End View C3
      • Window Systems Connector End Views
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End View C1 (C49)
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End View C2 (C49)
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Motor Connector End View - LR
        • Window Motor Connector End View - RR
        • Window Switch Connector End View - LR
        • Window Switch Connector End View - RR
      • Wiper/Washer Connector End Views
        • Headlamp Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View (CE4)
        • Rear Window Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Rear Window Wiper Motor Connector End View
        • Rear Window Wiper/Washer Switch Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Level Switch Connector End View (U68)
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Connector End View
    • System Wiring Diagrams
      • Using lemon2025'S Wiring Diagrams
      • Air Conditioning
      • Anti-Lock Brakes
      • Anti-Theft
      • Body Control Modules
      • Computer Data Lines
      • Cooling Fan
      • Cruise Control
      • Defoggers
      • Electronic Suspension
      • Engine Performance
        • 4.2L
      • Exterior Lights
      • Ground Distribution
      • Headlights
      • Horn
      • Instrument Cluster
      • Interior Lights
      • Memory Systems
      • Power Distribution
      • Power Door Locks
      • Power Mirrors
      • Power Seats
      • Power Top/Sunroof
      • Power Windows
      • Radio
      • Shift Interlock
      • Starting/Charging
      • Supplemental Restraints
      • Transmission
      • Trunk, Tailgate, Fuel Door
      • Warning Systems
      • Wiper/Washer
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Diagnostic Starting Point And In-Line Harness Connector End Views
      • Inline Harness Connectors
        • C100 I/P Harness to Engine Harness (4.2L)
        • C101 Chassis Harness to I/P Harness
        • C102 Forward Lamp Harness to the Left Headlamp
        • C103 Forward Lamp Harness to the Right Headlamp
        • C104 Engine Harness to Fuel Injector Harness (4.2L)
        • C105 Forward Lamp Harness to I/P Harness
        • C106 I/P Harness to Chassis Harness (BAE)
        • C107 Engine Harness to I/P Harness (5.3L/6.0L)
        • C108 Engine Harness to Ignition Coil Harness (5.3L/6.0L)
        • C109 Engine Harness to Ignition Coil Harness (5.3L/6.0L)
        • C110 Engine Harness to Camshaft Position Sensor Jumper Harness (5.3L/6.0L)
        • C111 I/P Harness to Body Harness
        • C118 Forward Lamp Harness to Cooling Fan Tether Harness
        • C175 Engine Harness to Automatic Transmission Harness (4.2L)
        • C175 Engine Harness to Automatic Transmission Harness (5.3L/6.0L)
        • C201 Steering Column Harness to I/P Harness
        • C202 Body Harness to I/P Harness
        • C203 Body Harness to I/P Harness
        • C204 I/P Harness to Auxiliary Blower Motor Harness (CJ2)
        • C220 Infotainment Jumper Harness to Body Harness (U42)
        • C221 Infotainment Jumper Harness to I/P Harness (U42/U2K)
        • C225 I/P Harness to Electronic Adjustable Pedal Assembly Harness (JF4)
        • C275 Steering Column Harness to I/P Harness
        • C277 Steering Column Harness to Steering Wheel Harness (STW)
        • C300 I/P Harness to Floor Shift Control Harness
        • C304 Body Harness to I/P Harness
        • C305 Headliner Harness to Overhead Console Harness
        • C306 Headliner Harness to Body Harness (UE1/U42)
        • C307 Floor Console Harness to I/P Harness
        • C308 Headliner Harness to Sunroof Harness (CF5)
        • C310 Engine Harness to Chassis Harness (4WD)
        • C311 Body Harness to Driver Seat Harness (A50)
        • C311 Body Harness to Driver Seat Harness (AR9)
        • C314 Body Harness to Passenger Seat Harness
        • C317 Body Harness to Left Seat Belt Harness
        • C318 Body Harness to Right Seat Belt Harness
        • C500 Left Front Door Harness to Body Harness
        • C600 Right Front Door Harness to Body Harness
        • C700 Body Harness to Left Rear Door Harness
        • C800 Body Harness to Right Rear Door Harness
        • C900 Body Harness to Liftgate Harness
        • C901 Liftgate Harness to License Lamp Harness
        • C904 Rear Defogger Harness to Liftgate Harness (C49)
        • C905 Rear Defogger Harness to Liftgate Harness (C49)
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Wiring Systems and Power Management
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Body Control Module (BCM)
      • Scan Tool Data List
• Accessories & Equipment
  • Accessories Control Systems
    • Adjustable Pedal System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Adjustable Pedal Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Adjustable Pedal Component Views
        • Adjustable Pedal Connectors
          • Electronic Adjustable Pedals (EAP) Assembly
          • Electronic Adjustable Pedals (EAP) Relay
          • Electronic Adjustable Pedals (EAP) Switch
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Adjustable Pedals
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Driver Seat Module
        • DTC B3606
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3607
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Adjustable Pedals
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Adjustable Pedals Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Brake Pedal Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accelerator Pedal Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Adjustable Pedals Description and Operation
          • Adjustable Pedals System Components
          • Adjustable Pedals System Operation
  • Anti-Theft Systems
    • Door Lock Systems & Door Handles
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Door Control Module Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Vehicle Access Component Views
        • Vehicle Access Connectors
          • Door Latch Assembly - Driver C1
          • Door Latch Assembly - Driver C2
          • Door Latch Assembly - Driver C3 (UA6/UA2)
          • Door Latch Assembly - LR C1
          • Door Latch Assembly - LR C2
          • Door Latch Assembly - Passenger C1
          • Door Latch Assembly - Passenger C2
          • Door Latch Assembly - RR C1
          • Door Latch Assembly - RR C2
          • Driver Door Module (DDM) C1
          • Driver Door Module (DDM) C2
          • Driver Door Module (DDM) C3 (Outside Rearview Mirror - Driver) (DS3/DL2)
          • Driver Door Module (DDM) C4 (Memory Seat Switch - Driver) (w/Memory)
          • Driver Door Module (DDM) C5 (Outside Rearview Mirror Switch) (DS3/DL2)
          • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C1
          • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C2
          • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C3 (Outside Rearview Mirror Passenger) (DS3/DL2)
          • Liftgate Latch Assembly C1
          • Liftgate Latch Assembly C2
          • Liftgate Module (LGM) C1
          • Liftgate Module (LGM) C2
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Vehicle Access
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • DTC B1017
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1023
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3808
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3809
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Vehicle Access
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative (Front Door(s))
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative (Rear Door(s))
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Endgate/Liftgate
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front Side Door Lock Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Lock Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Lock Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Bumper Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Opening the Liftgate When There Is an Electrical Failure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Inside Handle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Replacement - Liftgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Latch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Door Latch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Lock Striker Adjustment
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Door Striker Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Lock Striker Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Lock and Side Window Switch Replacement - Driver
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Lock and Side Window Switch Replacement - Passenger
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Power Door Lock Operation
    • Immobilizer System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Immobilizer Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Immobilizer Component Views
        • Immobilizer Connectors
          • Hood Ajar Switch (UA2)
          • Inclination Sensor (BAE)
          • Passlock Sensor (w/o BAE)
          • Theft Deterrent Alarm (BAE)
          • Theft Deterrent Control Module (BAE)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Scan Tool Data List
          • Theft Deterrent System - (Domestic, Passlock)
          • Immobilizer (Export, RPO AU8)
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Theft Deterrent System - (Domestic, Passlock)
          • Immobilizer (Export, RPO AU8)
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Immobilizer
        • DTC B2945
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2955
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2960
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3031
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Description and Operation
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3033
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3055
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Description and Operation
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3060
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Description and Operation
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3935
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Description and Operation
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P1626
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1630 (Export)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1630 (Domestic)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1631 (Export)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1631 (Domestic)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1632
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Adding Keys
        • Replacing Keys
        • Programming Theft Deterrent System Components
          • Notes
          • Conditions
          • Learn Procedures
          • Tools Required
          • 10-Minute Learn Procedure
          • 30-Minute Learn Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Immobilizer Description and Operation
          • Immobilizer - Passlock™ System (Domestic)
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder Case, Including the Passlock™ Sensor
          • Ignition Switch
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Powertrain Control Module
          • Theft System Indicator
          • Fuel Lockout Cycle
          • Changing the Passlock™ Components
          • Immobilizer - Export Passkey III™ System
          • Theft Deterrent Module
          • Powertrain Control Module (PCM)
          • The Ignition Key (Transponder)
          • Master Keys
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder
          • SECURITY Indicator Operation
          • SECURITY Indicator Illuminates when Engine is Running
          • SECURITY Indicator Illuminated and Engine Does Not Start
          • SECURITY Indicator Flashes and Engine Does Not Start
    • Keyless Entry System And Remote Functions
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Remote Function Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Remote Function Component Views
        • Remote Function Connectors
          • Garage Door Opener (UG1)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Remote Functions
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Remote Functions
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Garage Door Opener Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Keyless Entry System Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Panic Mode Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Transmitter Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garage Door Opener Programming - Universal
          • Garage Door Opener Programming
          • Training the GDO for Rolling Code Receivers
          • Erasing Channels
        • Garage Door Opener Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmitter Programming
          • Notes
          • Method 1 - No Tools Required
          • Method 2 - Scan Tool Required
      • Description and Operation
        • Garage Door Opener Description and Operation
        • Keyless Entry System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Unlock Driver Door Only
          • Unlock All Doors - Second Operation
          • Lock All Doors
          • Rear Compartment Lid Release
          • Panic Alarm
          • Keyless Entry Personalization
          • Rolling Code
          • Automatic Synchronization
    • Theft Deterrent System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Theft Deterrent System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Theft Deterrent System Component Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Theft Deterrent
        • Symptoms - Theft Deterrent
          • Important Preliminary Checks Before Starting
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Description and Operation
            • Electrical Information Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Does Not Disarm with Key Lock
        • Horn Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Lights Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Security Indicator Always On or Flashing
        • Security Indicator Inoperative
      • Description and Operation
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Important
          • Arming the CTD System
          • Locking The Vehicle Without Arming The CTD System
          • Disarming an Armed System/Silencing an Alarm
          • CTD Circuit Description
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Door Ajar Switches
          • Power Door Lock Switches
          • Inputs
          • Outputs
  • Communication Devices
    • Data Communication System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Data Communication Schematic Icons
        • Data Communication Schematics
        • Body Control System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Data Communication Component Views
        • Data Communication Connectors
          • Body Control Module (BCM) C1
          • Body Control Module (BCM) C2
          • Body Control Module (BCM) C3
          • Data Link Connector (DLC)
          • Liftgate Module (LGM) C1
          • Liftgate Module (LGM) C2
          • Liftgate Module (LGM) C3
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Data Communications
        • DTC B1000
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1004
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1007
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1009
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC U0001
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC U0073
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC U0100 - U0299
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC U1000
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC U1001-U1254
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC U1300, U1301 or U1305 (4.2L)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC U1300, U1301 or U1305 (5.3L)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC U2100
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC U2105-U2199
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Data Communications
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Scan Tool Does Not Power Up
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with Class 2 Device (4.2L w/o Immobilizer)
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with Class 2 Device (4.2L w/Immobilizer)
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with Class 2 Device (5.3L)
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with High Speed GMLAN Device
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Data Link References
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Body Wiring Harness Extension Replacement - BCM
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Body Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Body Control System Description and Operation
          • BCM Functions
          • Power Mode
        • Data Link Communications Description and Operation
          • Data Link Connector (DLC)
          • Class 2 Circuit Description
          • GMLAN Circuit Description (w/5.3L)
  • Cruise Control Systems
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Cruise Control Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • Cruise Control Component Views
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Cruise Control
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions (Cruise Control)
      • DTC P0567
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0568
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1574
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • Symptoms - Cruise Control
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Cruise Control Indicator Always On (4.2L)
      • Cruise Control Indicator Always On (non 4.2L)
      • Cruise Control Indicator Inoperative (4.2L)
      • Cruise Control Indicator Inoperative (non 4.2L)
      • Cruise Control Inoperative/Malfunctioning (4.2L)
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Conditions for Enabling Cruise Control
      • Cruise Control Inoperative/Malfunctioning (non 4.2L)
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Conditions for Enabling Cruise Control
    • Description and Operation
      • Cruise Control Description and Operation (4.2L)
        • Notes
        • Cruise Control Engaged
        • Cruise Control Disengaged
        • Cruise Control Inhibited
      • Cruise Control Description and Operation (5.3L, 6.0L)
        • Notes
        • Cruise Control Engaged
        • Cruise Control Disengaged
        • Cruise Control Inhibited
  • Entertainment Systems
    • Cellular System, Entertainment System, And Navigation System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Entertainment/Communication Schematic Icons
        • Radio/Navigation System Schematics
        • OnStar Schematics
        • Video System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Entertainment/Communication Component Views
        • Entertainment/Communication Connectors
          • Audio Amplifier C1 (w/UQA)
          • Audio Amplifier C2 (w/UQA)
          • Cellular Microphone (UE1)
          • Digital Radio Receiver (w/U2K)
          • Digital Video Disc (DVD) Player (U42)
          • Radio C1 (w/o UQA)
          • Radio C1 (w/UQA)
          • Radio C2
          • Speaker - LF Door (w/UQA)
          • Speaker - LF I/P (w/UQA)
          • Speaker - LR Door (w/o UQA)
          • Speaker - LR Door (w/UQA)
          • Speaker - RF Door (w/UQA)
          • Speaker - RF I/P (w/UQA)
          • Speaker - RR Door (w/o UQA)
          • Speaker - RR Door (w/UQA)
          • Speaker Assembly - LF Door (w/o UQA)
          • Speaker Assembly - RF Door (w/o UQA)
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C1 (UE1)
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C2 (UE1)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Cellular, Entertainment and Navigation
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B0004
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1001
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1025, B1035, B1045 or B1055
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1259
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Description and Operation
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Special Tools Required
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1271
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC B2455
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2462
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2470
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2476
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2482
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2483 or B2484
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC U1500
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Cellular Communication
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Symptoms - Entertainment
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Symptoms - Navigation Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Audio System Troubleshooting Hints
          • Notes
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Identifying Concerns
          • Corrective Action
          • Generator Whine Concerns
        • Video Entertainment System Troubleshooting Hints
          • Notes
          • Video or Audio Distortion
          • Video Entertainment System Wireless Headphone Inoperative
          • Video Entertainment System Remote Control Inoperative
          • Discs Will Not Eject
        • Digital Radio Poor or No Reception
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Description and Operation
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Tools Required
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Digital Radio Receiver Setup
          • Receiver Setup
          • XM Activation
        • Global Positioning System (GPS) Data Not Current or Inaccurate
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Microphone Inoperative - Caller Cannot Be Heard
        • Navigation System - Vehicle Position Indicator Inoperative or Erratic
        • No (or Noisy) OnStar Audio
          • Test Description
        • No Global Positioning System (GPS) Reception
        • OnStar Button LED Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • OnStar Call Center Remote Function Requests Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • OnStar One or More Buttons Inoperative
        • OnStar Reconfiguration
        • OnStar Steering Wheel Control Functions Inoperative
        • OnStar Symptom Diagnosis
          • System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Radio Audio Inoperative at Rear Seat Audio (RSA) Control
        • Radio Displays CAL or CAL ERR
        • Radio Displays CLN or CLEAN
        • Radio Displays LOC, LOCKED or CODE
        • Radio Poor Reception
          • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
          • Using a Test Antenna
          • Antenna Ground Test
          • Antenna Coaxial Cable Testing
        • Radio Setup (With RPO UM8)
          • Notes
          • Radio Replacement
        • Reduced Volume - One or More Speakers
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
          • Speakers - Reduced Volume
        • Speaker Replacement Reference
        • Speakers Inoperative - One or More
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
          • All Speakers Inoperative
          • Speakers - One Channel Inoperative
          • One Speaker Inoperative
        • Tape Player Weak, Slow or Garbled Output
        • Unable to Contact OnStar Call Center
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Voice Recognition Inoperative
        • Voice Recorder Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • OnStar Button Assembly Replacement
        • Mobile Telephone Microphone Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Communication Interface Module Replacement (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Communication Interface Module Replacement (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Rainier)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Assembly Replacement - OnStar Module (Trailblazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Assembly Replacement - OnStar Module (Trailblazer, Envoy, Rainier)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compact Disc Care and Cleaning
          • Care of CDs
          • Care of the CD Player
          • Stuck CDs
          • Labeling CDs
        • Radio Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Digital Radio Receiver Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Microphone Replacement - Radio Volume Compensator Interior
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Personal Message Player/Recorder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Amplifier Replacement (Envoy XL, TrailBlazer EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Amplifier Replacement (Rainier, Envoy, TrailBlazer)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Navigation Control Processor Bracket Replacement (TrailBlazer EXT/Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Navigation Control Processor Bracket Replacement (TrailBlazer/Envoy/Rainier)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Replacement - Cellular Communications/Digital Radio
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Assembly Replacement - Cellular and Navigation
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fixed Antenna Mast Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Digital Radio Antenna Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Global Positioning System (GPS) Antenna Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Digital Radio Antenna Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coaxial Cable Replacement - Cellular Telephone
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radio Antenna Cable Extension Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Video Player Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Video Display Replacement (With Sunroof)
        • Video Display Replacement (Without Sunroof)
        • Radio Front Side Door Speaker Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radio Rear Side Door Speaker Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Navigation System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Navigation System Components
          • Navigation Radio
          • Global Positioning System (GPS) Antenna
          • GPS Reception
          • Route Guidance
          • Points of Interest (POI)
          • Map DVD
        • OnStar Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM)
          • OnStar® Button Assembly
          • OnStar® Microphone
          • Cellular and Navigation Antennas
          • OnStar Sleep Cycle
          • Deactivated OnStar® Accounts
          • OnStar® Reconfiguration Procedure
          • OnStar® Cellular, GPS and Diagnostic Limitations
          • OnStar® Personal Calling
          • Operation of the Hands Free Cellular Phone
          • OnStar® Steering Wheel Controls
          • OPC Features
          • Voice Feedback
          • OPC Security/System Lock
          • Nametags
          • Mobile Identification Number and Mobile Directory Number
          • Placing a Call
          • Operation of the OnStar® Speech Recognition Systems
        • Radio/Audio System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • AM/FM Reception
            • Radio Signal
            • AM Reception
            • FM Reception
            • XM Satellite Radio
          • Theft Deterrent
          • Integral Multi Disc CD Changer (IMDX)
            • Notes
            • Single Disc Loading
            • Multi Disc Loading
            • Removing CDs
          • Amplifier
          • Automatic Volume Control
          • Radio Data System (RDS)
            • Notes
            • RDS Basic Information
            • Displaying Program Information
            • Controlling the Radio
            • Viewing and Selecting RDS Information for Display
            • Using the RDS Traffic Feature
            • Alternate Frequency (AF) Switching
            • RDS Clock Time
          • Radio Error Messages
          • Voice Recorder
          • Rear Seat Audio (RSA)
            • Notes
            • Power (PWR)
            • Volume (VOL)
            • Source Switching
            • Seek (SEEK)
            • Preset Scan
            • Next
          • XM Satellite Radio
            • Notes
            • Digital Radio Receiver
            • Viewing Messages
            • Selecting a Program Type
        • Video Entertainment System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Rear Seat Entertainment System
            • Notes
            • DVD Player
            • DVD Player Buttons
            • Playing a Disc
            • Stopping and Resuming Play
            • Ejecting the Disc
            • DVD Messages
            • Parental Control Button
            • Video Screen
            • Remote Control
            • Remote Control Buttons
            • Battery Replacement
            • Wireless Headphones
            • Stereo RCA Jacks
            • Audio Output
  • Exterior Lights
    • Lighting Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Lighting Systems Schematic Icons
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics
        • Fog Lights Schematics
        • Headlight Leveling Schematics
        • Exterior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Dimming Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Lighting Systems Component Views
        • Lighting Systems Connectors
          • Ambient Light Sensor (CJ3)
          • Backup Lamp - Left (Z88)
          • Backup Lamp - Right (Z88)
          • Cargo Lamp
          • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL)
          • Cornering Lamp - Left (Z88/W49)
          • Cornering Lamp - Right (Z88/W49)
          • Courtesy/Reading Lamp - Center
          • Courtesy/Reading Lamp - Front
          • Fog Lamp - LF (Except W49 w/T96)
          • Fog Lamp - LF (W49 w/T96)
          • Fog Lamp - RF (Except W49 w/T96)
          • Fog Lamp - RF (W49 w/T96)
          • Headlamp - High Beam - Left
          • Headlamp - High Beam - Right
          • Headlamp Leveling Actuator - Left (TR6)
          • Headlamp Leveling Actuator - Right (TR6)
          • Headlamp - Low Beam - Left
          • Headlamp - Low Beam - Right
          • Headlamp Switch C1
          • Headlamp Switch C2
          • License Lamp - Left
          • License Lamp - Right
          • Liftglass Ajar Switch
          • Marker Lamp - LF (X88)
          • Marker Lamp - LF (Z88/Z89/W49)
          • Marker Lamp - RF (X88)
          • Marker Lamp - RF (Z88/Z89/W49)
          • Park Lamp - LF (W49)
          • Park Lamp - RF (W49)
          • Park/Turn Signal Lamp - LF (X88)
          • Park/Turn Signal Lamp - LF (Z88/Z89)
          • Park/Turn Signal Lamp - RF (X88)
          • Park/Turn Signal Lamp - RF (Z88/Z89)
          • Stop Lamp Switch
          • Tail Lamp Circuit Board - Left (w/T84)
          • Tail Lamp Circuit Board - Left (w/o T84)
          • Tail Lamp Circuit Board - Right (w/T85)
          • Tail Lamp Circuit Board - Right (w/o T85)
          • Trailer Connector (UY7)
          • Turn Signal/Hazard Flasher Module
          • Turn Signal Lamp - LF (W49)
          • Turn Signal Lamp - RF (W49)
          • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C1
          • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C2
          • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C3
          • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C4 (K34)
          • Vanity Mirror Lamp - Left (DH2)
          • Vanity Mirror Lamp - Right (DH2)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Lighting Systems
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Data
          • Inputs
          • Output Control
        • DTC B0951
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1480
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2527
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2530
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2540
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2550
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2575
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2580
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2585
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2610
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2615
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2620
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2625
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2645
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3801
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3802
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Symptoms - Lighting Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Backup Lamps Always On
        • Backup Lamps Inoperative
        • Clearance Lamps Inoperative
        • Cornering Lamps Always On
        • Cornering Lamps Inoperative
        • Courtesy Lamps Always On
        • Courtesy Lamps Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Defeat Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) On with Park Brake Applied
        • Fog Lamp Indicator Inoperative
        • Fog Lamps Always On
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative
        • Rear Fog Lamps Always On
        • Rear Fog Lamps Inoperative
        • Hazard Lamps Always On
        • Hazard Lamps Inoperative
        • Headlamp Switch On Indicator Always On
        • Headlamp Switch On Indicator Inoperative
        • Headlamps Always On - Low or High Beam (Standard)
        • Headlamps Inoperative - High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Flash to Pass
        • Headlight Leveling Inoperative
        • High Beam Indicator Always On
        • High Beam Indicator Inoperative
        • Interior Backlighting Does Not Dim
        • Interior Backlighting Inoperative
        • License Lamps Inoperative
        • Marker Lamps Inoperative
        • Memory/Heated Seat Switch Backlighting Inoperative
        • Park Lamps Inoperative
        • Stop Lamps Always On
        • Stop Lamps Inoperative
        • Tail Lamps Inoperative
        • Tail, Marker and License Lamps Always On
        • Tail, Marker and License Lamps Inoperative
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Always On or Flashing
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Inoperative
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stop Lamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Housing Panel Replacement (Envoy, Rainier)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Housing Panel Replacement (TrailBlazer)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ambient Light Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hazard and Turn Signal Flasher Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome and Reading Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Replacement (Envoy)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Replacement (Rainier)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Replacement (TrailBlazer)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Bulb Replacement (Envoy, Rainier)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Bulb Replacement (TrailBlazer)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Aiming
          • Screen Method for Headlamp Aiming
          • Headlamp Aiming Procedure
        • Front Fog Lamp Replacement (Envoy, TrailBlazer)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Fog Lamp Replacement (Rainier)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Fog Lamp Replacement (TrailBlazer SS)
        • Front Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Aiming
        • Park/Turn Signal/Side Marker Lamp Bulb Replacement (Envoy)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Park/Turn Signal/Side Marker Lamp Bulb Replacement (Rainier)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Park/Turn Signal/Side Marker Lamp Bulb Replacement (TrailBlazer)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cornering Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cornering Lamp Bulb Replacement (Envoy)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cornering Lamp Bulb Replacement (Rainier)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Clearance Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement (Envoy, TrailBlazer, Rainier)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Backup Lamp Replacement (GMC)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Backup Lamp Bulb Replacement (GMC)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear License Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail Lamp Replacement (Isuzu)
        • Tail Lamp Replacement (TrailBlazer)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail Lamp Circuit Board Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Exterior Lamps
          • Headlamps
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
          • Headlamp Leveling (Export)
          • Fog Lamps
          • Park, Tail, Marker, License and Clearance Lamps
          • Turn Signal Lamps
          • Cornering Lamps
          • Stop Lamps
          • Backup Lamps
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Interior Lamps
          • Courtesy Lamps
          • Keyless Entry Interior Illumination
          • Vanity Mirror Lamps
          • Battery Rundown Protection/Inadvertent Power
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
  • Gauges & Instrument Panels
    • Instrument Panel System Displays And Gauges
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Fuel Level Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Displays and Gages Schematic Icons
        • Instrument Cluster Schematics
        • Driver Information System Schematics
        • Audible Warnings Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Displays and Gages Component Views
        • Displays and Gages Connectors
          • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor (DF5)
          • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor (5.3L/6.0L)
          • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch (4.2L)
          • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly
          • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Displays and Gages
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B0540
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B0560
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • chematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1372
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2961
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0461
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Fuel Level Specifications
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0462
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Fuel Level Specifications
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0463
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Fuel Level Specifications
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0464
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Fuel Level Specifications
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0520
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0521
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0522
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0523
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0608
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0654
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Displays and Gages
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
            • Notes
            • Driver Information Center
            • Instrument Cluster Dimming
            • Odometer
            • Audible Warning
        • Change Engine Oil Indicator Always On
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • Chime Always On
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Chime Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch(es) Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Engine Oil Pressure Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative (4.2L)
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit Description
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Engine Oil Pressure Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative (5.3L and 6.0L)
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit Description
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit Description
          • Reference Information
            • Fuel Level Specifications
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Low Fuel Indicator Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit Description
          • Reference Information
            • Fuel Level Specifications
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Mirrors - Compass Display Inoperative or Inaccurate
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Mirrors - Temperature Display Inaccurate
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Mirrors - Temperature Displays SC or OC
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Odometer Trip/Reset Switch Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Rear Hatch/Gate Ajar Indicator Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Speedometer and/or Odometer Inaccurate or Inoperative (4.2L Engine)
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit Description
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Speedometer and/or Odometer Inaccurate or Inoperative (5.3L Engine)
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit Description
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Speedometer and/or Odometer Inaccurate or Inoperative (6.0L Engine)
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit Description
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Tachometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit Description
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Volt Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Cluster Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Audible Warnings Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Door Ajar Warning
          • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
          • Key-In-Ignition Warning
          • Lights On Warning
          • Additional Warnings
        • Compass Calibration and Magnetic Variance
          • Compass Calibration
          • Compass Magnetic Variation Adjustment
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator System Components
          • Driver Door Ajar And Passenger Door Ajar
          • Left Rear Door Ajar And Right Rear Door Ajar
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Description and Operation
          • Driver Information Center (DIC)
          • DIC Displays
            • Notes
            • Vehicle Information
            • DIC Trip Information/Reset Capabilities
            • Trip Reset Stem/Trip Information
            • Odometer
            • Trip Odometers
            • Timer
            • Tire Pressures
          • Fuel Information
            • DIC Fuel Information/Reset Capabilities
            • Range
            • Average Fuel Economy
            • Instantaneous Fuel Economy
            • Engine Oil Life
          • Feature Programming
            • Notes
            • Driver Warnings
        • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Change Engine Oil
          • Check Gages
          • Check Gas Cap
          • Check Oil Level
          • Fuel Level Low
          • Ice Possible
          • Oil Life Reset
          • Oil Pressure Low Stop Engine
          • OVERSPEED
          • Program Cluster
          • Tighten Fuel Cap
        • Instrument Cluster Description and Operation
          • Displays Test
          • Indicators and Warning Messages
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
          • Engine Oil Pressure Gage
          • Fuel Gage
          • Odometer
          • PRND321 Display
          • Speedometer
          • Tachometer
          • Voltmeter
        • Rear Hatch/Gate Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • GATE AJAR Indicator
          • REAR ACCESS OPEN Message
  • Headlights
    • Lighting Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Lighting Systems Schematic Icons
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics
        • Fog Lights Schematics
        • Headlight Leveling Schematics
        • Exterior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Dimming Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Lighting Systems Component Views
        • Lighting Systems Connectors
          • Ambient Light Sensor (CJ3)
          • Backup Lamp - Left (Z88)
          • Backup Lamp - Right (Z88)
          • Cargo Lamp
          • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL)
          • Cornering Lamp - Left (Z88/W49)
          • Cornering Lamp - Right (Z88/W49)
          • Courtesy/Reading Lamp - Center
          • Courtesy/Reading Lamp - Front
          • Fog Lamp - LF (Except W49 w/T96)
          • Fog Lamp - LF (W49 w/T96)
          • Fog Lamp - RF (Except W49 w/T96)
          • Fog Lamp - RF (W49 w/T96)
          • Headlamp - High Beam - Left
          • Headlamp - High Beam - Right
          • Headlamp Leveling Actuator - Left (TR6)
          • Headlamp Leveling Actuator - Right (TR6)
          • Headlamp - Low Beam - Left
          • Headlamp - Low Beam - Right
          • Headlamp Switch C1
          • Headlamp Switch C2
          • License Lamp - Left
          • License Lamp - Right
          • Liftglass Ajar Switch
          • Marker Lamp - LF (X88)
          • Marker Lamp - LF (Z88/Z89/W49)
          • Marker Lamp - RF (X88)
          • Marker Lamp - RF (Z88/Z89/W49)
          • Park Lamp - LF (W49)
          • Park Lamp - RF (W49)
          • Park/Turn Signal Lamp - LF (X88)
          • Park/Turn Signal Lamp - LF (Z88/Z89)
          • Park/Turn Signal Lamp - RF (X88)
          • Park/Turn Signal Lamp - RF (Z88/Z89)
          • Stop Lamp Switch
          • Tail Lamp Circuit Board - Left (w/T84)
          • Tail Lamp Circuit Board - Left (w/o T84)
          • Tail Lamp Circuit Board - Right (w/T85)
          • Tail Lamp Circuit Board - Right (w/o T85)
          • Trailer Connector (UY7)
          • Turn Signal/Hazard Flasher Module
          • Turn Signal Lamp - LF (W49)
          • Turn Signal Lamp - RF (W49)
          • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C1
          • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C2
          • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C3
          • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C4 (K34)
          • Vanity Mirror Lamp - Left (DH2)
          • Vanity Mirror Lamp - Right (DH2)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Lighting Systems
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Data
          • Inputs
          • Output Control
        • DTC B0951
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1480
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2527
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2530
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2540
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2550
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2575
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2580
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2585
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2610
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2615
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2620
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2625
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2645
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3801
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3802
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Symptoms - Lighting Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Backup Lamps Always On
        • Backup Lamps Inoperative
        • Clearance Lamps Inoperative
        • Cornering Lamps Always On
        • Cornering Lamps Inoperative
        • Courtesy Lamps Always On
        • Courtesy Lamps Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Defeat Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) On with Park Brake Applied
        • Fog Lamp Indicator Inoperative
        • Fog Lamps Always On
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative
        • Rear Fog Lamps Always On
        • Rear Fog Lamps Inoperative
        • Hazard Lamps Always On
        • Hazard Lamps Inoperative
        • Headlamp Switch On Indicator Always On
        • Headlamp Switch On Indicator Inoperative
        • Headlamps Always On - Low or High Beam (Standard)
        • Headlamps Inoperative - High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Flash to Pass
        • Headlight Leveling Inoperative
        • High Beam Indicator Always On
        • High Beam Indicator Inoperative
        • Interior Backlighting Does Not Dim
        • Interior Backlighting Inoperative
        • License Lamps Inoperative
        • Marker Lamps Inoperative
        • Memory/Heated Seat Switch Backlighting Inoperative
        • Park Lamps Inoperative
        • Stop Lamps Always On
        • Stop Lamps Inoperative
        • Tail Lamps Inoperative
        • Tail, Marker and License Lamps Always On
        • Tail, Marker and License Lamps Inoperative
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Always On or Flashing
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Inoperative
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stop Lamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Housing Panel Replacement (Envoy, Rainier)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Housing Panel Replacement (TrailBlazer)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ambient Light Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hazard and Turn Signal Flasher Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome and Reading Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Replacement (Envoy)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Replacement (Rainier)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Replacement (TrailBlazer)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Bulb Replacement (Envoy, Rainier)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Bulb Replacement (TrailBlazer)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Aiming
          • Screen Method for Headlamp Aiming
          • Headlamp Aiming Procedure
        • Front Fog Lamp Replacement (Envoy, TrailBlazer)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Fog Lamp Replacement (Rainier)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Fog Lamp Replacement (TrailBlazer SS)
        • Front Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Aiming
        • Park/Turn Signal/Side Marker Lamp Bulb Replacement (Envoy)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Park/Turn Signal/Side Marker Lamp Bulb Replacement (Rainier)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Park/Turn Signal/Side Marker Lamp Bulb Replacement (TrailBlazer)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cornering Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cornering Lamp Bulb Replacement (Envoy)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cornering Lamp Bulb Replacement (Rainier)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Clearance Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement (Envoy, TrailBlazer, Rainier)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Backup Lamp Replacement (GMC)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Backup Lamp Bulb Replacement (GMC)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear License Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail Lamp Replacement (Isuzu)
        • Tail Lamp Replacement (TrailBlazer)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail Lamp Circuit Board Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Exterior Lamps
          • Headlamps
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
          • Headlamp Leveling (Export)
          • Fog Lamps
          • Park, Tail, Marker, License and Clearance Lamps
          • Turn Signal Lamps
          • Cornering Lamps
          • Stop Lamps
          • Backup Lamps
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Interior Lamps
          • Courtesy Lamps
          • Keyless Entry Interior Illumination
          • Vanity Mirror Lamps
          • Battery Rundown Protection/Inadvertent Power
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
  • Heated Glass/Defoggers
    • Fixed & MOVEABLE Window Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Moveable Window Schematics
        • Defogger Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Window Systems Component Views
        • Window Systems Connectors
          • Rear Window Defogger Grid C1 (C49)
          • Rear Window Defogger Grid C2 (C49)
          • Window Motor - Driver
          • Window Motor - Front Passenger
          • Window Motor - LR
          • Window Motor - RR
          • Window Switch - LR
          • Window Switch - RR
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Fixed and Moveable Windows
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • DTC B0283
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3819
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3820
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3821
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3822
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3823
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3824
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Fixed and Moveable Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
        • Rear Window Defogger Malfunction
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Front Door)
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Rear Door)
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Power Window Express Down Function Inoperative
        • Power Window Lockout Function Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Windshield Upper Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Side Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Window Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Body Side Window Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Window Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Window Strut Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Window Latch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Window Latch Striker Adjustment
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Liftgate Window Outside Handle and Latch Striker Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Channel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Window Channel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stationary Window Reveal Molding Repair
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Endgate Window Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Window Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Regulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Window Regulator Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Window Regulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Window Weatherstrip Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Encapsulated Stationary Windows
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Bodyside Stationary Windows (w/Frame)
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Bodyside Stationary Windows (w/o Frame)
        • Body Side Window Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Power Window Motor Operation
          • Driver Power Window Operation
          • Front Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Rear Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Express Down Operation
          • Power Window Lockout Operation
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Horns
    • Horn System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Horn Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Horn Component Views
        • Horn Connectors
          • Horn Assembly
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Horns
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Horns
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Horns Always On
          • Test Description
        • Horns Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Horns - Poor Tone
      • Repair Instructions
        • Horn Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Horn Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Horns System Description and Operation
          • System Description
          • System Operation
          • Circuit Operation
  • Ignition Switch/Steering Lock
    • Immobilizer System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Immobilizer Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Immobilizer Component Views
        • Immobilizer Connectors
          • Hood Ajar Switch (UA2)
          • Inclination Sensor (BAE)
          • Passlock Sensor (w/o BAE)
          • Theft Deterrent Alarm (BAE)
          • Theft Deterrent Control Module (BAE)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Scan Tool Data List
          • Theft Deterrent System - (Domestic, Passlock)
          • Immobilizer (Export, RPO AU8)
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Theft Deterrent System - (Domestic, Passlock)
          • Immobilizer (Export, RPO AU8)
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Immobilizer
        • DTC B2945
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2955
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2960
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3031
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Description and Operation
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3033
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3055
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Description and Operation
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3060
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Description and Operation
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3935
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Description and Operation
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P1626
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1630 (Export)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1630 (Domestic)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1631 (Export)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1631 (Domestic)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1632
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Adding Keys
        • Replacing Keys
        • Programming Theft Deterrent System Components
          • Notes
          • Conditions
          • Learn Procedures
          • Tools Required
          • 10-Minute Learn Procedure
          • 30-Minute Learn Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Immobilizer Description and Operation
          • Immobilizer - Passlock™ System (Domestic)
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder Case, Including the Passlock™ Sensor
          • Ignition Switch
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Powertrain Control Module
          • Theft System Indicator
          • Fuel Lockout Cycle
          • Changing the Passlock™ Components
          • Immobilizer - Export Passkey III™ System
          • Theft Deterrent Module
          • Powertrain Control Module (PCM)
          • The Ignition Key (Transponder)
          • Master Keys
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder
          • SECURITY Indicator Operation
          • SECURITY Indicator Illuminates when Engine is Running
          • SECURITY Indicator Illuminated and Engine Does Not Start
          • SECURITY Indicator Flashes and Engine Does Not Start
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Introduction
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power and Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Power Moding Schematics
        • Ignition Lock Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views
      • Component Locator
        • Master Electrical Component List
        • Power and Grounding Component Views
        • Power and Grounding Connectors
        • Electrical Center Identification Views
        • Splice Pack Connectors
        • Inline Harness Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Case Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition and Start Switch Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Mode Description and Operation
          • Serial Data Power Mode
          • Fail-safe Operation
            • Notes
            • Serial Data Messages
            • Discrete Ignition Signals
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Description and Operation
          • Serial Data Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
          • BCM Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Troubleshooting & Diagnosis
      • Symptoms - Wiring Systems
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Ignition Can/Cannot Be Turned Off with Transmission in Any Gear
      • Power Mode Mismatch
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Inoperative
      • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) On After Timeout
      • Utility/Van Zoning
      • Electrical Symbols
      • General Electrical Diagnosis
        • Basic Knowledge Required
      • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
      • Circuit Testing
      • Using Connector Test Adapters
      • Probing Electrical Connectors
        • Notes
        • Frontprobe
        • Backprobe
      • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
      • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
        • Tools Required
        • Testing For Voltage
        • Testing For Ground
      • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Tools Required
        • Procedure
      • Measuring Voltage
      • Measuring Voltage Drop
      • Measuring Frequency
      • Testing for Continuity
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
      • Testing for Short to Ground
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
        • Fuse Powering Several Loads
      • Testing for a Short to Voltage
      • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
        • Tools Required
        • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact in Bussed Electrical Centers (BEC)
          • Flat Wire (Dock and Lock) Connectors
        • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
        • Temperature Sensitivity
        • Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) and Electrical Noise
        • Incorrect Control Module
      • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
        • Tools Required
        • Salt Water Spray
        • High Temperature Conditions
        • Low Temperature Conditions
        • Duplicating Failure Conditions
      • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
      • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
      • Circuit Protection - Fuses
      • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
      • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
        • Notes
        • Repairing a Fusible Link
      • Wiring Repairs
      • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
      • Flat Wire Repairs
      • GMLAN Wiring Repairs
        • Tools Required
        • GMLAN Repairs
        • GMLAN Connector Terminal Repair
        • GMLAN Wire Repair
      • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
        • Tools Required
        • High Temperature Wiring
        • Identifying High Temperature Wiring
        • High Temperature Wire Repair
      • Heated Oxygen Sensor Wiring Repairs
        • Tools Required
      • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
        • Notes
        • Tools Required
        • Repair Procedure
      • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Tools Required
        • Splicing Procedure
      • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
      • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
      • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
        • Tools Required
        • SIR/SRS Connector Repair (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin)
        • SIR/SRS Component Wire Pigtail Repair
        • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
        • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
        • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
      • Connector Repairs
        • Notes
        • Identifying Connectors
      • Connector Position Assurance Locks
      • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
      • AFL/EPC Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (0.64)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (2.8 JPT)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (BSK)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (ECM)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Delphi Connectors (Micro .64)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Delphi Connectors (Micro-Pack 100W)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Delphi Connectors (Pull To Seat)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal
        • Terminal Repair
        • Terminal Installation
      • Delphi Connectors (Push To Seat)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal
        • Terminal Repair
        • Reinstalling Terminal
      • Delphi Connectors (Weather Pack)
        • Tools Required
        • Repair Procedure
      • Delphi Connectors (12-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • FCI Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • JST Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Kostel Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Molex Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Sumitomo Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (CM 42-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Sensor)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (025 Cap)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (43-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Door Module)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Yazaki Connectors (2-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Yazaki Connectors (16-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Repairing Connector Terminals
        • Tools Required
        • Repair Procedure
      • Ignition Key Cannot Be Removed from the Ignition Lock Cylinder
      • Ignition Key Cannot Turn or Sticks in Any Position
  • Infotainment
    • Cellular System, Entertainment System, And Navigation System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Entertainment/Communication Schematic Icons
        • Radio/Navigation System Schematics
        • OnStar Schematics
        • Video System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Entertainment/Communication Component Views
        • Entertainment/Communication Connectors
          • Audio Amplifier C1 (w/UQA)
          • Audio Amplifier C2 (w/UQA)
          • Cellular Microphone (UE1)
          • Digital Radio Receiver (w/U2K)
          • Digital Video Disc (DVD) Player (U42)
          • Radio C1 (w/o UQA)
          • Radio C1 (w/UQA)
          • Radio C2
          • Speaker - LF Door (w/UQA)
          • Speaker - LF I/P (w/UQA)
          • Speaker - LR Door (w/o UQA)
          • Speaker - LR Door (w/UQA)
          • Speaker - RF Door (w/UQA)
          • Speaker - RF I/P (w/UQA)
          • Speaker - RR Door (w/o UQA)
          • Speaker - RR Door (w/UQA)
          • Speaker Assembly - LF Door (w/o UQA)
          • Speaker Assembly - RF Door (w/o UQA)
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C1 (UE1)
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C2 (UE1)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Cellular, Entertainment and Navigation
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B0004
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1001
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1025, B1035, B1045 or B1055
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1259
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Description and Operation
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Special Tools Required
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1271
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC B2455
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2462
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2470
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2476
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2482
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2483 or B2484
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC U1500
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Cellular Communication
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Symptoms - Entertainment
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Symptoms - Navigation Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Audio System Troubleshooting Hints
          • Notes
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Identifying Concerns
          • Corrective Action
          • Generator Whine Concerns
        • Video Entertainment System Troubleshooting Hints
          • Notes
          • Video or Audio Distortion
          • Video Entertainment System Wireless Headphone Inoperative
          • Video Entertainment System Remote Control Inoperative
          • Discs Will Not Eject
        • Digital Radio Poor or No Reception
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Description and Operation
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Tools Required
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Digital Radio Receiver Setup
          • Receiver Setup
          • XM Activation
        • Global Positioning System (GPS) Data Not Current or Inaccurate
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Microphone Inoperative - Caller Cannot Be Heard
        • Navigation System - Vehicle Position Indicator Inoperative or Erratic
        • No (or Noisy) OnStar Audio
          • Test Description
        • No Global Positioning System (GPS) Reception
        • OnStar Button LED Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • OnStar Call Center Remote Function Requests Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • OnStar One or More Buttons Inoperative
        • OnStar Reconfiguration
        • OnStar Steering Wheel Control Functions Inoperative
        • OnStar Symptom Diagnosis
          • System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Radio Audio Inoperative at Rear Seat Audio (RSA) Control
        • Radio Displays CAL or CAL ERR
        • Radio Displays CLN or CLEAN
        • Radio Displays LOC, LOCKED or CODE
        • Radio Poor Reception
          • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
          • Using a Test Antenna
          • Antenna Ground Test
          • Antenna Coaxial Cable Testing
        • Radio Setup (With RPO UM8)
          • Notes
          • Radio Replacement
        • Reduced Volume - One or More Speakers
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
          • Speakers - Reduced Volume
        • Speaker Replacement Reference
        • Speakers Inoperative - One or More
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
          • All Speakers Inoperative
          • Speakers - One Channel Inoperative
          • One Speaker Inoperative
        • Tape Player Weak, Slow or Garbled Output
        • Unable to Contact OnStar Call Center
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Voice Recognition Inoperative
        • Voice Recorder Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • OnStar Button Assembly Replacement
        • Mobile Telephone Microphone Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Communication Interface Module Replacement (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Communication Interface Module Replacement (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Rainier)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Assembly Replacement - OnStar Module (Trailblazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Assembly Replacement - OnStar Module (Trailblazer, Envoy, Rainier)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compact Disc Care and Cleaning
          • Care of CDs
          • Care of the CD Player
          • Stuck CDs
          • Labeling CDs
        • Radio Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Digital Radio Receiver Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Microphone Replacement - Radio Volume Compensator Interior
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Personal Message Player/Recorder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Amplifier Replacement (Envoy XL, TrailBlazer EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Amplifier Replacement (Rainier, Envoy, TrailBlazer)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Navigation Control Processor Bracket Replacement (TrailBlazer EXT/Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Navigation Control Processor Bracket Replacement (TrailBlazer/Envoy/Rainier)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Replacement - Cellular Communications/Digital Radio
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Assembly Replacement - Cellular and Navigation
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fixed Antenna Mast Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Digital Radio Antenna Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Global Positioning System (GPS) Antenna Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Digital Radio Antenna Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coaxial Cable Replacement - Cellular Telephone
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radio Antenna Cable Extension Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Video Player Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Video Display Replacement (With Sunroof)
        • Video Display Replacement (Without Sunroof)
        • Radio Front Side Door Speaker Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radio Rear Side Door Speaker Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Navigation System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Navigation System Components
          • Navigation Radio
          • Global Positioning System (GPS) Antenna
          • GPS Reception
          • Route Guidance
          • Points of Interest (POI)
          • Map DVD
        • OnStar Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM)
          • OnStar® Button Assembly
          • OnStar® Microphone
          • Cellular and Navigation Antennas
          • OnStar Sleep Cycle
          • Deactivated OnStar® Accounts
          • OnStar® Reconfiguration Procedure
          • OnStar® Cellular, GPS and Diagnostic Limitations
          • OnStar® Personal Calling
          • Operation of the Hands Free Cellular Phone
          • OnStar® Steering Wheel Controls
          • OPC Features
          • Voice Feedback
          • OPC Security/System Lock
          • Nametags
          • Mobile Identification Number and Mobile Directory Number
          • Placing a Call
          • Operation of the OnStar® Speech Recognition Systems
        • Radio/Audio System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • AM/FM Reception
            • Radio Signal
            • AM Reception
            • FM Reception
            • XM Satellite Radio
          • Theft Deterrent
          • Integral Multi Disc CD Changer (IMDX)
            • Notes
            • Single Disc Loading
            • Multi Disc Loading
            • Removing CDs
          • Amplifier
          • Automatic Volume Control
          • Radio Data System (RDS)
            • Notes
            • RDS Basic Information
            • Displaying Program Information
            • Controlling the Radio
            • Viewing and Selecting RDS Information for Display
            • Using the RDS Traffic Feature
            • Alternate Frequency (AF) Switching
            • RDS Clock Time
          • Radio Error Messages
          • Voice Recorder
          • Rear Seat Audio (RSA)
            • Notes
            • Power (PWR)
            • Volume (VOL)
            • Source Switching
            • Seek (SEEK)
            • Preset Scan
            • Next
          • XM Satellite Radio
            • Notes
            • Digital Radio Receiver
            • Viewing Messages
            • Selecting a Program Type
        • Video Entertainment System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Rear Seat Entertainment System
            • Notes
            • DVD Player
            • DVD Player Buttons
            • Playing a Disc
            • Stopping and Resuming Play
            • Ejecting the Disc
            • DVD Messages
            • Parental Control Button
            • Video Screen
            • Remote Control
            • Remote Control Buttons
            • Battery Replacement
            • Wireless Headphones
            • Stereo RCA Jacks
            • Audio Output
  • Interior/Exterior Trim
    • Exterior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front Fender Emblem/Nameplate Replacement (GMC and Isuzu)
        • Liftgate Applique Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Roof Front Applique Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Roof Rear Applique Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Grille Emblem Replacement (Envoy)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Grille Emblem Replacement (Rainier)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Grille Emblem Replacement (TrailBlazer SS/LS)
        • Radiator Grille Emblem Replacement (TrailBlazer LT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Emblem and Nameplate Replacement (Ascender)
        • Door Emblem and Nameplate Replacement (Denali)
        • Door Emblem and Nameplate Replacement (TrailBlazer SS)
        • Liftgate Emblem/Nameplate Replacement (GMC)
        • Liftgate Emblem/Nameplate Replacement (Isuzu)
        • Liftgate Emblem/Nameplate Replacement (Rainier)
        • Liftgate Emblem/Nameplate Replacement (TrailBlazer LTZ)
        • Liftgate Emblem/Nameplate Replacement (TrailBlazer SS)
        • Rear Wheel Opening Front Flare Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Grille Replacement (Envoy)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Grille Replacement (Rainier)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Grille Replacement (TrailBlazer)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Grille Replacement (SS Center Lower Grille)
        • Lower Grille Replacement (SS Outer Lower Grille)
        • Front Side Door Molding Replacement (Rainier)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Molding Replacement (TrailBlazer, Envoy)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Fender Wheel Opening Molding Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Front Molding Replacement (Envoy)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Front Molding Replacement (Rainier)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Window Side Reveal Molding Sealing Strip Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Upper Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Molding Replacement (Rainier)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Molding Replacement (TrailBlazer, Envoy)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Panel Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Wheel Opening Molding Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rocker Panel Molding Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rocker Panel Rear Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedures
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rocker Molding Scuff Plate Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rocker Molding Scuff Plate Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear License Plate Pocket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
    • Floor Coverings & Headliners
      • Repair Instructions
        • Eliminating Unwanted Odors in Vehicles
        • Floor Carpet Drying
        • Front Floor Panel Carpet Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Floor Panel Carpet Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlining Trim Panel Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
    • Instrument Panel Trim And Console Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Instrument Panel Insulator Panel Replacement - Right Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Insulator Panel Replacement - Left Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Insulator Panel Replacement (GMC/Chevrolet)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Driver Knee Bolster Panel Replacement
        • Knee Bolster Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Accessory Trim Plate Replacement - Left Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Accessory Trim Plate Replacement (Buick)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Accessory Trim Plate Replacement (GMC)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Trim Plate Bezel Replacement (Chevrolet)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Trim Plate Bezel Replacement (GMC, Buick)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Compartment Door Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Upper Trim Pad Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Carrier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Storage Bin Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Shift Lever Bezel Replacement (Buick)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Floor Console Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Roof Console Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Roof Console Retainer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
    • Interior Trim And Paneling
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Door Handle Bezel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Trim Panel Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Trim Panel Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Water Deflector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Water Deflector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Sill Plate Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Sill Plate Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Door Sill Plate Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Floor Trim Panel Trim Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Floor Front Trim Plate Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Assist Handle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coat Hook Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunshade Replacement
        • Windshield Pillar Garnish Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Center Pillar Garnish Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Quarter Upper Trim Panel Replacement (TrailBlazer, Envoy)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Quarter - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Quarter - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Garnish Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Trim Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Body Side Rear Window Garnish Molding Replacement (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Body Side Window Rear Garnish Molding Replacement (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Garnish Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pressure Relief Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
    • Luggage Rack And Roof Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Luggage Carrier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Luggage Carrier Rivet Nut Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Luggage Carrier Slats Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
    • Seat Hardware, Seat Trim, And Upholstery
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front Seat Replacement - Bucket
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Mechanism Replacement - Manual
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Switch Bezel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Head Restraint Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Head Restraint Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Head Restraint Guide Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Cushion Frame Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Outer Trim Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Back Cover and Cushion Pad Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Back Frame Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Recliner Handle Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Back Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Support Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Support Knob Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Pull Strap Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Rainier)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Head Restraint Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Guide Replacement - Rear No. 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Retractor Assembly Replacement - Rear No. 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Bracket Replacement - Rear No. 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear No. 1
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Rainier)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Latch Release Assembly Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Rainier)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Trim Panel Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Latch Bracket - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Release Latch Replacement - Rear No. 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Replacement - Rear No. 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear No. 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Hinge Cover Replacement - Rear No. 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Rear No. 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Hinge Replacement - Rear No. 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mid-Position Floor Latch Assembly Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
  • Interior/Illumination Lights
    • Lighting Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Lighting Systems Schematic Icons
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics
        • Fog Lights Schematics
        • Headlight Leveling Schematics
        • Exterior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Dimming Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Lighting Systems Component Views
        • Lighting Systems Connectors
          • Ambient Light Sensor (CJ3)
          • Backup Lamp - Left (Z88)
          • Backup Lamp - Right (Z88)
          • Cargo Lamp
          • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL)
          • Cornering Lamp - Left (Z88/W49)
          • Cornering Lamp - Right (Z88/W49)
          • Courtesy/Reading Lamp - Center
          • Courtesy/Reading Lamp - Front
          • Fog Lamp - LF (Except W49 w/T96)
          • Fog Lamp - LF (W49 w/T96)
          • Fog Lamp - RF (Except W49 w/T96)
          • Fog Lamp - RF (W49 w/T96)
          • Headlamp - High Beam - Left
          • Headlamp - High Beam - Right
          • Headlamp Leveling Actuator - Left (TR6)
          • Headlamp Leveling Actuator - Right (TR6)
          • Headlamp - Low Beam - Left
          • Headlamp - Low Beam - Right
          • Headlamp Switch C1
          • Headlamp Switch C2
          • License Lamp - Left
          • License Lamp - Right
          • Liftglass Ajar Switch
          • Marker Lamp - LF (X88)
          • Marker Lamp - LF (Z88/Z89/W49)
          • Marker Lamp - RF (X88)
          • Marker Lamp - RF (Z88/Z89/W49)
          • Park Lamp - LF (W49)
          • Park Lamp - RF (W49)
          • Park/Turn Signal Lamp - LF (X88)
          • Park/Turn Signal Lamp - LF (Z88/Z89)
          • Park/Turn Signal Lamp - RF (X88)
          • Park/Turn Signal Lamp - RF (Z88/Z89)
          • Stop Lamp Switch
          • Tail Lamp Circuit Board - Left (w/T84)
          • Tail Lamp Circuit Board - Left (w/o T84)
          • Tail Lamp Circuit Board - Right (w/T85)
          • Tail Lamp Circuit Board - Right (w/o T85)
          • Trailer Connector (UY7)
          • Turn Signal/Hazard Flasher Module
          • Turn Signal Lamp - LF (W49)
          • Turn Signal Lamp - RF (W49)
          • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C1
          • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C2
          • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C3
          • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C4 (K34)
          • Vanity Mirror Lamp - Left (DH2)
          • Vanity Mirror Lamp - Right (DH2)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Lighting Systems
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Data
          • Inputs
          • Output Control
        • DTC B0951
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1480
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2527
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2530
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2540
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2550
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2575
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2580
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2585
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2610
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2615
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2620
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2625
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2645
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3801
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3802
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Symptoms - Lighting Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Backup Lamps Always On
        • Backup Lamps Inoperative
        • Clearance Lamps Inoperative
        • Cornering Lamps Always On
        • Cornering Lamps Inoperative
        • Courtesy Lamps Always On
        • Courtesy Lamps Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Defeat Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) On with Park Brake Applied
        • Fog Lamp Indicator Inoperative
        • Fog Lamps Always On
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative
        • Rear Fog Lamps Always On
        • Rear Fog Lamps Inoperative
        • Hazard Lamps Always On
        • Hazard Lamps Inoperative
        • Headlamp Switch On Indicator Always On
        • Headlamp Switch On Indicator Inoperative
        • Headlamps Always On - Low or High Beam (Standard)
        • Headlamps Inoperative - High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Flash to Pass
        • Headlight Leveling Inoperative
        • High Beam Indicator Always On
        • High Beam Indicator Inoperative
        • Interior Backlighting Does Not Dim
        • Interior Backlighting Inoperative
        • License Lamps Inoperative
        • Marker Lamps Inoperative
        • Memory/Heated Seat Switch Backlighting Inoperative
        • Park Lamps Inoperative
        • Stop Lamps Always On
        • Stop Lamps Inoperative
        • Tail Lamps Inoperative
        • Tail, Marker and License Lamps Always On
        • Tail, Marker and License Lamps Inoperative
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Always On or Flashing
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Inoperative
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stop Lamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Housing Panel Replacement (Envoy, Rainier)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Housing Panel Replacement (TrailBlazer)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ambient Light Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hazard and Turn Signal Flasher Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome and Reading Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Replacement (Envoy)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Replacement (Rainier)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Replacement (TrailBlazer)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Bulb Replacement (Envoy, Rainier)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Bulb Replacement (TrailBlazer)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Aiming
          • Screen Method for Headlamp Aiming
          • Headlamp Aiming Procedure
        • Front Fog Lamp Replacement (Envoy, TrailBlazer)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Fog Lamp Replacement (Rainier)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Fog Lamp Replacement (TrailBlazer SS)
        • Front Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Aiming
        • Park/Turn Signal/Side Marker Lamp Bulb Replacement (Envoy)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Park/Turn Signal/Side Marker Lamp Bulb Replacement (Rainier)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Park/Turn Signal/Side Marker Lamp Bulb Replacement (TrailBlazer)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cornering Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cornering Lamp Bulb Replacement (Envoy)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cornering Lamp Bulb Replacement (Rainier)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Clearance Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement (Envoy, TrailBlazer, Rainier)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Backup Lamp Replacement (GMC)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Backup Lamp Bulb Replacement (GMC)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear License Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail Lamp Replacement (Isuzu)
        • Tail Lamp Replacement (TrailBlazer)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail Lamp Circuit Board Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Exterior Lamps
          • Headlamps
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
          • Headlamp Leveling (Export)
          • Fog Lamps
          • Park, Tail, Marker, License and Clearance Lamps
          • Turn Signal Lamps
          • Cornering Lamps
          • Stop Lamps
          • Backup Lamps
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Interior Lamps
          • Courtesy Lamps
          • Keyless Entry Interior Illumination
          • Vanity Mirror Lamps
          • Battery Rundown Protection/Inadvertent Power
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
  • Memory Modules
    • Adjustable Pedal System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Adjustable Pedal Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Adjustable Pedal Component Views
        • Adjustable Pedal Connectors
          • Electronic Adjustable Pedals (EAP) Assembly
          • Electronic Adjustable Pedals (EAP) Relay
          • Electronic Adjustable Pedals (EAP) Switch
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Adjustable Pedals
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Driver Seat Module
        • DTC B3606
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3607
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Adjustable Pedals
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Adjustable Pedals Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Brake Pedal Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accelerator Pedal Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Adjustable Pedals Description and Operation
          • Adjustable Pedals System Components
          • Adjustable Pedals System Operation
    • Secondary And Configurable Customer Controls
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Secondary/Configurable Control Schematic Icons
        • Steering Wheel Secondary/Configurable Control Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Secondary/Configurable Control Component Views
        • Secondary/Configurable Control Connectors
          • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly - Lower Left (STW)
          • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly - Lower Right (STW)
          • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly - Upper Left (STW)
          • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly - Upper Right (STW)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Secondary and Configurable Customer Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • DTC B1397 or B2815
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B1397
            • B2815
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Description and Operation
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Secondary and Configurable Customer Controls
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Steering Wheel Controls Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Description and Operation
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Driver Personalization
          • Memory Seats Programming
          • Programming Features with the Driver Information Center (DIC)
          • Automatic Door Locks
          • Remote Activation Verification
          • Delayed Lighting
          • Perimeter Lighting
          • Easy Exit Seat
          • Tilt Mirror In Reverse
          • Content Theft Deterrent Alarm
          • Display Language
          • Display Units (E/M)
          • Exit Programming
          • Additional Information
        • Personalization Description and Operation
          • Personalization
        • Steering Wheel Controls Description and Operation
        • Vehicle Personalization
          • Notes
          • Programmable Locking Feature
          • Programmable Unlocking Feature
  • Mirrors
    • Mirror System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Mirror Component Views
        • Mirror Connectors
          • Inside Rearview Mirror
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • DTC B1550
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1720
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1721
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC B1723
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1724
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Power Mirrors - Folding Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Memory Functions Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Lens Replacement - Turn Signal
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation (Heated Mirrors)
          • Heated OSRV Mirror
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Components
          • Power and Ground of the Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Operation
          • Compass
          • Temperature Display
          • Temperature Display Update Process
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature and Compass without OnStar®
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature, Compass/Temperature Display without OnStar®
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature with Compass and OnStar®
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature, Compass/Temperature Display with OnStar®
  • Seats
    • Power Seat System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Driver Seat Schematics
        • Passenger Seat Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Seat Component Views
        • Power Seat Connectors
          • Lumbar Adjuster Switch - Driver (AR9)
          • Lumbar Adjuster Switch - Passenger (V40)
          • Lumbar Horizontal Motor - Driver (AR9)
          • Lumbar Horizontal Motor - Passenger (V40)
          • Lumbar Horizontal Position Sensor - Driver (w/Memory)
          • Memory Seat Module - Driver C1 (w/Memory)
          • Memory Seat Module - Driver C2 (w/Memory)
          • Memory Seat Module - Driver C3 (w/Memory)
          • Memory Seat Module - Driver C4 (w/Memory)
          • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver (AR9)
          • Seat Adjuster Switch - Passenger (V40)
          • Seat Front Vertical Motor - Driver (AR9)
          • Seat Front Vertical Motor - Passenger (V40)
          • Seat Horizontal Motor - Driver (AR9)
          • Seat Horizontal Motor - Passenger (V40)
          • Seat Position Sensor - Front (w/Memory)
          • Seat Position Sensor - Horizontal (w/Memory)
          • Seat Position Sensor - Rear (w/Memory)
          • Seat Position Sensor - Recline (w/Memory)
          • Seat Rear Vertical Motor - Driver (AR9)
          • Seat Rear Vertical Motor - Passenger (V40)
          • Seat Recline Motor - Driver (AR9)
          • Seat Recline Motor - Passenger (V40)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seats
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Driver Seat Module (DSM)
          • Driver Door Module (DDM)
        • DTC B1735, B1740, B1745, B1750, B1755, B1760, B1815 or B1820
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1825, B1850, B1860, B2355, B2365 or B2375
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1830, B1835, B1840 or B1845
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Power Seats
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Lumbar Support Inoperative
        • Memory Seat Feature Inoperative
        • Power Seat Does Not Move Forward/Rearward
        • Power Seat Does Not Recline
        • Power Seat Does Not Tilt Forward
        • Power Seat Does Not Tilt Rearward
        • Power Seat Inoperative (w/o Memory)
        • Power Seat Inoperative (w/Memory)
      • Repair Instructions
        • Seat Switch Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Driver Seat Adjuster Memory Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Memory Seat Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Memory Seat Calibration
        • Seat Adjuster Mechanism Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Switch Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Lumbar Support Description and Operation
          • Lumbar Support System Components
          • A51 Lumbar Support System Operation
          • AR9 Lumbar Support System Operation
        • Memory Seats Description and Operation
          • Memory Seat System Components
          • Memory Seat System Description
          • Memory Set/Recall Operation
        • Power Seats System Description and Operation
          • Power Seat System Components
          • Power Seat System Operation
    • Seat Hardware, Seat Trim, And Upholstery
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front Seat Replacement - Bucket
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Mechanism Replacement - Manual
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Switch Bezel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Head Restraint Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Head Restraint Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Head Restraint Guide Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Cushion Frame Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Outer Trim Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Back Cover and Cushion Pad Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Back Frame Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Recliner Handle Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Back Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Support Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Support Knob Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Pull Strap Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Rainier)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Head Restraint Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Guide Replacement - Rear No. 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Retractor Assembly Replacement - Rear No. 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Bracket Replacement - Rear No. 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear No. 1
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Rainier)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Latch Release Assembly Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Rainier)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Trim Panel Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Latch Bracket - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Release Latch Replacement - Rear No. 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Replacement - Rear No. 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear No. 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Hinge Cover Replacement - Rear No. 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Rear No. 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Hinge Replacement - Rear No. 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mid-Position Floor Latch Assembly Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
    • Seat Heating System & Seat Cooling System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Heated/Cooled Seat Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Heated/Cooled Seat Component Views
        • Heated/Cooled Seat Connectors
          • Heated Seat Element - Driver Back (w/Heat)
          • Heated Seat Element - Driver Cushion (w/Heat)
          • Heated Seat Element - Passenger Back (w/Heat)
          • Heated Seat Element - Passenger Cushion (w/Heat)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seats
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Driver Seat Module (DSM)
          • Driver Door Module (DDM)
          • Passenger Door Module (PDM)
        • DTC B2425 or B2430
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2435 or B2440
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Seat Heating and Cooling
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Heated Seat Inoperative
      • Description and Operation
        • Heated Seats Description and Operation
          • Heated Seats System Components
          • Heated Seats System Operation
  • Steering Column Switches
    • Steering Wheel & Steering Column
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Steering Column Disassembled View
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Symptoms - Steering Wheel and Column
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Steering Column Tilt Function Inoperative
        • Noise in Steering Column
        • High Shift Effort
        • Looseness in Steering Column
      • Repair Instructions
        • Upper Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection
        • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Multifunction Turn Signal Switch Housing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Turn Signal Cancel Cam and Steering Shaft Upper Bearing Spring Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Turn Signal Multifunction Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tilt Lever Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Theft Deterrent Lock Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tilt Spring Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Tilt Head Housing Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Seal Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Jacket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Wire Harness Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Position Sensor or Steering Shaft Lower Bearing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Steering Wheel and Column Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Steering
          • Vehicle Security, Found on Some Vehicle Models
          • Driver Convenience
          • Driver Safety
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Warning Systems
    • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Tire Pressure Monitoring
          • System Familiarization
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • System Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic System Check - Tire Pressure Monitoring
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC C0750, C0755, C0760 or C0765
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0775
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Tire Pressure Monitoring
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Low Tire Pressure Indicator Always On
        • Low Tire Pressure Indicator Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Tire Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tire Pressure Sensor Grommet Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tire Pressure Sensor Learn
          • Tools Required
          • TPM Learn Mode Description
            • Notes
            • Sensor Functions Using Pressure Increase/Decrease Method
            • Sensor Functions Using J-46079
            • TPM Learn Mode Cancellation
      • Description and Operation
        • Tire Pressure Monitor Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Window Motors & Regulators
    • Fixed & MOVEABLE Window Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Moveable Window Schematics
        • Defogger Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Window Systems Component Views
        • Window Systems Connectors
          • Rear Window Defogger Grid C1 (C49)
          • Rear Window Defogger Grid C2 (C49)
          • Window Motor - Driver
          • Window Motor - Front Passenger
          • Window Motor - LR
          • Window Motor - RR
          • Window Switch - LR
          • Window Switch - RR
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Fixed and Moveable Windows
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • DTC B0283
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3819
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3820
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3821
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3822
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3823
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3824
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Fixed and Moveable Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
        • Rear Window Defogger Malfunction
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Front Door)
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Rear Door)
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Power Window Express Down Function Inoperative
        • Power Window Lockout Function Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Windshield Upper Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Side Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Window Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Body Side Window Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Window Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Window Strut Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Window Latch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Window Latch Striker Adjustment
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Liftgate Window Outside Handle and Latch Striker Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Channel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Window Channel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stationary Window Reveal Molding Repair
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Endgate Window Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Window Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Regulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Window Regulator Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Window Regulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Window Weatherstrip Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Encapsulated Stationary Windows
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Bodyside Stationary Windows (w/Frame)
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Bodyside Stationary Windows (w/o Frame)
        • Body Side Window Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Power Window Motor Operation
          • Driver Power Window Operation
          • Front Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Rear Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Express Down Operation
          • Power Window Lockout Operation
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Wiper/Washer Systems
    • Wiper System & Washer System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Wiper/Washer Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Wiper/Washer Component Views
        • Wiper/Washer Connectors
          • Headlamp Washer Fluid Pump (CE4)
          • Rear Window Washer Fluid Pump
          • Rear Window Wiper Motor
          • Rear Window Wiper/Washer Switch
          • Windshield Washer Fluid Level Switch (U68)
          • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump
          • Windshield Wiper Motor
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Wiper/Washer Systems
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • BCM Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • LGM Scan Tool Data List
          • IPC Scan Tool Data List
        • DTC B1017 or B3970
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B2697
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3810 or B3811
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B3810
            • B3811
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Wiper/Washer Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Low Washer Fluid Indicator Malfunction
        • Washers Always On
        • Washers Inoperative
        • Wipers Always On
        • Wipers Inoperative - All Modes
        • Wipers Inoperative - One or More Modes
          • Test Description
        • Washer Always On - Rear
        • Washer Inoperative - Rear
        • Washers Inoperative - Headlamp
        • Washers Always On - Headlamp
        • Wiper Inoperative - Rear
          • Test Description
        • Wiper Arm Tip Pressure Check
          • Wiper Arm Pressure Check
        • Wiper Blade Element Check
          • Blade Element Set Check
      • Repair Instructions
        • Wiper/Washer Switch Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Nozzle Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Nozzle Replacement - Rear (Rainier)
        • Washer Nozzle Replacement - Rear (TrailBlazer, Envoy)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hose Replacement (Rainier)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hose Replacement (Trailblazer, Envoy, Rainier)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hose Replacement - Headlamp Washer (Rainier)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hose Replacement - Headlamp Washer (TrailBlazer)
        • Hose Replacement - Windshield Washer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Hose Replacement - Liftgate (Trailblazer, Envoy)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Solvent Container Replacement (Envoy, TrailBlazer)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Solvent Container Replacement (Rainier)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Pump Replacement - Headlamp
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Pump Replacement - Windshield
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Pump Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Solvent Container Level Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Inlet Grille Panel Replacement (Envoy, TrailBlazer)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Inlet Grille Panel Replacement (Rainier)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Arm Replacement (GMC Envoy)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Arm Replacement (SS)
        • Wiper Arm Replacement - Rear (TrailBlazer SS)
        • Wiper Arm Replacement - Rear (TrailBlazer, Envoy)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Arm Blade Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Arm Blade Replacement - Rear (Envoy)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Blade Element Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blade Element Replacement - Rear (TrailBlazer, Envoy)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Motor Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Motor Replacement - Rear (Trailblazer, Envoy)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Transmission Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Park Replacement - Rear (Trailblazer SS)
        • Wiper Park Replacement - Rear (Trailblazer Envoy)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Glass Cleaning
        • Blade Element Cleaning
        • Wiper Chatter Repair
        • Washer Hose Replacement - Rear (TrailBlazer, Envoy)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Headlamp Washer System Description and Operation
          • Headlamp Washer System Components
          • Headlamp Washer System Controls
          • Headlamp Washer System Operation
        • Wiper/Washer System Description and Operation
          • Windshield Wiper/Washer System Components
          • Windshield Wiper/Washer System Operation
          • Moisture Sensitive Wipers
          • Check Washer Fluid Message
        • Rear Wiper/Washer System Description and Operation
          • Rear Wiper/Washer System Components
          • Rear Washer Operation
          • Rear Wiper Operation (with LGM)
          • Rear Wiper Operation (with EGM)
• Body & Frame
  • Door Locks
    • Door Lock Systems & Door Handles
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Door Control Module Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Vehicle Access Component Views
        • Vehicle Access Connectors
          • Door Latch Assembly - Driver C1
          • Door Latch Assembly - Driver C2
          • Door Latch Assembly - Driver C3 (UA6/UA2)
          • Door Latch Assembly - LR C1
          • Door Latch Assembly - LR C2
          • Door Latch Assembly - Passenger C1
          • Door Latch Assembly - Passenger C2
          • Door Latch Assembly - RR C1
          • Door Latch Assembly - RR C2
          • Driver Door Module (DDM) C1
          • Driver Door Module (DDM) C2
          • Driver Door Module (DDM) C3 (Outside Rearview Mirror - Driver) (DS3/DL2)
          • Driver Door Module (DDM) C4 (Memory Seat Switch - Driver) (w/Memory)
          • Driver Door Module (DDM) C5 (Outside Rearview Mirror Switch) (DS3/DL2)
          • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C1
          • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C2
          • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C3 (Outside Rearview Mirror Passenger) (DS3/DL2)
          • Liftgate Latch Assembly C1
          • Liftgate Latch Assembly C2
          • Liftgate Module (LGM) C1
          • Liftgate Module (LGM) C2
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Vehicle Access
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • DTC B1017
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1023
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3808
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3809
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Vehicle Access
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative (Front Door(s))
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative (Rear Door(s))
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Endgate/Liftgate
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front Side Door Lock Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Lock Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Lock Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Bumper Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Opening the Liftgate When There Is an Electrical Failure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Inside Handle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Replacement - Liftgate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Latch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Door Latch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Lock Striker Adjustment
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Door Striker Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Lock Striker Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Lock and Side Window Switch Replacement - Driver
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Lock and Side Window Switch Replacement - Passenger
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Power Door Lock Operation
    • Immobilizer System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Immobilizer Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Immobilizer Component Views
        • Immobilizer Connectors
          • Hood Ajar Switch (UA2)
          • Inclination Sensor (BAE)
          • Passlock Sensor (w/o BAE)
          • Theft Deterrent Alarm (BAE)
          • Theft Deterrent Control Module (BAE)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Scan Tool Data List
          • Theft Deterrent System - (Domestic, Passlock)
          • Immobilizer (Export, RPO AU8)
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Theft Deterrent System - (Domestic, Passlock)
          • Immobilizer (Export, RPO AU8)
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Immobilizer
        • DTC B2945
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2955
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2960
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3031
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Description and Operation
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3033
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3055
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Description and Operation
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3060
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Description and Operation
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3935
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Description and Operation
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P1626
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1630 (Export)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1630 (Domestic)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1631 (Export)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1631 (Domestic)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1632
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Adding Keys
        • Replacing Keys
        • Programming Theft Deterrent System Components
          • Notes
          • Conditions
          • Learn Procedures
          • Tools Required
          • 10-Minute Learn Procedure
          • 30-Minute Learn Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Immobilizer Description and Operation
          • Immobilizer - Passlock™ System (Domestic)
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder Case, Including the Passlock™ Sensor
          • Ignition Switch
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Powertrain Control Module
          • Theft System Indicator
          • Fuel Lockout Cycle
          • Changing the Passlock™ Components
          • Immobilizer - Export Passkey III™ System
          • Theft Deterrent Module
          • Powertrain Control Module (PCM)
          • The Ignition Key (Transponder)
          • Master Keys
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder
          • SECURITY Indicator Operation
          • SECURITY Indicator Illuminates when Engine is Running
          • SECURITY Indicator Illuminated and Engine Does Not Start
          • SECURITY Indicator Flashes and Engine Does Not Start
    • Keyless Entry System And Remote Functions
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Remote Function Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Remote Function Component Views
        • Remote Function Connectors
          • Garage Door Opener (UG1)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Remote Functions
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Remote Functions
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Garage Door Opener Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Keyless Entry System Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Panic Mode Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Transmitter Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garage Door Opener Programming - Universal
          • Garage Door Opener Programming
          • Training the GDO for Rolling Code Receivers
          • Erasing Channels
        • Garage Door Opener Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmitter Programming
          • Notes
          • Method 1 - No Tools Required
          • Method 2 - Scan Tool Required
      • Description and Operation
        • Garage Door Opener Description and Operation
        • Keyless Entry System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Unlock Driver Door Only
          • Unlock All Doors - Second Operation
          • Lock All Doors
          • Rear Compartment Lid Release
          • Panic Alarm
          • Keyless Entry Personalization
          • Rolling Code
          • Automatic Synchronization
    • Theft Deterrent System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Theft Deterrent System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Theft Deterrent System Component Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Theft Deterrent
        • Symptoms - Theft Deterrent
          • Important Preliminary Checks Before Starting
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Description and Operation
            • Electrical Information Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Does Not Disarm with Key Lock
        • Horn Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Lights Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Security Indicator Always On or Flashing
        • Security Indicator Inoperative
      • Description and Operation
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Important
          • Arming the CTD System
          • Locking The Vehicle Without Arming The CTD System
          • Disarming an Armed System/Silencing an Alarm
          • CTD Circuit Description
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Door Ajar Switches
          • Power Door Lock Switches
          • Inputs
          • Outputs
  • Exterior Body Panels
    • Air/Wind Noise Symptoms
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Air/Wind Noise
          • Tools Required
          • Test Procedure
        • Tracing Powder or Chalk Test
        • Air Pressure Test
        • Soap Suds or Bubble Test
      • Repair Instructions
        • Exterior Windnoise
        • Interior Windnoise
    • Bolted Exterior Body Panels And Closures
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Radiator Support Diagonal Brace Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Latch Release Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Fender Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Wiring Harness Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Wiring Harness Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Wiring Harness Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Hinge Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Latch Adjustment
          • Inspection Procedure
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Hood Latch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Latch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Side Retainer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Rear Seal Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Door Upper Sealing Strip Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Strut Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Latch Support Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Auxiliary Weatherstrip Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Door Opening Weatherstrip Replacement (Crew Cab)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Weatherstrip Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Door Opening Weatherstrip Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
    • Bumper System & Fascia
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front Bumper Impact Bar Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Bumper Fascia Replacement (Envoy)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Bumper Fascia Replacement (Rainier)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Bumper Fascia Replacement (TrailBlazer)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Air Dam Replacement (Rainier)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Bumper Fascia Air Deflector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Bumper Fascia Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Bumper Impact Bar Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Bumper Step Pad Replacement (Envoy, Rainier)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Bumper Step Pad Replacement (Outer - TrailBlazer)
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Bumper Step Pad Replacement (TrailBlazer)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
    • Squeaks And Rattles
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Squeaks and Rattles
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Procedure
    • Water Leaks
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Waterleak Test Preparation
        • Dust Leaks
        • Water Hose Test
        • Air Hose Test
      • Repair Instructions
        • Body Waterleak Repair
        • Stationary Window Waterleak Repair
  • Exterior/Interior Trim
    • Exterior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front Fender Emblem/Nameplate Replacement (GMC and Isuzu)
        • Liftgate Applique Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Roof Front Applique Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Roof Rear Applique Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Grille Emblem Replacement (Envoy)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Grille Emblem Replacement (Rainier)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Grille Emblem Replacement (TrailBlazer SS/LS)
        • Radiator Grille Emblem Replacement (TrailBlazer LT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Emblem and Nameplate Replacement (Ascender)
        • Door Emblem and Nameplate Replacement (Denali)
        • Door Emblem and Nameplate Replacement (TrailBlazer SS)
        • Liftgate Emblem/Nameplate Replacement (GMC)
        • Liftgate Emblem/Nameplate Replacement (Isuzu)
        • Liftgate Emblem/Nameplate Replacement (Rainier)
        • Liftgate Emblem/Nameplate Replacement (TrailBlazer LTZ)
        • Liftgate Emblem/Nameplate Replacement (TrailBlazer SS)
        • Rear Wheel Opening Front Flare Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Grille Replacement (Envoy)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Grille Replacement (Rainier)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Grille Replacement (TrailBlazer)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Grille Replacement (SS Center Lower Grille)
        • Lower Grille Replacement (SS Outer Lower Grille)
        • Front Side Door Molding Replacement (Rainier)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Molding Replacement (TrailBlazer, Envoy)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Fender Wheel Opening Molding Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Front Molding Replacement (Envoy)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Front Molding Replacement (Rainier)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Window Side Reveal Molding Sealing Strip Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Upper Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Molding Replacement (Rainier)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Molding Replacement (TrailBlazer, Envoy)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Panel Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Wheel Opening Molding Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rocker Panel Molding Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rocker Panel Rear Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedures
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rocker Molding Scuff Plate Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rocker Molding Scuff Plate Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear License Plate Pocket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
    • Floor Coverings & Headliners
      • Repair Instructions
        • Eliminating Unwanted Odors in Vehicles
        • Floor Carpet Drying
        • Front Floor Panel Carpet Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Floor Panel Carpet Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlining Trim Panel Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
    • Instrument Panel Trim And Console Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Instrument Panel Insulator Panel Replacement - Right Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Insulator Panel Replacement - Left Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Insulator Panel Replacement (GMC/Chevrolet)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Driver Knee Bolster Panel Replacement
        • Knee Bolster Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Accessory Trim Plate Replacement - Left Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Accessory Trim Plate Replacement (Buick)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Accessory Trim Plate Replacement (GMC)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Trim Plate Bezel Replacement (Chevrolet)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Trim Plate Bezel Replacement (GMC, Buick)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Compartment Door Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Upper Trim Pad Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Carrier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Storage Bin Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Shift Lever Bezel Replacement (Buick)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Floor Console Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Roof Console Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Roof Console Retainer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
    • Interior Trim And Paneling
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Door Handle Bezel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Trim Panel Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Trim Panel Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Water Deflector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Water Deflector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Sill Plate Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Sill Plate Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Door Sill Plate Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Floor Trim Panel Trim Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Floor Front Trim Plate Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Assist Handle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coat Hook Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunshade Replacement
        • Windshield Pillar Garnish Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Center Pillar Garnish Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Quarter Upper Trim Panel Replacement (TrailBlazer, Envoy)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Quarter - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Quarter - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Garnish Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Trim Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Body Side Rear Window Garnish Molding Replacement (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Body Side Window Rear Garnish Molding Replacement (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Garnish Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pressure Relief Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
    • Luggage Rack And Roof Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Luggage Carrier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Luggage Carrier Rivet Nut Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Luggage Carrier Slats Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
    • Seat Hardware, Seat Trim, And Upholstery
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front Seat Replacement - Bucket
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Mechanism Replacement - Manual
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Switch Bezel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Head Restraint Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Head Restraint Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Head Restraint Guide Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Cushion Frame Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Outer Trim Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Back Cover and Cushion Pad Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Back Frame Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Recliner Handle Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Back Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Support Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Support Knob Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Pull Strap Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Rainier)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Head Restraint Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Guide Replacement - Rear No. 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Retractor Assembly Replacement - Rear No. 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Bracket Replacement - Rear No. 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear No. 1
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Rainier)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Latch Release Assembly Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Rainier)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Trim Panel Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Latch Bracket - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Release Latch Replacement - Rear No. 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Replacement - Rear No. 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear No. 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Hinge Cover Replacement - Rear No. 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Rear No. 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Hinge Replacement - Rear No. 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mid-Position Floor Latch Assembly Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
  • Frames, Subframes & Crossmembers
    • Frame And Underbody
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front Tow Hook Replacement (TrailBlazer)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Support Shield Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Protection Shield Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transfer Case Shield Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Shield Replacement (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Shield Replacement (TrailBlazer, Envoy)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crossmember Replacement - Front Steering Gear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crossmember Replacement - Rear Steering Gear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Frame Brace Replacement (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Frame Brace Replacement (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Frame Cushion or Insulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheelhouse Panel Replacement (Front End)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Assist Step Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Support Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
  • Ignition Switch/Steering Lock
    • Immobilizer System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Immobilizer Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Immobilizer Component Views
        • Immobilizer Connectors
          • Hood Ajar Switch (UA2)
          • Inclination Sensor (BAE)
          • Passlock Sensor (w/o BAE)
          • Theft Deterrent Alarm (BAE)
          • Theft Deterrent Control Module (BAE)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Scan Tool Data List
          • Theft Deterrent System - (Domestic, Passlock)
          • Immobilizer (Export, RPO AU8)
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Theft Deterrent System - (Domestic, Passlock)
          • Immobilizer (Export, RPO AU8)
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Immobilizer
        • DTC B2945
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2955
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2960
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3031
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Description and Operation
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3033
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3055
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Description and Operation
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3060
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Description and Operation
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3935
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Description and Operation
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P1626
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1630 (Export)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1630 (Domestic)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1631 (Export)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1631 (Domestic)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1632
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Adding Keys
        • Replacing Keys
        • Programming Theft Deterrent System Components
          • Notes
          • Conditions
          • Learn Procedures
          • Tools Required
          • 10-Minute Learn Procedure
          • 30-Minute Learn Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Immobilizer Description and Operation
          • Immobilizer - Passlock™ System (Domestic)
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder Case, Including the Passlock™ Sensor
          • Ignition Switch
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Powertrain Control Module
          • Theft System Indicator
          • Fuel Lockout Cycle
          • Changing the Passlock™ Components
          • Immobilizer - Export Passkey III™ System
          • Theft Deterrent Module
          • Powertrain Control Module (PCM)
          • The Ignition Key (Transponder)
          • Master Keys
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder
          • SECURITY Indicator Operation
          • SECURITY Indicator Illuminates when Engine is Running
          • SECURITY Indicator Illuminated and Engine Does Not Start
          • SECURITY Indicator Flashes and Engine Does Not Start
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Introduction
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power and Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Power Moding Schematics
        • Ignition Lock Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views
      • Component Locator
        • Master Electrical Component List
        • Power and Grounding Component Views
        • Power and Grounding Connectors
        • Electrical Center Identification Views
        • Splice Pack Connectors
        • Inline Harness Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Case Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition and Start Switch Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Mode Description and Operation
          • Serial Data Power Mode
          • Fail-safe Operation
            • Notes
            • Serial Data Messages
            • Discrete Ignition Signals
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Description and Operation
          • Serial Data Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
          • BCM Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Troubleshooting & Diagnosis
      • Symptoms - Wiring Systems
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Ignition Can/Cannot Be Turned Off with Transmission in Any Gear
      • Power Mode Mismatch
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Inoperative
      • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) On After Timeout
      • Utility/Van Zoning
      • Electrical Symbols
      • General Electrical Diagnosis
        • Basic Knowledge Required
      • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
      • Circuit Testing
      • Using Connector Test Adapters
      • Probing Electrical Connectors
        • Notes
        • Frontprobe
        • Backprobe
      • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
      • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
        • Tools Required
        • Testing For Voltage
        • Testing For Ground
      • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Tools Required
        • Procedure
      • Measuring Voltage
      • Measuring Voltage Drop
      • Measuring Frequency
      • Testing for Continuity
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
      • Testing for Short to Ground
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
        • Fuse Powering Several Loads
      • Testing for a Short to Voltage
      • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
        • Tools Required
        • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact in Bussed Electrical Centers (BEC)
          • Flat Wire (Dock and Lock) Connectors
        • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
        • Temperature Sensitivity
        • Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) and Electrical Noise
        • Incorrect Control Module
      • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
        • Tools Required
        • Salt Water Spray
        • High Temperature Conditions
        • Low Temperature Conditions
        • Duplicating Failure Conditions
      • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
      • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
      • Circuit Protection - Fuses
      • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
      • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
        • Notes
        • Repairing a Fusible Link
      • Wiring Repairs
      • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
      • Flat Wire Repairs
      • GMLAN Wiring Repairs
        • Tools Required
        • GMLAN Repairs
        • GMLAN Connector Terminal Repair
        • GMLAN Wire Repair
      • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
        • Tools Required
        • High Temperature Wiring
        • Identifying High Temperature Wiring
        • High Temperature Wire Repair
      • Heated Oxygen Sensor Wiring Repairs
        • Tools Required
      • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
        • Notes
        • Tools Required
        • Repair Procedure
      • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Tools Required
        • Splicing Procedure
      • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
      • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
      • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
        • Tools Required
        • SIR/SRS Connector Repair (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin)
        • SIR/SRS Component Wire Pigtail Repair
        • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
        • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
        • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
      • Connector Repairs
        • Notes
        • Identifying Connectors
      • Connector Position Assurance Locks
      • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
      • AFL/EPC Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (0.64)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (2.8 JPT)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (BSK)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (ECM)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Delphi Connectors (Micro .64)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Delphi Connectors (Micro-Pack 100W)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Delphi Connectors (Pull To Seat)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal
        • Terminal Repair
        • Terminal Installation
      • Delphi Connectors (Push To Seat)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal
        • Terminal Repair
        • Reinstalling Terminal
      • Delphi Connectors (Weather Pack)
        • Tools Required
        • Repair Procedure
      • Delphi Connectors (12-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • FCI Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • JST Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Kostel Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Molex Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Sumitomo Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (CM 42-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Sensor)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (025 Cap)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (43-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Door Module)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Yazaki Connectors (2-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Yazaki Connectors (16-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Repairing Connector Terminals
        • Tools Required
        • Repair Procedure
      • Ignition Key Cannot Be Removed from the Ignition Lock Cylinder
      • Ignition Key Cannot Turn or Sticks in Any Position
  • Mirrors
    • Mirror System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Mirror Component Views
        • Mirror Connectors
          • Inside Rearview Mirror
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • DTC B1550
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1720
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1721
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC B1723
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1724
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Power Mirrors - Folding Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Memory Functions Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Lens Replacement - Turn Signal
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation (Heated Mirrors)
          • Heated OSRV Mirror
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Components
          • Power and Ground of the Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Operation
          • Compass
          • Temperature Display
          • Temperature Display Update Process
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature and Compass without OnStar®
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature, Compass/Temperature Display without OnStar®
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature with Compass and OnStar®
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature, Compass/Temperature Display with OnStar®
  • Seats
    • Power Seat System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Driver Seat Schematics
        • Passenger Seat Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Seat Component Views
        • Power Seat Connectors
          • Lumbar Adjuster Switch - Driver (AR9)
          • Lumbar Adjuster Switch - Passenger (V40)
          • Lumbar Horizontal Motor - Driver (AR9)
          • Lumbar Horizontal Motor - Passenger (V40)
          • Lumbar Horizontal Position Sensor - Driver (w/Memory)
          • Memory Seat Module - Driver C1 (w/Memory)
          • Memory Seat Module - Driver C2 (w/Memory)
          • Memory Seat Module - Driver C3 (w/Memory)
          • Memory Seat Module - Driver C4 (w/Memory)
          • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver (AR9)
          • Seat Adjuster Switch - Passenger (V40)
          • Seat Front Vertical Motor - Driver (AR9)
          • Seat Front Vertical Motor - Passenger (V40)
          • Seat Horizontal Motor - Driver (AR9)
          • Seat Horizontal Motor - Passenger (V40)
          • Seat Position Sensor - Front (w/Memory)
          • Seat Position Sensor - Horizontal (w/Memory)
          • Seat Position Sensor - Rear (w/Memory)
          • Seat Position Sensor - Recline (w/Memory)
          • Seat Rear Vertical Motor - Driver (AR9)
          • Seat Rear Vertical Motor - Passenger (V40)
          • Seat Recline Motor - Driver (AR9)
          • Seat Recline Motor - Passenger (V40)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seats
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Driver Seat Module (DSM)
          • Driver Door Module (DDM)
        • DTC B1735, B1740, B1745, B1750, B1755, B1760, B1815 or B1820
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1825, B1850, B1860, B2355, B2365 or B2375
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1830, B1835, B1840 or B1845
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Power Seats
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Lumbar Support Inoperative
        • Memory Seat Feature Inoperative
        • Power Seat Does Not Move Forward/Rearward
        • Power Seat Does Not Recline
        • Power Seat Does Not Tilt Forward
        • Power Seat Does Not Tilt Rearward
        • Power Seat Inoperative (w/o Memory)
        • Power Seat Inoperative (w/Memory)
      • Repair Instructions
        • Seat Switch Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Driver Seat Adjuster Memory Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Memory Seat Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Memory Seat Calibration
        • Seat Adjuster Mechanism Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Switch Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Lumbar Support Description and Operation
          • Lumbar Support System Components
          • A51 Lumbar Support System Operation
          • AR9 Lumbar Support System Operation
        • Memory Seats Description and Operation
          • Memory Seat System Components
          • Memory Seat System Description
          • Memory Set/Recall Operation
        • Power Seats System Description and Operation
          • Power Seat System Components
          • Power Seat System Operation
    • Seat Hardware, Seat Trim, And Upholstery
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front Seat Replacement - Bucket
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Mechanism Replacement - Manual
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Switch Bezel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Head Restraint Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Head Restraint Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Head Restraint Guide Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Cushion Frame Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Outer Trim Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Back Cover and Cushion Pad Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Back Frame Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Recliner Handle Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Back Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Support Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Support Knob Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Pull Strap Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Rainier)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Head Restraint Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Guide Replacement - Rear No. 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Retractor Assembly Replacement - Rear No. 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Bracket Replacement - Rear No. 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear No. 1
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Rainier)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Latch Release Assembly Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Rainier)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Trim Panel Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Latch Bracket - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Release Latch Replacement - Rear No. 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Replacement - Rear No. 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear No. 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Hinge Cover Replacement - Rear No. 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Rear No. 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Hinge Replacement - Rear No. 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mid-Position Floor Latch Assembly Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
    • Seat Heating System & Seat Cooling System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Heated/Cooled Seat Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Heated/Cooled Seat Component Views
        • Heated/Cooled Seat Connectors
          • Heated Seat Element - Driver Back (w/Heat)
          • Heated Seat Element - Driver Cushion (w/Heat)
          • Heated Seat Element - Passenger Back (w/Heat)
          • Heated Seat Element - Passenger Cushion (w/Heat)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seats
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Driver Seat Module (DSM)
          • Driver Door Module (DDM)
          • Passenger Door Module (PDM)
        • DTC B2425 or B2430
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2435 or B2440
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Seat Heating and Cooling
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Heated Seat Inoperative
      • Description and Operation
        • Heated Seats Description and Operation
          • Heated Seats System Components
          • Heated Seats System Operation
  • Sun Roof/T-Top/Convertible Top
    • Sunroof System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Sunroof Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Sunroof Component Views
        • Sunroof Connectors
          • Sunroof Motor
          • Sunroof Switch
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Roof
          • Notes
          • Symptoms
        • Symptoms - Roof
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Sunroof Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Sunroof Does Not Close
        • Power Sunroof Window is Skewed
        • Power Sunroof When Operated from Vent to Close One Side Will Drop Before the Other
        • Power Sunroof When Closing from the Vent Position the Window Will Reverse Direction
        • Power Sunroof Will Stop at the Wrong Location
        • Power Sunroof Will Over Travel the Open Position and Stall the Motor
        • Power Sunroof Will Over Travel the Close Position and Stall the Motor
      • Repair Instructions
        • Sunroof Housing Front Drain Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Housing Rear Drain Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Module Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Motor/Actuator Initialization/Teach Process (Existing Motor)
        • Sunroof Motor/Actuator Initialization/Teach Process (New Motor)
        • Sunroof Motor/Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Sunshade Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Track Timing/Synchronization
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Window Weatherstrip Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Window Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Sunroof Description and Operation
          • Power Sunroof System Components
          • Power Sunroof Operation
          • Express Open
          • To Close
          • To Vent Open
          • Sunroof Motor
  • Windows
    • Fixed & MOVEABLE Window Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Moveable Window Schematics
        • Defogger Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Window Systems Component Views
        • Window Systems Connectors
          • Rear Window Defogger Grid C1 (C49)
          • Rear Window Defogger Grid C2 (C49)
          • Window Motor - Driver
          • Window Motor - Front Passenger
          • Window Motor - LR
          • Window Motor - RR
          • Window Switch - LR
          • Window Switch - RR
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Fixed and Moveable Windows
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • DTC B0283
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3819
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3820
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3821
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3822
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3823
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3824
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Fixed and Moveable Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
        • Rear Window Defogger Malfunction
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Front Door)
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Rear Door)
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Power Window Express Down Function Inoperative
        • Power Window Lockout Function Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Windshield Upper Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Side Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Window Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Body Side Window Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Window Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Window Strut Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Window Latch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Window Latch Striker Adjustment
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Liftgate Window Outside Handle and Latch Striker Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Channel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Window Channel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stationary Window Reveal Molding Repair
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Endgate Window Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Window Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Side Door Window Regulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Window Regulator Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Side Door Window Regulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liftgate Window Weatherstrip Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Encapsulated Stationary Windows
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Bodyside Stationary Windows (w/Frame)
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Bodyside Stationary Windows (w/o Frame)
        • Body Side Window Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Power Window Motor Operation
          • Driver Power Window Operation
          • Front Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Rear Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Express Down Operation
          • Power Window Lockout Operation
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Brakes
  • Anti-Lock Brakes
    • Antilock Brake System, Traction Control System & Stability Control System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Antilock Brake System Schematic Icons
        • Antilock Brake System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Antilock Brake System Component Views
        • Antilock Brake System Connectors
          • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM)
          • Steering Wheel Speed/Position Sensor
          • Traction Control Switch
          • Wheel Speed Sensor - LF
          • Wheel Speed Sensor - LR
          • Wheel Speed Sensor - RF
          • Wheel Speed Sensor - RR
          • Yaw Rate and Lateral Acceleration Sensor
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Antilock Brake System
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC C0035 or C0040
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0045 or C0050
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0110
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0131
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0161
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0186
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0196
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0201
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0240
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0241 or P0856
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0244 or P1689
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0245
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0283
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0287
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0290 or C0292
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0455
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0550
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0558
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Antilock Brake System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • ABS Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • ABS Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Traction Off Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Traction Off Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Antilock Brake System Automated Bleed Procedure
          • Two - Person Procedure
        • Electronic Brake Control Module Replacement
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve Replacement
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve Bracket Replacement
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Ring Replacement - Rear
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Yaw Rate Sensor/Lateral Accelerometer Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • ABS Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Antilock Brake System (ABS)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Hold
            • Pressure Decrease
            • Pressure Increase
          • Dynamic Rear Proportioning (DRP)
          • Traction Control System (TCS)
            • Notes
            • Engine Torque Reduction
            • Brake Pressure Application
          • Vehicle Stability Enhancement System (VSES)
          • System Pre-Fill
          • Power-up Self-Test
          • VSES Sensors Initialization
          • ECE 13 Response
          • Driver Information Indicators and Messages
            • Notes
            • Brake Warning Indicator
              • Notes
              • ABS Indicator
              • Traction Off Indicator
              • Service Brake System Message
            • Service Stability System Message
            • Stability SYS Active Message
            • Stability SYS Ready Message
            • Stability SYS Disabled Message
              • Notes
              • Traction Active Message
            • Traction SYS LIMITED
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Mechanical - Hydraulic
    • Disc Brake System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Disc Brake Component Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Disc Brakes
        • Brake Rotor Thickness Measurement
        • Brake Rotor Surface and Wear Inspection
          • Tools Required
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Brake Pad Inspection
        • Brake Caliper Inspection
        • Disc Brake Mounting and Hardware Inspection - Front
        • Disc Brake Mounting and Hardware Inspection - Rear
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front Disc Brake Pads Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Disc Brake Pads Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pad and Rotor Burnishing
        • Front Brake Caliper Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Brake Caliper Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Disc Brake Hardware Replacement - Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Disc Brake Hardware Replacement - Rear
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Caliper Bracket Replacement - Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Brake Caliper Bracket Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Brake Rotor Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Brake Rotor Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Disc Brake Splash Shield Replacement - Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Disc Brake Backing Plate Replacement - Rear
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Rotor Refinishing
          • Tools Required
          • Refinishing Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Hydraulic Brake System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Brake Component Specifications
        • Brake System Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Hydraulic Brake Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Hydraulic Brake Component Views
        • Hydraulic Brake Connectors
          • Brake Fluid Level Switch
          • Park Brake Switch
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Hydraulic Brakes
        • DTC C0267
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Hydraulic Brakes
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Brake Warning Indicator Always On
        • Brake Warning Indicator Inoperative
        • Brake Pulsation
          • Test Description
        • Brake System Noise
        • Braking Action Uneven - Pulls to One Side
          • Test Description
        • Braking Action Uneven - Front to Rear
          • Test Description
        • Brake Pedal Excessive Travel
        • Brake Pedal Excessive Effort
        • Brakes Drag
        • Brake System Slow Release
        • Brake Fluid Loss
        • Disc Brake System Diagnosis
          • Test Description
        • Hydraulic Brake System Diagnosis
        • Brake Assist System Diagnosis
        • Brake System Vehicle Road Test
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Road Testing Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Travel Measurement and Inspection
          • Tools Required
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Brake System Vacuum Source Test
        • Brake System External Leak Inspection
        • Brake System Internal Leak Test
        • Hydraulic Brake Component Operation Visual Inspection
        • Brake Pipe and Hose Inspection
        • Brake Pedal Pushrod Inspection
      • Repair Instructions
        • Master Cylinder Reservoir Filling
        • Master Cylinder Reservoir Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Master Cylinder Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Master Cylinder Overhaul
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Master Cylinder Bench Bleeding
        • Master Cylinder Fluid Level Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pipe Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Replacement Procedure
        • Front Brake Hose Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Brake Hose Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hydraulic Brake System Bleeding (Manual)
        • Hydraulic Brake System Bleeding (Pressure)
          • Tools Required
          • Bleeding Procedure
        • Hydraulic Brake System Flushing
        • Vacuum Brake Booster Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vacuum Brake Booster Check Valve and/or Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Brake Warning System Description and Operation
          • Brake Warning Indicator
        • Hydraulic Brake System Description and Operation
          • System Component Description
          • System Operation
        • Brake Assist System Description and Operation
          • System Component Description
          • System Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Parking Brake System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Park Brake
      • Symptoms - Park Brake
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Symptom List
      • Park Brake Will Not Hold or Release
      • Park Brake System Diagnosis
      • Park Brake Shoe Inspection
    • Repair Instructions
      • Park Brake Shoe Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Lever Assembly Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Warning Lamp Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Cable Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Parking Brake Cable Adjuster Disabling
      • Parking Brake Cable Adjuster Enabling
      • Parking Brake Actuator Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Adjustment
        • Tools Required
        • Adjustment Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Park Brake System Description and Operation
        • System Component Description
        • System Operation
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Antilock Brake System, Traction Control System & Stability Control System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Antilock Brake System Schematic Icons
      • Antilock Brake System Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • Antilock Brake System Component Views
      • Antilock Brake System Connectors
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM)
        • Steering Wheel Speed/Position Sensor
        • Traction Control Switch
        • Wheel Speed Sensor - LF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor - LR
        • Wheel Speed Sensor - RF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor - RR
        • Yaw Rate and Lateral Acceleration Sensor
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Antilock Brake System
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • DTC C0035 or C0040
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC C0045 or C0050
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC C0110
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0131
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0161
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0186
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0196
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0201
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0240
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC C0241 or P0856
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0244 or P1689
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0245
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0283
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0287
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0290 or C0292
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0455
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0550
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC C0558
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • Symptoms - Antilock Brake System
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • ABS Indicator Always On
        • Circuit Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • ABS Indicator Inoperative
        • Circuit Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Traction Off Indicator Always On
        • Circuit Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Traction Off Indicator Inoperative
        • Circuit Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
    • Repair Instructions
      • Antilock Brake System Automated Bleed Procedure
        • Two - Person Procedure
      • Electronic Brake Control Module Replacement
      • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve Replacement
      • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve Bracket Replacement
      • Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Wheel Speed Sensor Ring Replacement - Rear
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Yaw Rate Sensor/Lateral Accelerometer Replacement
    • Description and Operation
      • ABS Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Antilock Brake System (ABS)
          • Notes
          • Pressure Hold
          • Pressure Decrease
          • Pressure Increase
        • Dynamic Rear Proportioning (DRP)
        • Traction Control System (TCS)
          • Notes
          • Engine Torque Reduction
          • Brake Pressure Application
        • Vehicle Stability Enhancement System (VSES)
        • System Pre-Fill
        • Power-up Self-Test
        • VSES Sensors Initialization
        • ECE 13 Response
        • Driver Information Indicators and Messages
          • Notes
          • Brake Warning Indicator
            • Notes
            • ABS Indicator
            • Traction Off Indicator
            • Service Brake System Message
          • Service Stability System Message
          • Stability SYS Active Message
          • Stability SYS Ready Message
          • Stability SYS Disabled Message
            • Notes
            • Traction Active Message
          • Traction SYS LIMITED
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
• Drivelines & Axles
  • Axle Shafts
    • Rear Drive Axle
      • Specifications
        • Axle Preload and Backlash Specifications
        • Differential Adjustment Shim Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Sealers, Adhesives and Lubricants
        • Locking Differential Thrust Block Sizes
      • Visual Identification
        • Locking Differential Disassembled Views
      • Component Locator
        • Rear Axle Disassembled Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Locking/Limited Slip Rear Axle
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Rear Drive Axle
        • Symptoms - Locking/Limited Slip Rear Axle
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Symptoms - Rear Drive Axle
          • Notes
          • Rear Axle Noise
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Rear Drive Axle Noises
          • Gear Noise
          • Bearing Noise
          • Rear Wheel Bearing Noise
          • Knock at Low Speeds
          • Backlash Clunk
        • Noisy in Drive
        • Noisy When Coasting
        • Intermittent Noise
        • Constant Noise
        • Noisy on Turns
        • Wheel Bearing Wear - Rear Drive Axle (Straight)
          • Straight Roller Bearing Diagnosis
          • Wear (Minor)
          • Wear (Major)
          • Brinelling
          • Indentations
          • Single Edge Pitting
          • Double Edge Pitting
          • Misalignment
          • Frettage
          • Smears
        • Rear Axle Lubricant Leak Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Determining the Cause
            • Notes
            • Oil Seals
            • Gaskets
            • Rear Axle Housing
        • Locking Differential Diagnosis
        • Locking Rear Axle Does Not Lock
        • Locking Rear Axle Locks in Turns
        • Locking Rear Drive Axle Chatters in Turns
        • Noise in Addition to Normal Clutch Engagement
      • Repair Instructions
        • Lubricant Level Inspection - Rear Drive Axle (9.5 LD Inch Axle)
        • Lubricant Level Inspection - Rear Drive Axle (8.0/8.6 Inch Axle)
        • Lubricant Replacement - Rear Drive Axle (9.5 LD Inch Axle)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vent Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Housing Cover and Gasket Replacement (8.0/8.6 Inch Axle)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Housing Cover and Gasket Replacement (9.5 Inch Axle)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Shaft Seal and/or Bearing Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Pinion Flange/Yoke and/or Oil Seal Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Pinion and Ring Gear Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Pinion Bearings Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Differential Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Differential Side Bearings Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Housing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Differential Overhaul
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Bearings Inspection
        • Differential Inspection
        • Pinion and Ring Gear Inspection
        • Rear Axle Housing Inspection
        • Shims Inspection
        • Pinion Depth Adjustment
          • Tools Required
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Differential Side Bearing Preload Adjustment (8.0, 8.6 Inch Axle)
          • Tools Required
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Differential Side Bearing Preload Adjustment (9.5LD Inch Axle)
          • Tools Required
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Backlash Adjustment (9.5 Inch Axle)
          • Tools Required
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Backlash Adjustment (8.0, 8.6 Inch Axle)
          • Tools Required
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Gear Tooth Contact Pattern Inspection
          • Notes
          • Drive Pinion and Ring Gear Identification
          • Gear Tooth Nomenclature
          • Adjustments Affecting Tooth Contact
            • Notes
            • Backlash Adjustment
            • Pinion Depth Adjustment
          • Testing Procedure
          • Correct Contact Pattern
            • Condition
            • Correction
            • Service Hints
          • Drive Side Heel - Coast Side Toe Contact Pattern
            • Notes
            • Condition
            • Correction
          • Drive Side Toe - Coast Side Heel Contact Pattern
            • Notes
            • Condition
            • Correction
          • Drive Side Heel - Coast Side Heel Contact Pattern
            • Notes
            • Condition
            • Correction
          • Drive Side Toe - Coast Side Toe Contact Pattern
            • Notes
            • Condition
            • Correction
          • High Flank Contact Pattern
            • Notes
            • Condition
            • Correction
          • Low Flank Contact Pattern
            • Notes
            • Condition
            • Correction
        • Locking Differential Disassemble
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Locking Differential Clutch Disc Assembly - Disassemble (8.0 Inch Axle)
        • Locking Differential Clutch Disc Assembly - Disassemble (8.6 Inch Axle)
        • Locking Differential Cam Unit Disassemble
        • Locking Differential Cleaning and Inspection
        • Locking Differential Cam Unit Assemble
        • Locking Differential Clutch Disc Assembly - Assemble (8.0 Inch Axle)
        • Locking Differential Clutch Disc Assembly - Assemble (8.6 Inch Axle)
        • Locking Differential Adjustment
          • Tools Required
          • Adjustment of the Differential
          • Left Side Gear Backlash Adjustment
          • Right Side Gear Backlash Adjustment
          • Thrust Block Clearance Adjustment
        • Locking Differential Assemble
      • Description and Operation
        • Locking Differential Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Limited-Slip Function
          • Locking Function
          • Locking Differential Torque-Limiting Disc
        • Rear Drive Axle Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Wheel Drive Shafts
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Wheel Drive Shafts Disassembled Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Wheel Drive Shafts
        • Symptoms - Wheel Drive Shafts
          • Notes
          • Classifying the Symptom
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Click Noise In Turns
        • Clunk When Accelerating from Coast
        • Clunk Noise When Accelerating During Turns
      • Repair Instructions
        • Wheel Drive Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Drive Shaft Inner Joint and Seal Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Wheel Drive Shaft Outer Joint and Seal Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Wheel Drive Shafts Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Differentials & Drive Axles
    • Front Drive Axle
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Axle Preload and Backlash Specifications
        • Sealers, Adhesives and Lubricants
      • Component Locator
        • Front Drive Axle Disassembled Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Front Drive Axle
        • Symptoms - Front Drive Axle
          • Notes
          • Noise Diagnosis
          • Classifying the Symptom
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Front Drive Axle Noises
          • Gear Noise
          • Bearing Noise
          • Front Wheel Bearing Noise
          • Knock at Low Speeds
          • Backlash Clunk
        • Noisy in Drive
        • Noisy When Coasting
        • Intermittent Noise
        • Constant Noise
        • Noisy on Turns
        • Wheel Bearing Wear - Front Drive Axle (Straight)
          • Straight Roller Bearing Diagnosis
          • Wear (Minor)
          • Wear (Major)
          • Brinelling
          • Indentations
          • Single Edge Pitting
          • Double Edge Pitting
          • Misalignment
          • Frettage
          • Smears
        • Wheel Bearing Wear - Front Drive Axle (Tapered)
          • Tapered Roller Bearing Diagnosis
          • Abrasive Roller Wear
          • Abrasive Step Wear
          • Galling
          • Etching
          • Bent Cage
          • Cage Wear
          • Indentations
          • Frettage
          • Smears
          • Stain Discoloration
          • Heat Discoloration
          • Misalignment
          • Cracked Inner Race
          • Fatigue Spalling
          • Brinelling
        • Front Axle Lubricant Leak Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Determining the Cause
            • Notes
            • Oil Seals
            • Sealing Surfaces
            • Differential Carrier Assembly
      • Repair Instructions
        • Lubricant Level Inspection - Front Drive Axle
          • Notes
          • Determining the Cause
            • Notes
            • Oil Seals
            • Sealing Surfaces
            • Differential Carrier Assembly
        • Lubricant Replacement - Front Drive Axle
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vent Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intermediate Shaft Bearing Assembly Replacement - Front Drive Axle (A4WD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intermediate Shaft Bearing Assembly Replacement - Front Drive Axle (S4WD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intermediate Shaft Bearing Assembly Oil Seal Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inner Axle Shaft Replacement - Front Drive Axle
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Actuator Replacement - Front Drive Axle
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Differential Drive Pinion Flange/Yoke, Seal and Dust Deflector Replacement - Front
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Differential Carrier Assembly Replacement (4.2L In-Line Six Cylinder)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Differential Carrier Assembly Replacement (V8)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Differential Carrier Assembly Oil Seal and/or Bearing Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intermediate Shaft Bearing Assembly - Disassemble (A4WD)
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Intermediate Shaft Bearing Assembly - Disassemble (S4WD)
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Intermediate Shaft Bearing Assembly Clutch Fork and Sleeve Inspection
        • Intermediate Shaft Bearing Assembly Case Bearings and Thrust Washers Inspection
        • Differential Carrier Assembly - Disassemble
          • Tools Required
          • Inspection Procedure
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Differential Case Assembly Disassemble
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Differential Case Bearings Inspection
        • Differential Case and Gears Inspection
        • Pinion and Ring Gear Inspection
        • Thrust Washers, Shims and Adjuster Sleeves Inspection
        • Differential Case Assembly Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Pinion Bearing Cup Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pinion Depth Adjustment
          • Tools Required
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Differential Carrier Assembly - Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Backlash Inspection and Adjustment
          • Tools Required
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Intermediate Shaft Bearing Assembly - Assemble (A4WD)
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Intermediate Shaft Bearing Assembly - Assemble (S4WD)
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Differential Carrier Assembly - Final Assembly
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Gear Tooth Contact Pattern Inspection
          • Notes
          • Gear Tooth Nomenclature
          • Adjustments Affecting Tooth Contact
            • Notes
            • Pinion Depth Adjustment
            • Backlash Adjustment
          • Testing Procedure
          • Correct Contact Pattern
            • Condition
            • Correction
            • Service Hints
          • Drive Side Heel - Coast Side Toe Contact Pattern
            • Notes
            • Condition
            • Correction
          • Drive Side Toe - Coast Side Heel Contact Pattern
            • Notes
            • Condition
            • Correction
          • Drive Side Heel - Coast Side Heel Contact Pattern
            • Notes
            • Condition
            • Correction
          • Drive Side Toe - Coast Side Toe Contact Pattern
            • Notes
            • Condition
            • Correction
          • High Flank Contact Pattern
            • Notes
            • Condition
            • Correction
          • Low Flank Contact Pattern
            • Notes
            • Condition
            • Correction
      • Description and Operation
        • Front Drive Axle Description and Operation
          • Selectable Four Wheel Drive (S4WD) Front Axle Description and Operation
          • Automatic Four Wheel Drive (A4WD) Front Axle Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Rear Drive Axle
      • Specifications
        • Axle Preload and Backlash Specifications
        • Differential Adjustment Shim Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Sealers, Adhesives and Lubricants
        • Locking Differential Thrust Block Sizes
      • Visual Identification
        • Locking Differential Disassembled Views
      • Component Locator
        • Rear Axle Disassembled Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Locking/Limited Slip Rear Axle
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Rear Drive Axle
        • Symptoms - Locking/Limited Slip Rear Axle
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Symptoms - Rear Drive Axle
          • Notes
          • Rear Axle Noise
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Rear Drive Axle Noises
          • Gear Noise
          • Bearing Noise
          • Rear Wheel Bearing Noise
          • Knock at Low Speeds
          • Backlash Clunk
        • Noisy in Drive
        • Noisy When Coasting
        • Intermittent Noise
        • Constant Noise
        • Noisy on Turns
        • Wheel Bearing Wear - Rear Drive Axle (Straight)
          • Straight Roller Bearing Diagnosis
          • Wear (Minor)
          • Wear (Major)
          • Brinelling
          • Indentations
          • Single Edge Pitting
          • Double Edge Pitting
          • Misalignment
          • Frettage
          • Smears
        • Rear Axle Lubricant Leak Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Determining the Cause
            • Notes
            • Oil Seals
            • Gaskets
            • Rear Axle Housing
        • Locking Differential Diagnosis
        • Locking Rear Axle Does Not Lock
        • Locking Rear Axle Locks in Turns
        • Locking Rear Drive Axle Chatters in Turns
        • Noise in Addition to Normal Clutch Engagement
      • Repair Instructions
        • Lubricant Level Inspection - Rear Drive Axle (9.5 LD Inch Axle)
        • Lubricant Level Inspection - Rear Drive Axle (8.0/8.6 Inch Axle)
        • Lubricant Replacement - Rear Drive Axle (9.5 LD Inch Axle)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vent Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Housing Cover and Gasket Replacement (8.0/8.6 Inch Axle)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Housing Cover and Gasket Replacement (9.5 Inch Axle)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Shaft Seal and/or Bearing Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Pinion Flange/Yoke and/or Oil Seal Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Pinion and Ring Gear Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Pinion Bearings Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Differential Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Differential Side Bearings Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Housing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Differential Overhaul
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Bearings Inspection
        • Differential Inspection
        • Pinion and Ring Gear Inspection
        • Rear Axle Housing Inspection
        • Shims Inspection
        • Pinion Depth Adjustment
          • Tools Required
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Differential Side Bearing Preload Adjustment (8.0, 8.6 Inch Axle)
          • Tools Required
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Differential Side Bearing Preload Adjustment (9.5LD Inch Axle)
          • Tools Required
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Backlash Adjustment (9.5 Inch Axle)
          • Tools Required
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Backlash Adjustment (8.0, 8.6 Inch Axle)
          • Tools Required
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Gear Tooth Contact Pattern Inspection
          • Notes
          • Drive Pinion and Ring Gear Identification
          • Gear Tooth Nomenclature
          • Adjustments Affecting Tooth Contact
            • Notes
            • Backlash Adjustment
            • Pinion Depth Adjustment
          • Testing Procedure
          • Correct Contact Pattern
            • Condition
            • Correction
            • Service Hints
          • Drive Side Heel - Coast Side Toe Contact Pattern
            • Notes
            • Condition
            • Correction
          • Drive Side Toe - Coast Side Heel Contact Pattern
            • Notes
            • Condition
            • Correction
          • Drive Side Heel - Coast Side Heel Contact Pattern
            • Notes
            • Condition
            • Correction
          • Drive Side Toe - Coast Side Toe Contact Pattern
            • Notes
            • Condition
            • Correction
          • High Flank Contact Pattern
            • Notes
            • Condition
            • Correction
          • Low Flank Contact Pattern
            • Notes
            • Condition
            • Correction
        • Locking Differential Disassemble
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Locking Differential Clutch Disc Assembly - Disassemble (8.0 Inch Axle)
        • Locking Differential Clutch Disc Assembly - Disassemble (8.6 Inch Axle)
        • Locking Differential Cam Unit Disassemble
        • Locking Differential Cleaning and Inspection
        • Locking Differential Cam Unit Assemble
        • Locking Differential Clutch Disc Assembly - Assemble (8.0 Inch Axle)
        • Locking Differential Clutch Disc Assembly - Assemble (8.6 Inch Axle)
        • Locking Differential Adjustment
          • Tools Required
          • Adjustment of the Differential
          • Left Side Gear Backlash Adjustment
          • Right Side Gear Backlash Adjustment
          • Thrust Block Clearance Adjustment
        • Locking Differential Assemble
      • Description and Operation
        • Locking Differential Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Limited-Slip Function
          • Locking Function
          • Locking Differential Torque-Limiting Disc
        • Rear Drive Axle Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Driveshaft & Universal Joints
    • Propeller Shaft And Universal Joints
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Sealers, Adhesives and Lubricants
      • Component Locator
        • Driveline Disassembled Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Propeller Shaft
        • Symptoms - Propeller Shaft
          • Notes
          • Classifying the Symptom
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Leak at Front Slip Yoke
        • Universal Joint Noise
        • Ping, Snap or Click Noise
        • Knock or Clunk Noise
        • Scraping Noise
        • Squeak Noise
        • Shudder on Acceleration at Low Speed
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front Propeller Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Propeller Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Universal Joint Replacement - Nylon Injected Ring
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Universal Joint Replacement - External Snap Ring
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Propeller Shaft Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Front Propeller Shaft Operation
          • Rear Propeller Shaft Operation
          • Propeller Shaft Phasing Description
          • Universal Joint Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Electrical
  • Body Electrical
    • Accessory Power Socket
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Cigar Lighter/Power Outlet Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Outlet Component Views
        • Power Outlet Connectors
          • Auxiliary Power Outlet - Console
          • Auxiliary Power Outlet - Front
          • Cigar Lighter
      • Repair Instructions
        • 12-Volt Accessory Power Receptacle Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • 12-Volt Quarter Trim Panel Accessory Power Receptacle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Component Locations & Power, Ground And Splice Pack Connector End Views
      • Master Electrical Component List
      • Power and Grounding Component Views
      • Power and Grounding Connectors
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator
        • Ignition Switch
      • Electrical Center Identification Views
        • Fuse Block - Underhood (4.2L), Label
        • Fuse Block - Underhood (5.3L/6.0L), Label
        • Fuse Block - Underhood, Top View (4.2L)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood, Top View (5.3L/6.0L)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood, Bottom View
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C1 (4.2L)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C1 (5.3L/6.0L)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C2
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C4
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C5
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C1
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C8
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C9
        • Fuse Block - Rear, Label
        • Fuse Block - Rear, Top View
        • Fuse Block - Rear, Bottom View
        • Fuse Block - Rear C1
        • Fuse Block - Rear C2
        • Fuse Block - Rear C3
        • Fuse Block - Rear C4
      • Splice Pack Connectors
        • Splice Pack SP201
        • Splice Pack SP205
        • Splice Pack SP306
    • OEM Connector End Views - Connector Index
      • Connector Index
    • OEM Connector End Views (1 Of 5)
      • Adjustable Pedal Connector End Views
        • Electronic Adjustable Pedals (EAP) Assembly Connector End View
        • Electronic Adjustable Pedals (EAP) Relay Connector End View
        • Electronic Adjustable Pedals (EAP) Switch Connector End View
      • Air Suspension Connector End Views
        • Air Suspension Compressor Assembly Connector End View C1
        • Air Suspension Compressor Assembly Connector End View C2 (Air Suspension Inflator Switch)
        • Air Suspension Sensor Connector End View - Left Rear
        • Air Suspension Sensor Connector End View - Right Rear
      • Antilock Brake System Connector End Views
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Speed/Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Connector End View - LF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Connector End View - LR
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Connector End View - RF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Connector End View - RR
        • Yaw Rate and Lateral Acceleration Sensor Connector End View
      • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector End View
        • Engine Side to Transmission Side Connector End View
      • Automatic Transmission Internal Connector End Views
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 3-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Assembly Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Input Speed Sensor (ISS) Harness Connector End View
        • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Solenoid Valve, Wiring Harness Side
      • Automatic Transmission Related Connector End Views
        • Transmission Control Module (TCM) Connector End View, Engine Side (5.3L and 6.0L)
        • Transmission Range Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Assembly Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
      • Cooling System Connector End Views
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View
      • Data Communication Connector End Views
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C1
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C2
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C3
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Connector End View
        • Liftgate Module (LGM) Connector End View C1
        • Liftgate Module (LGM) Connector End View C2
        • Liftgate Module (LGM) Connector End View C3
      • Displays and Gages Connector End Views
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View (DF5)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Connector End View (5.3L/6.0L)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View (4.2L)
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
      • Electrical Center Identification Views
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C1 (4.2L)
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C1 (5.3L/6.0L)
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C2
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C4
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C5
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C1
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C8
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C9
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Rear C1
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Rear C2
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Rear C3
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Rear C4
      • Engine Control Module Connector End Views (5.3L)
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C1
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C2
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C3
    • OEM Connector End Views (2 Of 5)
      • Engine Control Module Connector End Views (6.0L)
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C1
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C2
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C3
      • Engine Controls Connector End Views (4.2L)
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Actuator Solenoid Assembl Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Sensor 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 3 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 4 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 5 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 6 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 Connector End View (Front)
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 2 Connector End View (Rear)
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF)/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Connector End View (K18)
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay Connector End View (K18)
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Connector End View (K18)
        • Throttle Body Connector End View
      • Engine Controls Connector End Views (5.3L)
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Brake Booster Vacuum Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 7 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 8 Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 2 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 3 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 4 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 5 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 6 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 7 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 8 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 Connector End View - Left
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 2 Connector End View - Right
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF)/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Throttle Body Connector End View
        • Valve Lifter Oil Manifold (VLOM) Assembly Connector End View
      • Engine Controls Connector End Views (6.0L)
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 7 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 8 Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 2 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 3 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 4 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 5 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 6 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 7 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 8 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 Connector End View (Left)
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 2 Connector End View (Right)
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF)/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Throttle Body Connector End View
      • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
        • Generator Connector End View
        • Regulated Voltage Control Module Connector End View
      • Entertainment/Communication Connector End Views
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C1 (w/UQA)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C2 (w/UQA)
        • Cellular Microphone Connector End View (UE1)
        • Digital Radio Receiver Connector End View (w/U2K)
        • Digital Video Disc (DVD) Player Connector End View (U42)
        • Radio Connector End View C1 (w/o UQA)
        • Radio Connector End View C1 (w/UQA)
        • Radio Connector End View C2
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF Door (w/UQA)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF I/P (w/UQA)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR Door (w/o UQA)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR Door (w/UQA)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF Door (w/UQA)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF I/P (w/UQA)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR Door (w/o UQA)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR Door (w/UQA)
        • Speaker Assembly Connector End View - LF Door (w/o UQA)
        • Speaker Assembly Connector End View - RF Door (w/o UQA)
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C1 (UE1)
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C2 (UE1)
      • Heated/Cooled Seat Connector End Views
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Driver Back (w/Heat)
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Driver Cushion (w/Heat)
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Passenger Back (w/Heat)
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Passenger Cushion (w/Heat)
      • Horn Connector End Views
        • Horn Assembly Connector End View
      • HVAC Connector End Views (Automatic)
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Assembly Connector End View
        • A/C Low Pressure Switch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Left
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Right
        • Air Temperature Sensor Assembly Connector End View - Inside
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Lower Left
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Lower Right
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Upper Left
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Upper Right
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Ambient Light/Sunload Sensor Assembly Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Control Module Connector End View
        • Console Mode Actuator Connector End View - Auxiliary
        • Defrost Actuator Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C1
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C2
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View - Auxiliary
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Rear Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Rear Blower Resistor Connector End View
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
      • HVAC Connector End Views (Manual)
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Assembly Connector End View
        • A/C Low Pressure Switch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Left
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Right
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly Connector End View
        • Console Mode Actuator Connector End View - Auxiliary
        • Defrost Actuator Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C1
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C2
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View - Auxiliary
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
      • Hydraulic Brake Connector End Views
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Park Brake Switch Connector End View
      • Immobilizer Connector End Views
        • Hood Ajar Switch Connector End View (UA2)
        • Inclination Sensor Connector End View (BAE)
        • Passlock Sensor Connector End View (w/o BAE)
        • Theft Deterrent Alarm Connector End View (BAE)
        • Theft Deterrent Control Module Connector End View (BAE)
    • OEM Connector End Views (3 Of 5)
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • C100 I/P Harness to Engine Harness Connector End View (4.2L)
        • C101 Chassis Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C102 Forward Lamp Harness to the Left Headlamp Connector End View
        • C103 Forward Lamp Harness to the Right Headlamp Connector End View
        • C104 Engine Harness to Fuel Injector Harness Connector End View (4.2L)
        • C105 Forward Lamp Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C106 I/P Harness to Chassis Harness Connector End View (BAE)
        • C107 Engine Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (5.3L/6.0L)
        • C108 Engine Harness to Ignition Coil Harness Connector End View (5.3L/6.0L)
        • C109 Engine Harness to Ignition Coil Harness Connector End View (5.3L/6.0L)
        • C110 Engine Harness to Camshaft Position Sensor Jumper Harness Connector End View (5.3L/6.0L)
        • C111 I/P Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C118 Forward Lamp Harness to Cooling Fan Tether Harness Connector End View
        • C175 Engine Harness to Automatic Transmission Harness Connector End View (4.2L)
        • C175 Engine Harness to Automatic Transmission Harness Connector End View (5.3L/6.0L)
        • C201 Steering Column Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C202 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C203 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C204 I/P Harness to Auxiliary Blower Motor Harness Connector End View (CJ2)
        • C220 Infotainment Jumper Harness to Body Harness Connector End View (U42)
        • C221 Infotainment Jumper Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (U42/U2K)
        • C225 I/P Harness to Electronic Adjustable Pedal Assembly Harness Connector End View (JF4)
        • C275 Steering Column Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C277 Steering Column Harness to Steering Wheel Harness Connector End View (STW)
        • C300 I/P Harness to Floor Shift Control Harness Connector End View
        • C304 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C305 Headliner Harness to Overhead Console Harness Connector End View
        • C306 Headliner Harness to Body Harness Connector End View (UE1/U42)
        • C307 Floor Console Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C308 Headliner Harness to Sunroof Harness Connector End View (CF5)
        • C310 Engine Harness to Chassis Harness Connector End View (4WD)
        • C311 Body Harness to Driver Seat Harness Connector End View (A50)
        • C311 Body Harness to Driver Seat Harness Connector End View (AR9)
        • C314 Body Harness to Passenger Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C317 Body Harness to Left Seat Belt Harness Connector End View
        • C318 Body Harness to Right Seat Belt Harness Connector End View
        • C500 Left Front Door Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C600 Right Front Door Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C700 Body Harness to Left Rear Door Harness Connector End View
        • C800 Body Harness to Right Rear Door Harness Connector End View
        • C900 Body Harness to Liftgate Harness Connector End View
        • C901 Liftgate Harness to License Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C904 Rear Defogger Harness to Liftgate Harness Connector End View (C49)
        • C905 Rear Defogger Harness to Liftgate Harness Connector End View (C49)
    • OEM Connector End Views (4 Of 5)
      • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
        • Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View (CJ3)
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Left (Z88)
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Right (Z88)
        • Cargo Lamp Connector End View
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Cornering Lamp Connector End View - Left (Z88/W49)
        • Cornering Lamp Connector End View - Right (Z88/W49)
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View - Center
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View - Front
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - LF (Except W49 w/T96)
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - LF (W49 w/T96)
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - RF (Except W49 w/T96)
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - RF (W49 w/T96)
        • Headlamp Connector End View - High Beam - Left
        • Headlamp Connector End View - High Beam - Right
        • Headlamp Leveling Actuator Connector End View - Left (TR6)
        • Headlamp Leveling Actuator Connector End View - Right (TR6)
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Low Beam - Left
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Low Beam - Right
        • Headlamp Switch Connector End View C1
        • Headlamp Switch Connector End View C2
        • License Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • License Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Liftglass Ajar Switch Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - LF (X88)
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - LF (Z88/Z89/W49)
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - RF (X88)
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - RF (Z88/Z89/W49)
        • Park Lamp Connector End View - LF (W49)
        • Park Lamp Connector End View - RF (W49)
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LF (X88)
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LF (Z88/Z89)
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RF (X88)
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RF (Z88/Z89)
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • Tail Lamp Circuit Board Connector End View - Left (w/T84)
        • Tail Lamp Circuit Board Connector End View - Left (w/o T84)
        • Tail Lamp Circuit Board Connector End View - Right (w/T85)
        • Tail Lamp Circuit Board Connector End View - Right (w/o T85)
        • Trailer Connector Connector End View (UY7)
        • Turn Signal/Hazard Flasher Module Connector End View
        • Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LF (W49)
        • Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RF (W49)
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C1
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C2
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C3
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C4 (K34)
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - Left (DH2)
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - Right (DH2)
      • Mirror Connector End Views
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View
      • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator Connector End View
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View
      • Power Outlet Connector End Views
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View - Console
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View - Front
        • Cigar Lighter Connector End View
      • Power Seat Connector End Views
        • Lumbar Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (AR9)
        • Lumbar Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Passenger (V40)
        • Lumbar Horizontal Motor Connector End View - Driver (AR9)
        • Lumbar Horizontal Motor Connector End View - Passenger (V40)
        • Lumbar Horizontal Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver (w/Memory)
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - Driver C1 (w/Memory)
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - Driver C2 (w/Memory)
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - Driver C3 (w/Memory)
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - Driver C4 (w/Memory)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (AR9)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Passenger (V40)
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor Connector End View - Driver (AR9)
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor Connector End View - Passenger (V40)
        • Seat Horizontal Motor Connector End View - Driver (AR9)
        • Seat Horizontal Motor Connector End View - Passenger (V40)
        • Seat Position Sensor Connector End View - Front (w/Memory)
        • Seat Position Sensor Connector End View - Horizontal (w/Memory)
        • Seat Position Sensor Connector End View - Rear (w/Memory)
        • Seat Position Sensor Connector End View - Recline (w/Memory)
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor Connector End View - Driver (AR9)
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor Connector End View - Passenger (V40)
        • Seat Recline Motor Connector End View - Driver (AR9)
        • Seat Recline Motor Connector End View - Passenger (V40)
      • Powertrain Control Module Connector End Views (4.2L)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C1
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C2
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C3
      • Remote Function Connector End Views
        • Garage Door Opener Connector End View (UG1)
      • Seat Belt Connector End Views
        • Seat Belt Buckle Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Belt Buckle Connector End View - Passenger
    • OEM Connector End Views (5 Of 5)
      • Secondary/Configurable Control Connector End Views
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Connector End View - Lower Left (STW)
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Connector End View - Lower Right (STW)
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Connector End View - Upper Left (STW)
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Connector End View - Upper Right (STW)
      • Shift Lock Control Connector End Views
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Actuator Connector End View
      • SIR Connector End Views
        • Electronic Frontal Sensor (EFS) Connector End View - Left
        • Electronic Frontal Sensor (EFS) Connector End View - Right
        • Inflatable Restraint Front Passenger Presence System (PPS) Module Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Presence System (PPS) Sensor Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Seat Belt Tension Retractor Sensor Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module Connector End View - Left (ASF)
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module Connector End View - Right (ASF)
        • Inflatable Restraint Seat Position Sensor (SPS) Connector End View - Left
        • Inflatable Restraint Seat Position Sensor (SPS) Connector End View - Right
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module Connector End View (SDM)
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS) Connector End View - Left (ASF)
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS) Connector End View - Right (ASF)
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End View C1
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End View C2
        • Rollover Sensor Connector End View
        • Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View - Left
        • Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View - Right
      • Splice Pack Connector End Views
        • Splice Pack SP201 Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP205 Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP306 Connector End View
      • Sunroof Connector End Views
        • Sunroof Motor Connector End View
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View
      • Transfer Case Control Connector End Views
        • Front Axle Actuator Connector End View
        • Propshaft Speed Sensor Connector End View - Front
        • Propshaft Speed Sensor Connector End View - Rear
        • Transfer Case Encoder Motor Connector End View
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Module Connector End View C1
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Module Connector End View C2
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Module Connector End View C3
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Switch Connector End View
      • Vehicle Access Connector End Views
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Driver C1
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Driver C2
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Driver C3 (UA6/UA2)
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - LR C1
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - LR C2
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Passenger C1
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Passenger C2
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - RR C1
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - RR C2
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C1
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C2
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C3 (Outside Rearview Mirror - Driver) (DS3/DL2)
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C4 (Memory Seat Switch - Driver) (w/Memory)
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C5 (Outside Rearview Mirror Switch) (DS3/DL2)
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View C1
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View C2
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View C3 (Outside Rearview Mirror Passenger) (DS3/DL2)
        • Liftgate Latch Assembly Connector End View C1
        • Liftgate Latch Assembly Connector End View C2
        • Liftgate Module (LGM) Connector End View C1
        • Liftgate Module (LGM) Connector End View C2
        • Liftgate Module (LGM) Connector End View C3
      • Window Systems Connector End Views
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End View C1 (C49)
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End View C2 (C49)
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Motor Connector End View - LR
        • Window Motor Connector End View - RR
        • Window Switch Connector End View - LR
        • Window Switch Connector End View - RR
      • Wiper/Washer Connector End Views
        • Headlamp Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View (CE4)
        • Rear Window Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Rear Window Wiper Motor Connector End View
        • Rear Window Wiper/Washer Switch Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Level Switch Connector End View (U68)
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Connector End View
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Introduction
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power and Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Power Moding Schematics
        • Ignition Lock Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views
      • Component Locator
        • Master Electrical Component List
        • Power and Grounding Component Views
        • Power and Grounding Connectors
        • Electrical Center Identification Views
        • Splice Pack Connectors
        • Inline Harness Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Case Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition and Start Switch Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Mode Description and Operation
          • Serial Data Power Mode
          • Fail-safe Operation
            • Notes
            • Serial Data Messages
            • Discrete Ignition Signals
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Description and Operation
          • Serial Data Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
          • BCM Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Diagnostic Starting Point And In-Line Harness Connector End Views
      • Inline Harness Connectors
        • C100 I/P Harness to Engine Harness (4.2L)
        • C101 Chassis Harness to I/P Harness
        • C102 Forward Lamp Harness to the Left Headlamp
        • C103 Forward Lamp Harness to the Right Headlamp
        • C104 Engine Harness to Fuel Injector Harness (4.2L)
        • C105 Forward Lamp Harness to I/P Harness
        • C106 I/P Harness to Chassis Harness (BAE)
        • C107 Engine Harness to I/P Harness (5.3L/6.0L)
        • C108 Engine Harness to Ignition Coil Harness (5.3L/6.0L)
        • C109 Engine Harness to Ignition Coil Harness (5.3L/6.0L)
        • C110 Engine Harness to Camshaft Position Sensor Jumper Harness (5.3L/6.0L)
        • C111 I/P Harness to Body Harness
        • C118 Forward Lamp Harness to Cooling Fan Tether Harness
        • C175 Engine Harness to Automatic Transmission Harness (4.2L)
        • C175 Engine Harness to Automatic Transmission Harness (5.3L/6.0L)
        • C201 Steering Column Harness to I/P Harness
        • C202 Body Harness to I/P Harness
        • C203 Body Harness to I/P Harness
        • C204 I/P Harness to Auxiliary Blower Motor Harness (CJ2)
        • C220 Infotainment Jumper Harness to Body Harness (U42)
        • C221 Infotainment Jumper Harness to I/P Harness (U42/U2K)
        • C225 I/P Harness to Electronic Adjustable Pedal Assembly Harness (JF4)
        • C275 Steering Column Harness to I/P Harness
        • C277 Steering Column Harness to Steering Wheel Harness (STW)
        • C300 I/P Harness to Floor Shift Control Harness
        • C304 Body Harness to I/P Harness
        • C305 Headliner Harness to Overhead Console Harness
        • C306 Headliner Harness to Body Harness (UE1/U42)
        • C307 Floor Console Harness to I/P Harness
        • C308 Headliner Harness to Sunroof Harness (CF5)
        • C310 Engine Harness to Chassis Harness (4WD)
        • C311 Body Harness to Driver Seat Harness (A50)
        • C311 Body Harness to Driver Seat Harness (AR9)
        • C314 Body Harness to Passenger Seat Harness
        • C317 Body Harness to Left Seat Belt Harness
        • C318 Body Harness to Right Seat Belt Harness
        • C500 Left Front Door Harness to Body Harness
        • C600 Right Front Door Harness to Body Harness
        • C700 Body Harness to Left Rear Door Harness
        • C800 Body Harness to Right Rear Door Harness
        • C900 Body Harness to Liftgate Harness
        • C901 Liftgate Harness to License Lamp Harness
        • C904 Rear Defogger Harness to Liftgate Harness (C49)
        • C905 Rear Defogger Harness to Liftgate Harness (C49)
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Wiring Systems and Power Management
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Body Control Module (BCM)
      • Scan Tool Data List
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - DTC B1440 To DTC B1477
      • DTC B1440
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC B1477
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Troubleshooting & Diagnosis
      • Symptoms - Wiring Systems
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Ignition Can/Cannot Be Turned Off with Transmission in Any Gear
      • Power Mode Mismatch
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Inoperative
      • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) On After Timeout
      • Utility/Van Zoning
      • Electrical Symbols
      • General Electrical Diagnosis
        • Basic Knowledge Required
      • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
      • Circuit Testing
      • Using Connector Test Adapters
      • Probing Electrical Connectors
        • Notes
        • Frontprobe
        • Backprobe
      • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
      • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
        • Tools Required
        • Testing For Voltage
        • Testing For Ground
      • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Tools Required
        • Procedure
      • Measuring Voltage
      • Measuring Voltage Drop
      • Measuring Frequency
      • Testing for Continuity
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
      • Testing for Short to Ground
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
        • Fuse Powering Several Loads
      • Testing for a Short to Voltage
      • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
        • Tools Required
        • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact in Bussed Electrical Centers (BEC)
          • Flat Wire (Dock and Lock) Connectors
        • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
        • Temperature Sensitivity
        • Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) and Electrical Noise
        • Incorrect Control Module
      • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
        • Tools Required
        • Salt Water Spray
        • High Temperature Conditions
        • Low Temperature Conditions
        • Duplicating Failure Conditions
      • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
      • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
      • Circuit Protection - Fuses
      • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
      • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
        • Notes
        • Repairing a Fusible Link
      • Wiring Repairs
      • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
      • Flat Wire Repairs
      • GMLAN Wiring Repairs
        • Tools Required
        • GMLAN Repairs
        • GMLAN Connector Terminal Repair
        • GMLAN Wire Repair
      • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
        • Tools Required
        • High Temperature Wiring
        • Identifying High Temperature Wiring
        • High Temperature Wire Repair
      • Heated Oxygen Sensor Wiring Repairs
        • Tools Required
      • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
        • Notes
        • Tools Required
        • Repair Procedure
      • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Tools Required
        • Splicing Procedure
      • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
      • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
      • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
        • Tools Required
        • SIR/SRS Connector Repair (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin)
        • SIR/SRS Component Wire Pigtail Repair
        • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
        • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
        • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
      • Connector Repairs
        • Notes
        • Identifying Connectors
      • Connector Position Assurance Locks
      • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
      • AFL/EPC Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (0.64)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (2.8 JPT)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (BSK)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (ECM)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Delphi Connectors (Micro .64)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Delphi Connectors (Micro-Pack 100W)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Delphi Connectors (Pull To Seat)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal
        • Terminal Repair
        • Terminal Installation
      • Delphi Connectors (Push To Seat)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal
        • Terminal Repair
        • Reinstalling Terminal
      • Delphi Connectors (Weather Pack)
        • Tools Required
        • Repair Procedure
      • Delphi Connectors (12-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • FCI Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • JST Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Kostel Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Molex Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Sumitomo Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (CM 42-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Sensor)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (025 Cap)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (43-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Door Module)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Yazaki Connectors (2-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Yazaki Connectors (16-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Repairing Connector Terminals
        • Tools Required
        • Repair Procedure
      • Ignition Key Cannot Be Removed from the Ignition Lock Cylinder
      • Ignition Key Cannot Turn or Sticks in Any Position
  • Charging Systems
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Battery Usage
        • Generator Usage
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Starting and Charging Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Electrical Component Views
        • Engine Electrical Connectors
          • Generator
          • Regulated Voltage Control Module
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Electrical
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1390
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1487
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1488
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1492
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1516
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1566
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0562
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0563
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0621
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0622
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P1668
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Charging
          • Tools Required
          • Battery State of Charge
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Load Test
        • Battery Common Causes of Failure
          • Notes
          • Electrolyte Freezing
          • Battery Protection During Vehicle Storage
        • Jump Starting in Case of Emergency
        • Charging System Test
        • Charge Indicator Always On
        • Charge Indicator Inoperative
        • Generator Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
        • Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
        • Engine Cranks Slowly
        • Starter Motor Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnection and Connection
          • Disconnecting Procedure
          • Connecting Procedure
        • Generator Battery Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (4.2L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (5.3L and 6.0L Engines)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (4.2L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (5.3L and 6.0L Engines)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (4.2L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (5.3L and 6.0L Engines)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Bracket Replacement (5.3L and 6.0L Engines)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (4.2L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (5.3L and 6.0L Engines)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Battery Ratings
          • Amp Hour (AH)
          • Reserve Capacity (RC)
          • Cold Cranking Amperage (CCA)
        • Charging System Description and Operation
          • Electrical Power Management (EPM) Overview
          • Charging System Components
            • Generator
            • Generator Battery Control Module
            • Engine Control Module (ECM)/Powertrain Control Module (PCM)
          • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC)
          • Charging System Operation
            • Notes
            • Charge Mode
            • Fuel Economy Mode
            • Voltage Reduction Mode
            • Start Up Mode
            • Headlamp Mode
            • Battery Sulfation Mode
            • Windshield Wiper Voltage Boost Mode
            • Fuel Pump Voltage Boost Mode
            • De-Ice Voltage Boost Mode
          • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Operation
            • Charge Indicator Operation
            • Charging System Failure
            • Service Charging System
            • Voltmeter Operation
        • Electrical Power Management Description and Operation
          • Electrical Power Management
        • Starting System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
  • Component Locations
    • Component Locations & Power, Ground And Splice Pack Connector End Views
      • Master Electrical Component List
      • Power and Grounding Component Views
      • Power and Grounding Connectors
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator
        • Ignition Switch
      • Electrical Center Identification Views
        • Fuse Block - Underhood (4.2L), Label
        • Fuse Block - Underhood (5.3L/6.0L), Label
        • Fuse Block - Underhood, Top View (4.2L)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood, Top View (5.3L/6.0L)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood, Bottom View
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C1 (4.2L)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C1 (5.3L/6.0L)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C2
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C4
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C5
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C1
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C8
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C9
        • Fuse Block - Rear, Label
        • Fuse Block - Rear, Top View
        • Fuse Block - Rear, Bottom View
        • Fuse Block - Rear C1
        • Fuse Block - Rear C2
        • Fuse Block - Rear C3
        • Fuse Block - Rear C4
      • Splice Pack Connectors
        • Splice Pack SP201
        • Splice Pack SP205
        • Splice Pack SP306
    • Diagnostic Connector (DLC) Locations
      • Domestic Cars
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Domestic Light Trucks & Vans
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Imported Cars & Trucks
        • ACURA
        • AUDI
        • BENTLEY
        • BMW
        • DAIHATSU
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • FERRARI
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
        • HONDA
        • HYUNDAI
        • INFINITI
        • ISUZU
        • Jaguar
        • KIA
        • Land Rover
        • LEXUS
        • MAZDA
        • MERCEDES-BENZ
        • MITSUBISHI
        • NISSAN
        • PEUGEOT
        • PORSCHE
        • RENAULT
        • Rolls-ROYCE
        • SAAB
        • SUBARU
        • SUZUKI
        • TOYOTA
        • VOLKSWAGEN
        • VOLVO
    • Electrical Component Locator
      • Buzzers, Relays & Timers
      • Circuit Protection Devices
      • Control Units
      • Motors
      • Sending Units & Sensors
      • Solenoids & Solenoid Valves
      • Switches
      • Miscellaneous
      • Connectors
      • Grounds
      • Splices
      • Component Location Graphics
  • Fuses & Circuit Breakers
    • Identification
      • Notes
      • Fusible Link
      • Rear Fuse Block
      • UNDERHOOD Fuse Block
        • Notes
        • 4.2L Engine
        • 5.3L & 6.0L Engine
  • Instrument Panel System Displays And Gauges
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Fuel Level Specifications
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Displays and Gages Schematic Icons
      • Instrument Cluster Schematics
      • Driver Information System Schematics
      • Audible Warnings Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • Displays and Gages Component Views
      • Displays and Gages Connectors
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor (DF5)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor (5.3L/6.0L)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch (4.2L)
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC)
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Displays and Gages
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • DTC B0540
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC B0560
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
          • chematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC B1372
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC B2961
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0461
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Fuel Level Specifications
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0462
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Fuel Level Specifications
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0463
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Fuel Level Specifications
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0464
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Fuel Level Specifications
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0520
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0521
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0522
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0523
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0608
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0654
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Symptoms - Displays and Gages
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
          • Notes
          • Driver Information Center
          • Instrument Cluster Dimming
          • Odometer
          • Audible Warning
      • Change Engine Oil Indicator Always On
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Procedures
      • Chime Always On
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Chime Inoperative
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch(es) Inoperative
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Engine Oil Pressure Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative (4.2L)
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit Description
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Engine Oil Pressure Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative (5.3L and 6.0L)
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit Description
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit Description
        • Reference Information
          • Fuel Level Specifications
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Low Fuel Indicator Inoperative
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit Description
        • Reference Information
          • Fuel Level Specifications
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Mirrors - Compass Display Inoperative or Inaccurate
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Mirrors - Temperature Display Inaccurate
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Mirrors - Temperature Displays SC or OC
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Odometer Trip/Reset Switch Inoperative
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Rear Hatch/Gate Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Speedometer and/or Odometer Inaccurate or Inoperative (4.2L Engine)
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit Description
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Speedometer and/or Odometer Inaccurate or Inoperative (5.3L Engine)
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit Description
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Speedometer and/or Odometer Inaccurate or Inoperative (6.0L Engine)
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit Description
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Tachometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit Description
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Volt Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
    • Repair Instructions
      • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Instrument Cluster Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Audible Warnings Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Door Ajar Warning
        • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
        • Key-In-Ignition Warning
        • Lights On Warning
        • Additional Warnings
      • Compass Calibration and Magnetic Variance
        • Compass Calibration
        • Compass Magnetic Variation Adjustment
      • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
        • Door Ajar Indicator System Components
        • Driver Door Ajar And Passenger Door Ajar
        • Left Rear Door Ajar And Right Rear Door Ajar
      • Driver Information Center (DIC) Description and Operation
        • Driver Information Center (DIC)
        • DIC Displays
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Information
          • DIC Trip Information/Reset Capabilities
          • Trip Reset Stem/Trip Information
          • Odometer
          • Trip Odometers
          • Timer
          • Tire Pressures
        • Fuel Information
          • DIC Fuel Information/Reset Capabilities
          • Range
          • Average Fuel Economy
          • Instantaneous Fuel Economy
          • Engine Oil Life
        • Feature Programming
          • Notes
          • Driver Warnings
      • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Change Engine Oil
        • Check Gages
        • Check Gas Cap
        • Check Oil Level
        • Fuel Level Low
        • Ice Possible
        • Oil Life Reset
        • Oil Pressure Low Stop Engine
        • OVERSPEED
        • Program Cluster
        • Tighten Fuel Cap
      • Instrument Cluster Description and Operation
        • Displays Test
        • Indicators and Warning Messages
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
        • Engine Oil Pressure Gage
        • Fuel Gage
        • Odometer
        • PRND321 Display
        • Speedometer
        • Tachometer
        • Voltmeter
      • Rear Hatch/Gate Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
        • GATE AJAR Indicator
        • REAR ACCESS OPEN Message
  • Horns
    • Horn System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Horn Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Horn Component Views
        • Horn Connectors
          • Horn Assembly
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Horns
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Horns
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Horns Always On
          • Test Description
        • Horns Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Horns - Poor Tone
      • Repair Instructions
        • Horn Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Horn Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Horns System Description and Operation
          • System Description
          • System Operation
          • Circuit Operation
  • Motors, Switches, Relays
    • Accessory Power Socket
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Cigar Lighter/Power Outlet Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Outlet Component Views
        • Power Outlet Connectors
          • Auxiliary Power Outlet - Console
          • Auxiliary Power Outlet - Front
          • Cigar Lighter
      • Repair Instructions
        • 12-Volt Accessory Power Receptacle Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • 12-Volt Quarter Trim Panel Accessory Power Receptacle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Component Locations & Power, Ground And Splice Pack Connector End Views
      • Master Electrical Component List
      • Power and Grounding Component Views
      • Power and Grounding Connectors
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator
        • Ignition Switch
      • Electrical Center Identification Views
        • Fuse Block - Underhood (4.2L), Label
        • Fuse Block - Underhood (5.3L/6.0L), Label
        • Fuse Block - Underhood, Top View (4.2L)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood, Top View (5.3L/6.0L)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood, Bottom View
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C1 (4.2L)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C1 (5.3L/6.0L)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C2
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C4
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C5
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C1
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C8
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C9
        • Fuse Block - Rear, Label
        • Fuse Block - Rear, Top View
        • Fuse Block - Rear, Bottom View
        • Fuse Block - Rear C1
        • Fuse Block - Rear C2
        • Fuse Block - Rear C3
        • Fuse Block - Rear C4
      • Splice Pack Connectors
        • Splice Pack SP201
        • Splice Pack SP205
        • Splice Pack SP306
    • OEM Connector End Views - Connector Index
      • Connector Index
    • OEM Connector End Views (1 Of 5)
      • Adjustable Pedal Connector End Views
        • Electronic Adjustable Pedals (EAP) Assembly Connector End View
        • Electronic Adjustable Pedals (EAP) Relay Connector End View
        • Electronic Adjustable Pedals (EAP) Switch Connector End View
      • Air Suspension Connector End Views
        • Air Suspension Compressor Assembly Connector End View C1
        • Air Suspension Compressor Assembly Connector End View C2 (Air Suspension Inflator Switch)
        • Air Suspension Sensor Connector End View - Left Rear
        • Air Suspension Sensor Connector End View - Right Rear
      • Antilock Brake System Connector End Views
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Speed/Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Connector End View - LF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Connector End View - LR
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Connector End View - RF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Connector End View - RR
        • Yaw Rate and Lateral Acceleration Sensor Connector End View
      • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector End View
        • Engine Side to Transmission Side Connector End View
      • Automatic Transmission Internal Connector End Views
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 3-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Assembly Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Input Speed Sensor (ISS) Harness Connector End View
        • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Solenoid Valve, Wiring Harness Side
      • Automatic Transmission Related Connector End Views
        • Transmission Control Module (TCM) Connector End View, Engine Side (5.3L and 6.0L)
        • Transmission Range Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Assembly Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
      • Cooling System Connector End Views
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View
      • Data Communication Connector End Views
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C1
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C2
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C3
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Connector End View
        • Liftgate Module (LGM) Connector End View C1
        • Liftgate Module (LGM) Connector End View C2
        • Liftgate Module (LGM) Connector End View C3
      • Displays and Gages Connector End Views
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View (DF5)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Connector End View (5.3L/6.0L)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View (4.2L)
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
      • Electrical Center Identification Views
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C1 (4.2L)
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C1 (5.3L/6.0L)
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C2
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C4
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C5
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C1
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C8
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C9
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Rear C1
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Rear C2
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Rear C3
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Rear C4
      • Engine Control Module Connector End Views (5.3L)
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C1
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C2
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C3
    • OEM Connector End Views (2 Of 5)
      • Engine Control Module Connector End Views (6.0L)
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C1
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C2
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C3
      • Engine Controls Connector End Views (4.2L)
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Actuator Solenoid Assembl Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Sensor 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 3 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 4 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 5 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 6 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 Connector End View (Front)
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 2 Connector End View (Rear)
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF)/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Connector End View (K18)
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay Connector End View (K18)
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Connector End View (K18)
        • Throttle Body Connector End View
      • Engine Controls Connector End Views (5.3L)
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Brake Booster Vacuum Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 7 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 8 Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 2 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 3 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 4 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 5 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 6 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 7 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 8 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 Connector End View - Left
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 2 Connector End View - Right
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF)/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Throttle Body Connector End View
        • Valve Lifter Oil Manifold (VLOM) Assembly Connector End View
      • Engine Controls Connector End Views (6.0L)
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 7 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 8 Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 2 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 3 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 4 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 5 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 6 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 7 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 8 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 Connector End View (Left)
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 2 Connector End View (Right)
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF)/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Throttle Body Connector End View
      • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
        • Generator Connector End View
        • Regulated Voltage Control Module Connector End View
      • Entertainment/Communication Connector End Views
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C1 (w/UQA)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C2 (w/UQA)
        • Cellular Microphone Connector End View (UE1)
        • Digital Radio Receiver Connector End View (w/U2K)
        • Digital Video Disc (DVD) Player Connector End View (U42)
        • Radio Connector End View C1 (w/o UQA)
        • Radio Connector End View C1 (w/UQA)
        • Radio Connector End View C2
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF Door (w/UQA)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF I/P (w/UQA)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR Door (w/o UQA)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR Door (w/UQA)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF Door (w/UQA)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF I/P (w/UQA)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR Door (w/o UQA)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR Door (w/UQA)
        • Speaker Assembly Connector End View - LF Door (w/o UQA)
        • Speaker Assembly Connector End View - RF Door (w/o UQA)
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C1 (UE1)
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C2 (UE1)
      • Heated/Cooled Seat Connector End Views
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Driver Back (w/Heat)
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Driver Cushion (w/Heat)
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Passenger Back (w/Heat)
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Passenger Cushion (w/Heat)
      • Horn Connector End Views
        • Horn Assembly Connector End View
      • HVAC Connector End Views (Automatic)
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Assembly Connector End View
        • A/C Low Pressure Switch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Left
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Right
        • Air Temperature Sensor Assembly Connector End View - Inside
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Lower Left
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Lower Right
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Upper Left
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Upper Right
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Ambient Light/Sunload Sensor Assembly Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Control Module Connector End View
        • Console Mode Actuator Connector End View - Auxiliary
        • Defrost Actuator Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C1
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C2
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View - Auxiliary
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Rear Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Rear Blower Resistor Connector End View
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
      • HVAC Connector End Views (Manual)
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Assembly Connector End View
        • A/C Low Pressure Switch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Left
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Right
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly Connector End View
        • Console Mode Actuator Connector End View - Auxiliary
        • Defrost Actuator Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C1
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C2
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View - Auxiliary
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
      • Hydraulic Brake Connector End Views
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Park Brake Switch Connector End View
      • Immobilizer Connector End Views
        • Hood Ajar Switch Connector End View (UA2)
        • Inclination Sensor Connector End View (BAE)
        • Passlock Sensor Connector End View (w/o BAE)
        • Theft Deterrent Alarm Connector End View (BAE)
        • Theft Deterrent Control Module Connector End View (BAE)
    • OEM Connector End Views (3 Of 5)
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • C100 I/P Harness to Engine Harness Connector End View (4.2L)
        • C101 Chassis Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C102 Forward Lamp Harness to the Left Headlamp Connector End View
        • C103 Forward Lamp Harness to the Right Headlamp Connector End View
        • C104 Engine Harness to Fuel Injector Harness Connector End View (4.2L)
        • C105 Forward Lamp Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C106 I/P Harness to Chassis Harness Connector End View (BAE)
        • C107 Engine Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (5.3L/6.0L)
        • C108 Engine Harness to Ignition Coil Harness Connector End View (5.3L/6.0L)
        • C109 Engine Harness to Ignition Coil Harness Connector End View (5.3L/6.0L)
        • C110 Engine Harness to Camshaft Position Sensor Jumper Harness Connector End View (5.3L/6.0L)
        • C111 I/P Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C118 Forward Lamp Harness to Cooling Fan Tether Harness Connector End View
        • C175 Engine Harness to Automatic Transmission Harness Connector End View (4.2L)
        • C175 Engine Harness to Automatic Transmission Harness Connector End View (5.3L/6.0L)
        • C201 Steering Column Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C202 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C203 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C204 I/P Harness to Auxiliary Blower Motor Harness Connector End View (CJ2)
        • C220 Infotainment Jumper Harness to Body Harness Connector End View (U42)
        • C221 Infotainment Jumper Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (U42/U2K)
        • C225 I/P Harness to Electronic Adjustable Pedal Assembly Harness Connector End View (JF4)
        • C275 Steering Column Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C277 Steering Column Harness to Steering Wheel Harness Connector End View (STW)
        • C300 I/P Harness to Floor Shift Control Harness Connector End View
        • C304 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C305 Headliner Harness to Overhead Console Harness Connector End View
        • C306 Headliner Harness to Body Harness Connector End View (UE1/U42)
        • C307 Floor Console Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C308 Headliner Harness to Sunroof Harness Connector End View (CF5)
        • C310 Engine Harness to Chassis Harness Connector End View (4WD)
        • C311 Body Harness to Driver Seat Harness Connector End View (A50)
        • C311 Body Harness to Driver Seat Harness Connector End View (AR9)
        • C314 Body Harness to Passenger Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C317 Body Harness to Left Seat Belt Harness Connector End View
        • C318 Body Harness to Right Seat Belt Harness Connector End View
        • C500 Left Front Door Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C600 Right Front Door Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C700 Body Harness to Left Rear Door Harness Connector End View
        • C800 Body Harness to Right Rear Door Harness Connector End View
        • C900 Body Harness to Liftgate Harness Connector End View
        • C901 Liftgate Harness to License Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C904 Rear Defogger Harness to Liftgate Harness Connector End View (C49)
        • C905 Rear Defogger Harness to Liftgate Harness Connector End View (C49)
    • OEM Connector End Views (4 Of 5)
      • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
        • Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View (CJ3)
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Left (Z88)
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Right (Z88)
        • Cargo Lamp Connector End View
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Cornering Lamp Connector End View - Left (Z88/W49)
        • Cornering Lamp Connector End View - Right (Z88/W49)
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View - Center
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View - Front
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - LF (Except W49 w/T96)
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - LF (W49 w/T96)
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - RF (Except W49 w/T96)
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - RF (W49 w/T96)
        • Headlamp Connector End View - High Beam - Left
        • Headlamp Connector End View - High Beam - Right
        • Headlamp Leveling Actuator Connector End View - Left (TR6)
        • Headlamp Leveling Actuator Connector End View - Right (TR6)
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Low Beam - Left
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Low Beam - Right
        • Headlamp Switch Connector End View C1
        • Headlamp Switch Connector End View C2
        • License Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • License Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Liftglass Ajar Switch Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - LF (X88)
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - LF (Z88/Z89/W49)
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - RF (X88)
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - RF (Z88/Z89/W49)
        • Park Lamp Connector End View - LF (W49)
        • Park Lamp Connector End View - RF (W49)
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LF (X88)
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LF (Z88/Z89)
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RF (X88)
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RF (Z88/Z89)
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • Tail Lamp Circuit Board Connector End View - Left (w/T84)
        • Tail Lamp Circuit Board Connector End View - Left (w/o T84)
        • Tail Lamp Circuit Board Connector End View - Right (w/T85)
        • Tail Lamp Circuit Board Connector End View - Right (w/o T85)
        • Trailer Connector Connector End View (UY7)
        • Turn Signal/Hazard Flasher Module Connector End View
        • Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LF (W49)
        • Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RF (W49)
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C1
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C2
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C3
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C4 (K34)
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - Left (DH2)
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - Right (DH2)
      • Mirror Connector End Views
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View
      • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator Connector End View
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View
      • Power Outlet Connector End Views
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View - Console
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View - Front
        • Cigar Lighter Connector End View
      • Power Seat Connector End Views
        • Lumbar Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (AR9)
        • Lumbar Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Passenger (V40)
        • Lumbar Horizontal Motor Connector End View - Driver (AR9)
        • Lumbar Horizontal Motor Connector End View - Passenger (V40)
        • Lumbar Horizontal Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver (w/Memory)
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - Driver C1 (w/Memory)
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - Driver C2 (w/Memory)
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - Driver C3 (w/Memory)
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - Driver C4 (w/Memory)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (AR9)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Passenger (V40)
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor Connector End View - Driver (AR9)
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor Connector End View - Passenger (V40)
        • Seat Horizontal Motor Connector End View - Driver (AR9)
        • Seat Horizontal Motor Connector End View - Passenger (V40)
        • Seat Position Sensor Connector End View - Front (w/Memory)
        • Seat Position Sensor Connector End View - Horizontal (w/Memory)
        • Seat Position Sensor Connector End View - Rear (w/Memory)
        • Seat Position Sensor Connector End View - Recline (w/Memory)
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor Connector End View - Driver (AR9)
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor Connector End View - Passenger (V40)
        • Seat Recline Motor Connector End View - Driver (AR9)
        • Seat Recline Motor Connector End View - Passenger (V40)
      • Powertrain Control Module Connector End Views (4.2L)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C1
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C2
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C3
      • Remote Function Connector End Views
        • Garage Door Opener Connector End View (UG1)
      • Seat Belt Connector End Views
        • Seat Belt Buckle Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Belt Buckle Connector End View - Passenger
    • OEM Connector End Views (5 Of 5)
      • Secondary/Configurable Control Connector End Views
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Connector End View - Lower Left (STW)
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Connector End View - Lower Right (STW)
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Connector End View - Upper Left (STW)
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Connector End View - Upper Right (STW)
      • Shift Lock Control Connector End Views
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Actuator Connector End View
      • SIR Connector End Views
        • Electronic Frontal Sensor (EFS) Connector End View - Left
        • Electronic Frontal Sensor (EFS) Connector End View - Right
        • Inflatable Restraint Front Passenger Presence System (PPS) Module Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Presence System (PPS) Sensor Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Seat Belt Tension Retractor Sensor Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module Connector End View - Left (ASF)
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module Connector End View - Right (ASF)
        • Inflatable Restraint Seat Position Sensor (SPS) Connector End View - Left
        • Inflatable Restraint Seat Position Sensor (SPS) Connector End View - Right
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module Connector End View (SDM)
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS) Connector End View - Left (ASF)
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS) Connector End View - Right (ASF)
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End View C1
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End View C2
        • Rollover Sensor Connector End View
        • Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View - Left
        • Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View - Right
      • Splice Pack Connector End Views
        • Splice Pack SP201 Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP205 Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP306 Connector End View
      • Sunroof Connector End Views
        • Sunroof Motor Connector End View
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View
      • Transfer Case Control Connector End Views
        • Front Axle Actuator Connector End View
        • Propshaft Speed Sensor Connector End View - Front
        • Propshaft Speed Sensor Connector End View - Rear
        • Transfer Case Encoder Motor Connector End View
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Module Connector End View C1
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Module Connector End View C2
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Module Connector End View C3
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Switch Connector End View
      • Vehicle Access Connector End Views
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Driver C1
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Driver C2
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Driver C3 (UA6/UA2)
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - LR C1
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - LR C2
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Passenger C1
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Passenger C2
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - RR C1
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - RR C2
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C1
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C2
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C3 (Outside Rearview Mirror - Driver) (DS3/DL2)
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C4 (Memory Seat Switch - Driver) (w/Memory)
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C5 (Outside Rearview Mirror Switch) (DS3/DL2)
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View C1
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View C2
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View C3 (Outside Rearview Mirror Passenger) (DS3/DL2)
        • Liftgate Latch Assembly Connector End View C1
        • Liftgate Latch Assembly Connector End View C2
        • Liftgate Module (LGM) Connector End View C1
        • Liftgate Module (LGM) Connector End View C2
        • Liftgate Module (LGM) Connector End View C3
      • Window Systems Connector End Views
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End View C1 (C49)
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End View C2 (C49)
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Motor Connector End View - LR
        • Window Motor Connector End View - RR
        • Window Switch Connector End View - LR
        • Window Switch Connector End View - RR
      • Wiper/Washer Connector End Views
        • Headlamp Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View (CE4)
        • Rear Window Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Rear Window Wiper Motor Connector End View
        • Rear Window Wiper/Washer Switch Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Level Switch Connector End View (U68)
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Connector End View
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Introduction
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power and Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Power Moding Schematics
        • Ignition Lock Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views
      • Component Locator
        • Master Electrical Component List
        • Power and Grounding Component Views
        • Power and Grounding Connectors
        • Electrical Center Identification Views
        • Splice Pack Connectors
        • Inline Harness Connectors
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Case Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition and Start Switch Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Mode Description and Operation
          • Serial Data Power Mode
          • Fail-safe Operation
            • Notes
            • Serial Data Messages
            • Discrete Ignition Signals
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Description and Operation
          • Serial Data Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
          • BCM Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Diagnostic Starting Point And In-Line Harness Connector End Views
      • Inline Harness Connectors
        • C100 I/P Harness to Engine Harness (4.2L)
        • C101 Chassis Harness to I/P Harness
        • C102 Forward Lamp Harness to the Left Headlamp
        • C103 Forward Lamp Harness to the Right Headlamp
        • C104 Engine Harness to Fuel Injector Harness (4.2L)
        • C105 Forward Lamp Harness to I/P Harness
        • C106 I/P Harness to Chassis Harness (BAE)
        • C107 Engine Harness to I/P Harness (5.3L/6.0L)
        • C108 Engine Harness to Ignition Coil Harness (5.3L/6.0L)
        • C109 Engine Harness to Ignition Coil Harness (5.3L/6.0L)
        • C110 Engine Harness to Camshaft Position Sensor Jumper Harness (5.3L/6.0L)
        • C111 I/P Harness to Body Harness
        • C118 Forward Lamp Harness to Cooling Fan Tether Harness
        • C175 Engine Harness to Automatic Transmission Harness (4.2L)
        • C175 Engine Harness to Automatic Transmission Harness (5.3L/6.0L)
        • C201 Steering Column Harness to I/P Harness
        • C202 Body Harness to I/P Harness
        • C203 Body Harness to I/P Harness
        • C204 I/P Harness to Auxiliary Blower Motor Harness (CJ2)
        • C220 Infotainment Jumper Harness to Body Harness (U42)
        • C221 Infotainment Jumper Harness to I/P Harness (U42/U2K)
        • C225 I/P Harness to Electronic Adjustable Pedal Assembly Harness (JF4)
        • C275 Steering Column Harness to I/P Harness
        • C277 Steering Column Harness to Steering Wheel Harness (STW)
        • C300 I/P Harness to Floor Shift Control Harness
        • C304 Body Harness to I/P Harness
        • C305 Headliner Harness to Overhead Console Harness
        • C306 Headliner Harness to Body Harness (UE1/U42)
        • C307 Floor Console Harness to I/P Harness
        • C308 Headliner Harness to Sunroof Harness (CF5)
        • C310 Engine Harness to Chassis Harness (4WD)
        • C311 Body Harness to Driver Seat Harness (A50)
        • C311 Body Harness to Driver Seat Harness (AR9)
        • C314 Body Harness to Passenger Seat Harness
        • C317 Body Harness to Left Seat Belt Harness
        • C318 Body Harness to Right Seat Belt Harness
        • C500 Left Front Door Harness to Body Harness
        • C600 Right Front Door Harness to Body Harness
        • C700 Body Harness to Left Rear Door Harness
        • C800 Body Harness to Right Rear Door Harness
        • C900 Body Harness to Liftgate Harness
        • C901 Liftgate Harness to License Lamp Harness
        • C904 Rear Defogger Harness to Liftgate Harness (C49)
        • C905 Rear Defogger Harness to Liftgate Harness (C49)
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Wiring Systems and Power Management
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Body Control Module (BCM)
      • Scan Tool Data List
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - DTC B1440 To DTC B1477
      • DTC B1440
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC B1477
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Troubleshooting & Diagnosis
      • Symptoms - Wiring Systems
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Ignition Can/Cannot Be Turned Off with Transmission in Any Gear
      • Power Mode Mismatch
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Inoperative
      • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) On After Timeout
      • Utility/Van Zoning
      • Electrical Symbols
      • General Electrical Diagnosis
        • Basic Knowledge Required
      • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
      • Circuit Testing
      • Using Connector Test Adapters
      • Probing Electrical Connectors
        • Notes
        • Frontprobe
        • Backprobe
      • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
      • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
        • Tools Required
        • Testing For Voltage
        • Testing For Ground
      • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Tools Required
        • Procedure
      • Measuring Voltage
      • Measuring Voltage Drop
      • Measuring Frequency
      • Testing for Continuity
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
      • Testing for Short to Ground
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
        • Fuse Powering Several Loads
      • Testing for a Short to Voltage
      • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
        • Tools Required
        • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact in Bussed Electrical Centers (BEC)
          • Flat Wire (Dock and Lock) Connectors
        • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
        • Temperature Sensitivity
        • Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) and Electrical Noise
        • Incorrect Control Module
      • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
        • Tools Required
        • Salt Water Spray
        • High Temperature Conditions
        • Low Temperature Conditions
        • Duplicating Failure Conditions
      • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
      • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
      • Circuit Protection - Fuses
      • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
      • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
        • Notes
        • Repairing a Fusible Link
      • Wiring Repairs
      • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
      • Flat Wire Repairs
      • GMLAN Wiring Repairs
        • Tools Required
        • GMLAN Repairs
        • GMLAN Connector Terminal Repair
        • GMLAN Wire Repair
      • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
        • Tools Required
        • High Temperature Wiring
        • Identifying High Temperature Wiring
        • High Temperature Wire Repair
      • Heated Oxygen Sensor Wiring Repairs
        • Tools Required
      • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
        • Notes
        • Tools Required
        • Repair Procedure
      • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Tools Required
        • Splicing Procedure
      • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
      • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
      • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
        • Tools Required
        • SIR/SRS Connector Repair (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin)
        • SIR/SRS Component Wire Pigtail Repair
        • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
        • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
        • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
      • Connector Repairs
        • Notes
        • Identifying Connectors
      • Connector Position Assurance Locks
      • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
      • AFL/EPC Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (0.64)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (2.8 JPT)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (BSK)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Bosch Connectors (ECM)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Delphi Connectors (Micro .64)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Delphi Connectors (Micro-Pack 100W)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Delphi Connectors (Pull To Seat)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal
        • Terminal Repair
        • Terminal Installation
      • Delphi Connectors (Push To Seat)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal
        • Terminal Repair
        • Reinstalling Terminal
      • Delphi Connectors (Weather Pack)
        • Tools Required
        • Repair Procedure
      • Delphi Connectors (12-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • FCI Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • JST Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Kostel Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Molex Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Sumitomo Connectors
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Terminal Replacement Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (CM 42-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Sensor)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (025 Cap)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (43-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Door Module)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Yazaki Connectors (2-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Terminal Removal Procedure
        • Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Yazaki Connectors (16-Way)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Repair Procedure
      • Repairing Connector Terminals
        • Tools Required
        • Repair Procedure
      • Ignition Key Cannot Be Removed from the Ignition Lock Cylinder
      • Ignition Key Cannot Turn or Sticks in Any Position
  • Starter
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Battery Usage
        • Generator Usage
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Starting and Charging Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Electrical Component Views
        • Engine Electrical Connectors
          • Generator
          • Regulated Voltage Control Module
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Electrical
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1390
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1487
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1488
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1492
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1516
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1566
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0562
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0563
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0621
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0622
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P1668
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Charging
          • Tools Required
          • Battery State of Charge
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Load Test
        • Battery Common Causes of Failure
          • Notes
          • Electrolyte Freezing
          • Battery Protection During Vehicle Storage
        • Jump Starting in Case of Emergency
        • Charging System Test
        • Charge Indicator Always On
        • Charge Indicator Inoperative
        • Generator Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
        • Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
        • Engine Cranks Slowly
        • Starter Motor Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnection and Connection
          • Disconnecting Procedure
          • Connecting Procedure
        • Generator Battery Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (4.2L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (5.3L and 6.0L Engines)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (4.2L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (5.3L and 6.0L Engines)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (4.2L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (5.3L and 6.0L Engines)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Bracket Replacement (5.3L and 6.0L Engines)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (4.2L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (5.3L and 6.0L Engines)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Battery Ratings
          • Amp Hour (AH)
          • Reserve Capacity (RC)
          • Cold Cranking Amperage (CCA)
        • Charging System Description and Operation
          • Electrical Power Management (EPM) Overview
          • Charging System Components
            • Generator
            • Generator Battery Control Module
            • Engine Control Module (ECM)/Powertrain Control Module (PCM)
          • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC)
          • Charging System Operation
            • Notes
            • Charge Mode
            • Fuel Economy Mode
            • Voltage Reduction Mode
            • Start Up Mode
            • Headlamp Mode
            • Battery Sulfation Mode
            • Windshield Wiper Voltage Boost Mode
            • Fuel Pump Voltage Boost Mode
            • De-Ice Voltage Boost Mode
          • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Operation
            • Charge Indicator Operation
            • Charging System Failure
            • Service Charging System
            • Voltmeter Operation
        • Electrical Power Management Description and Operation
          • Electrical Power Management
        • Starting System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
  • Wiring Diagrams
    • Component Locations & Power, Ground And Splice Pack Connector End Views
      • Master Electrical Component List
      • Power and Grounding Component Views
      • Power and Grounding Connectors
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator
        • Ignition Switch
      • Electrical Center Identification Views
        • Fuse Block - Underhood (4.2L), Label
        • Fuse Block - Underhood (5.3L/6.0L), Label
        • Fuse Block - Underhood, Top View (4.2L)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood, Top View (5.3L/6.0L)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood, Bottom View
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C1 (4.2L)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C1 (5.3L/6.0L)
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C2
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C4
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C5
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C1
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C8
        • Fuse Block - Underhood C9
        • Fuse Block - Rear, Label
        • Fuse Block - Rear, Top View
        • Fuse Block - Rear, Bottom View
        • Fuse Block - Rear C1
        • Fuse Block - Rear C2
        • Fuse Block - Rear C3
        • Fuse Block - Rear C4
      • Splice Pack Connectors
        • Splice Pack SP201
        • Splice Pack SP205
        • Splice Pack SP306
    • OEM Connector End Views - Connector Index
      • Connector Index
    • OEM Connector End Views (1 Of 5)
      • Adjustable Pedal Connector End Views
        • Electronic Adjustable Pedals (EAP) Assembly Connector End View
        • Electronic Adjustable Pedals (EAP) Relay Connector End View
        • Electronic Adjustable Pedals (EAP) Switch Connector End View
      • Air Suspension Connector End Views
        • Air Suspension Compressor Assembly Connector End View C1
        • Air Suspension Compressor Assembly Connector End View C2 (Air Suspension Inflator Switch)
        • Air Suspension Sensor Connector End View - Left Rear
        • Air Suspension Sensor Connector End View - Right Rear
      • Antilock Brake System Connector End Views
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Speed/Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Connector End View - LF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Connector End View - LR
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Connector End View - RF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Connector End View - RR
        • Yaw Rate and Lateral Acceleration Sensor Connector End View
      • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector End View
        • Engine Side to Transmission Side Connector End View
      • Automatic Transmission Internal Connector End Views
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 3-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Assembly Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Input Speed Sensor (ISS) Harness Connector End View
        • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Solenoid Valve, Wiring Harness Side
      • Automatic Transmission Related Connector End Views
        • Transmission Control Module (TCM) Connector End View, Engine Side (5.3L and 6.0L)
        • Transmission Range Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Assembly Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
      • Cooling System Connector End Views
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View
      • Data Communication Connector End Views
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C1
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C2
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C3
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Connector End View
        • Liftgate Module (LGM) Connector End View C1
        • Liftgate Module (LGM) Connector End View C2
        • Liftgate Module (LGM) Connector End View C3
      • Displays and Gages Connector End Views
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View (DF5)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Connector End View (5.3L/6.0L)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View (4.2L)
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
      • Electrical Center Identification Views
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C1 (4.2L)
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C1 (5.3L/6.0L)
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C2
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C4
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C5
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C1
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C8
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C9
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Rear C1
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Rear C2
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Rear C3
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Rear C4
      • Engine Control Module Connector End Views (5.3L)
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C1
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C2
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C3
    • OEM Connector End Views (2 Of 5)
      • Engine Control Module Connector End Views (6.0L)
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C1
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C2
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C3
      • Engine Controls Connector End Views (4.2L)
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Actuator Solenoid Assembl Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Sensor 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 3 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 4 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 5 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 6 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 Connector End View (Front)
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 2 Connector End View (Rear)
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF)/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Connector End View (K18)
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay Connector End View (K18)
        • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Connector End View (K18)
        • Throttle Body Connector End View
      • Engine Controls Connector End Views (5.3L)
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Brake Booster Vacuum Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 7 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 8 Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 2 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 3 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 4 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 5 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 6 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 7 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 8 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 Connector End View - Left
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 2 Connector End View - Right
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF)/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Throttle Body Connector End View
        • Valve Lifter Oil Manifold (VLOM) Assembly Connector End View
      • Engine Controls Connector End Views (6.0L)
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 7 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 8 Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 2 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 3 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 4 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 5 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 6 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 7 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 8 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 Connector End View (Left)
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 2 Connector End View (Right)
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF)/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Throttle Body Connector End View
      • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
        • Generator Connector End View
        • Regulated Voltage Control Module Connector End View
      • Entertainment/Communication Connector End Views
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C1 (w/UQA)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C2 (w/UQA)
        • Cellular Microphone Connector End View (UE1)
        • Digital Radio Receiver Connector End View (w/U2K)
        • Digital Video Disc (DVD) Player Connector End View (U42)
        • Radio Connector End View C1 (w/o UQA)
        • Radio Connector End View C1 (w/UQA)
        • Radio Connector End View C2
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF Door (w/UQA)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF I/P (w/UQA)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR Door (w/o UQA)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR Door (w/UQA)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF Door (w/UQA)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF I/P (w/UQA)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR Door (w/o UQA)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR Door (w/UQA)
        • Speaker Assembly Connector End View - LF Door (w/o UQA)
        • Speaker Assembly Connector End View - RF Door (w/o UQA)
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C1 (UE1)
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C2 (UE1)
      • Heated/Cooled Seat Connector End Views
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Driver Back (w/Heat)
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Driver Cushion (w/Heat)
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Passenger Back (w/Heat)
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Passenger Cushion (w/Heat)
      • Horn Connector End Views
        • Horn Assembly Connector End View
      • HVAC Connector End Views (Automatic)
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Assembly Connector End View
        • A/C Low Pressure Switch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Left
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Right
        • Air Temperature Sensor Assembly Connector End View - Inside
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Lower Left
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Lower Right
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Upper Left
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Upper Right
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Ambient Light/Sunload Sensor Assembly Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Control Module Connector End View
        • Console Mode Actuator Connector End View - Auxiliary
        • Defrost Actuator Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C1
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C2
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View - Auxiliary
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Rear Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Rear Blower Resistor Connector End View
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
      • HVAC Connector End Views (Manual)
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Assembly Connector End View
        • A/C Low Pressure Switch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Left
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Right
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly Connector End View
        • Console Mode Actuator Connector End View - Auxiliary
        • Defrost Actuator Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C1
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C2
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View - Auxiliary
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
      • Hydraulic Brake Connector End Views
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Park Brake Switch Connector End View
      • Immobilizer Connector End Views
        • Hood Ajar Switch Connector End View (UA2)
        • Inclination Sensor Connector End View (BAE)
        • Passlock Sensor Connector End View (w/o BAE)
        • Theft Deterrent Alarm Connector End View (BAE)
        • Theft Deterrent Control Module Connector End View (BAE)
    • OEM Connector End Views (3 Of 5)
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • C100 I/P Harness to Engine Harness Connector End View (4.2L)
        • C101 Chassis Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C102 Forward Lamp Harness to the Left Headlamp Connector End View
        • C103 Forward Lamp Harness to the Right Headlamp Connector End View
        • C104 Engine Harness to Fuel Injector Harness Connector End View (4.2L)
        • C105 Forward Lamp Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C106 I/P Harness to Chassis Harness Connector End View (BAE)
        • C107 Engine Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (5.3L/6.0L)
        • C108 Engine Harness to Ignition Coil Harness Connector End View (5.3L/6.0L)
        • C109 Engine Harness to Ignition Coil Harness Connector End View (5.3L/6.0L)
        • C110 Engine Harness to Camshaft Position Sensor Jumper Harness Connector End View (5.3L/6.0L)
        • C111 I/P Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C118 Forward Lamp Harness to Cooling Fan Tether Harness Connector End View
        • C175 Engine Harness to Automatic Transmission Harness Connector End View (4.2L)
        • C175 Engine Harness to Automatic Transmission Harness Connector End View (5.3L/6.0L)
        • C201 Steering Column Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C202 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C203 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C204 I/P Harness to Auxiliary Blower Motor Harness Connector End View (CJ2)
        • C220 Infotainment Jumper Harness to Body Harness Connector End View (U42)
        • C221 Infotainment Jumper Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (U42/U2K)
        • C225 I/P Harness to Electronic Adjustable Pedal Assembly Harness Connector End View (JF4)
        • C275 Steering Column Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C277 Steering Column Harness to Steering Wheel Harness Connector End View (STW)
        • C300 I/P Harness to Floor Shift Control Harness Connector End View
        • C304 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C305 Headliner Harness to Overhead Console Harness Connector End View
        • C306 Headliner Harness to Body Harness Connector End View (UE1/U42)
        • C307 Floor Console Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C308 Headliner Harness to Sunroof Harness Connector End View (CF5)
        • C310 Engine Harness to Chassis Harness Connector End View (4WD)
        • C311 Body Harness to Driver Seat Harness Connector End View (A50)
        • C311 Body Harness to Driver Seat Harness Connector End View (AR9)
        • C314 Body Harness to Passenger Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C317 Body Harness to Left Seat Belt Harness Connector End View
        • C318 Body Harness to Right Seat Belt Harness Connector End View
        • C500 Left Front Door Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C600 Right Front Door Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C700 Body Harness to Left Rear Door Harness Connector End View
        • C800 Body Harness to Right Rear Door Harness Connector End View
        • C900 Body Harness to Liftgate Harness Connector End View
        • C901 Liftgate Harness to License Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C904 Rear Defogger Harness to Liftgate Harness Connector End View (C49)
        • C905 Rear Defogger Harness to Liftgate Harness Connector End View (C49)
    • OEM Connector End Views (4 Of 5)
      • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
        • Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View (CJ3)
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Left (Z88)
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Right (Z88)
        • Cargo Lamp Connector End View
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Cornering Lamp Connector End View - Left (Z88/W49)
        • Cornering Lamp Connector End View - Right (Z88/W49)
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View - Center
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View - Front
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - LF (Except W49 w/T96)
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - LF (W49 w/T96)
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - RF (Except W49 w/T96)
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - RF (W49 w/T96)
        • Headlamp Connector End View - High Beam - Left
        • Headlamp Connector End View - High Beam - Right
        • Headlamp Leveling Actuator Connector End View - Left (TR6)
        • Headlamp Leveling Actuator Connector End View - Right (TR6)
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Low Beam - Left
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Low Beam - Right
        • Headlamp Switch Connector End View C1
        • Headlamp Switch Connector End View C2
        • License Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • License Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Liftglass Ajar Switch Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - LF (X88)
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - LF (Z88/Z89/W49)
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - RF (X88)
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - RF (Z88/Z89/W49)
        • Park Lamp Connector End View - LF (W49)
        • Park Lamp Connector End View - RF (W49)
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LF (X88)
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LF (Z88/Z89)
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RF (X88)
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RF (Z88/Z89)
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • Tail Lamp Circuit Board Connector End View - Left (w/T84)
        • Tail Lamp Circuit Board Connector End View - Left (w/o T84)
        • Tail Lamp Circuit Board Connector End View - Right (w/T85)
        • Tail Lamp Circuit Board Connector End View - Right (w/o T85)
        • Trailer Connector Connector End View (UY7)
        • Turn Signal/Hazard Flasher Module Connector End View
        • Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LF (W49)
        • Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RF (W49)
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C1
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C2
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C3
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C4 (K34)
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - Left (DH2)
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - Right (DH2)
      • Mirror Connector End Views
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View
      • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator Connector End View
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View
      • Power Outlet Connector End Views
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View - Console
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View - Front
        • Cigar Lighter Connector End View
      • Power Seat Connector End Views
        • Lumbar Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (AR9)
        • Lumbar Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Passenger (V40)
        • Lumbar Horizontal Motor Connector End View - Driver (AR9)
        • Lumbar Horizontal Motor Connector End View - Passenger (V40)
        • Lumbar Horizontal Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver (w/Memory)
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - Driver C1 (w/Memory)
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - Driver C2 (w/Memory)
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - Driver C3 (w/Memory)
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - Driver C4 (w/Memory)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (AR9)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Passenger (V40)
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor Connector End View - Driver (AR9)
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor Connector End View - Passenger (V40)
        • Seat Horizontal Motor Connector End View - Driver (AR9)
        • Seat Horizontal Motor Connector End View - Passenger (V40)
        • Seat Position Sensor Connector End View - Front (w/Memory)
        • Seat Position Sensor Connector End View - Horizontal (w/Memory)
        • Seat Position Sensor Connector End View - Rear (w/Memory)
        • Seat Position Sensor Connector End View - Recline (w/Memory)
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor Connector End View - Driver (AR9)
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor Connector End View - Passenger (V40)
        • Seat Recline Motor Connector End View - Driver (AR9)
        • Seat Recline Motor Connector End View - Passenger (V40)
      • Powertrain Control Module Connector End Views (4.2L)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C1
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C2
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End View C3
      • Remote Function Connector End Views
        • Garage Door Opener Connector End View (UG1)
      • Seat Belt Connector End Views
        • Seat Belt Buckle Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Belt Buckle Connector End View - Passenger
    • OEM Connector End Views (5 Of 5)
      • Secondary/Configurable Control Connector End Views
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Connector End View - Lower Left (STW)
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Connector End View - Lower Right (STW)
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Connector End View - Upper Left (STW)
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Connector End View - Upper Right (STW)
      • Shift Lock Control Connector End Views
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Actuator Connector End View
      • SIR Connector End Views
        • Electronic Frontal Sensor (EFS) Connector End View - Left
        • Electronic Frontal Sensor (EFS) Connector End View - Right
        • Inflatable Restraint Front Passenger Presence System (PPS) Module Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Presence System (PPS) Sensor Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Seat Belt Tension Retractor Sensor Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module Connector End View - Left (ASF)
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module Connector End View - Right (ASF)
        • Inflatable Restraint Seat Position Sensor (SPS) Connector End View - Left
        • Inflatable Restraint Seat Position Sensor (SPS) Connector End View - Right
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module Connector End View (SDM)
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS) Connector End View - Left (ASF)
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS) Connector End View - Right (ASF)
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End View C1
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End View C2
        • Rollover Sensor Connector End View
        • Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View - Left
        • Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View - Right
      • Splice Pack Connector End Views
        • Splice Pack SP201 Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP205 Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP306 Connector End View
      • Sunroof Connector End Views
        • Sunroof Motor Connector End View
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View
      • Transfer Case Control Connector End Views
        • Front Axle Actuator Connector End View
        • Propshaft Speed Sensor Connector End View - Front
        • Propshaft Speed Sensor Connector End View - Rear
        • Transfer Case Encoder Motor Connector End View
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Module Connector End View C1
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Module Connector End View C2
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Module Connector End View C3
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Switch Connector End View
      • Vehicle Access Connector End Views
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Driver C1
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Driver C2
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Driver C3 (UA6/UA2)
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - LR C1
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - LR C2
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Passenger C1
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Passenger C2
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - RR C1
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - RR C2
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C1
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C2
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C3 (Outside Rearview Mirror - Driver) (DS3/DL2)
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C4 (Memory Seat Switch - Driver) (w/Memory)
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C5 (Outside Rearview Mirror Switch) (DS3/DL2)
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View C1
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View C2
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View C3 (Outside Rearview Mirror Passenger) (DS3/DL2)
        • Liftgate Latch Assembly Connector End View C1
        • Liftgate Latch Assembly Connector End View C2
        • Liftgate Module (LGM) Connector End View C1
        • Liftgate Module (LGM) Connector End View C2
        • Liftgate Module (LGM) Connector End View C3
      • Window Systems Connector End Views
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End View C1 (C49)
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End View C2 (C49)
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Motor Connector End View - LR
        • Window Motor Connector End View - RR
        • Window Switch Connector End View - LR
        • Window Switch Connector End View - RR
      • Wiper/Washer Connector End Views
        • Headlamp Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View (CE4)
        • Rear Window Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Rear Window Wiper Motor Connector End View
        • Rear Window Wiper/Washer Switch Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Level Switch Connector End View (U68)
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Connector End View
    • System Wiring Diagrams
      • Using lemon2025'S Wiring Diagrams
      • Air Conditioning
      • Anti-Lock Brakes
      • Anti-Theft
      • Body Control Modules
      • Computer Data Lines
      • Cooling Fan
      • Cruise Control
      • Defoggers
      • Electronic Suspension
      • Engine Performance
        • 4.2L
      • Exterior Lights
      • Ground Distribution
      • Headlights
      • Horn
      • Instrument Cluster
      • Interior Lights
      • Memory Systems
      • Power Distribution
      • Power Door Locks
      • Power Mirrors
      • Power Seats
      • Power Top/Sunroof
      • Power Windows
      • Radio
      • Shift Interlock
      • Starting/Charging
      • Supplemental Restraints
      • Transmission
      • Trunk, Tailgate, Fuel Door
      • Warning Systems
      • Wiper/Washer
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
    • Wiring Systems And Power Management - Diagnostic Starting Point And In-Line Harness Connector End Views
      • Inline Harness Connectors
        • C100 I/P Harness to Engine Harness (4.2L)
        • C101 Chassis Harness to I/P Harness
        • C102 Forward Lamp Harness to the Left Headlamp
        • C103 Forward Lamp Harness to the Right Headlamp
        • C104 Engine Harness to Fuel Injector Harness (4.2L)
        • C105 Forward Lamp Harness to I/P Harness
        • C106 I/P Harness to Chassis Harness (BAE)
        • C107 Engine Harness to I/P Harness (5.3L/6.0L)
        • C108 Engine Harness to Ignition Coil Harness (5.3L/6.0L)
        • C109 Engine Harness to Ignition Coil Harness (5.3L/6.0L)
        • C110 Engine Harness to Camshaft Position Sensor Jumper Harness (5.3L/6.0L)
        • C111 I/P Harness to Body Harness
        • C118 Forward Lamp Harness to Cooling Fan Tether Harness
        • C175 Engine Harness to Automatic Transmission Harness (4.2L)
        • C175 Engine Harness to Automatic Transmission Harness (5.3L/6.0L)
        • C201 Steering Column Harness to I/P Harness
        • C202 Body Harness to I/P Harness
        • C203 Body Harness to I/P Harness
        • C204 I/P Harness to Auxiliary Blower Motor Harness (CJ2)
        • C220 Infotainment Jumper Harness to Body Harness (U42)
        • C221 Infotainment Jumper Harness to I/P Harness (U42/U2K)
        • C225 I/P Harness to Electronic Adjustable Pedal Assembly Harness (JF4)
        • C275 Steering Column Harness to I/P Harness
        • C277 Steering Column Harness to Steering Wheel Harness (STW)
        • C300 I/P Harness to Floor Shift Control Harness
        • C304 Body Harness to I/P Harness
        • C305 Headliner Harness to Overhead Console Harness
        • C306 Headliner Harness to Body Harness (UE1/U42)
        • C307 Floor Console Harness to I/P Harness
        • C308 Headliner Harness to Sunroof Harness (CF5)
        • C310 Engine Harness to Chassis Harness (4WD)
        • C311 Body Harness to Driver Seat Harness (A50)
        • C311 Body Harness to Driver Seat Harness (AR9)
        • C314 Body Harness to Passenger Seat Harness
        • C317 Body Harness to Left Seat Belt Harness
        • C318 Body Harness to Right Seat Belt Harness
        • C500 Left Front Door Harness to Body Harness
        • C600 Right Front Door Harness to Body Harness
        • C700 Body Harness to Left Rear Door Harness
        • C800 Body Harness to Right Rear Door Harness
        • C900 Body Harness to Liftgate Harness
        • C901 Liftgate Harness to License Lamp Harness
        • C904 Rear Defogger Harness to Liftgate Harness (C49)
        • C905 Rear Defogger Harness to Liftgate Harness (C49)
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Wiring Systems and Power Management
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Body Control Module (BCM)
      • Scan Tool Data List
• Engine Mechanical
  • Cooling System (Mechanical)
    • Engine Cooling System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Engine Cooling Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Cooling System Component Views
        • Cooling System Connectors
          • Cooling Fan
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Cooling
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • DTC P0480
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Description and Operation
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • DTC Type Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0483 or P0493
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • Notes
            • P0493
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • P0483
            • P0493
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Description and Operation
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • DTC Type Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
            • Relay Test
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0495
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Description and Operation
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • DTC Type Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0526
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Description and Operation
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • DTC Type Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
            • Relay Test
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P1258
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Description and Operation
            • DTC Type Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P1482
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • DTC Type Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - Engine Cooling
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Indicator Always On
        • Engine Overheating
        • Loss of Coolant
        • Thermostat Diagnosis
        • Coolant Heater Inoperative
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Electrical Information Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Engine Fails To Reach Normal Operating Temperature
        • Pressure Cap Testing
          • Tools required
          • Pressure Cap Testing
        • Coolant Leak Testing
          • Tools Required
          • Testing Procedure
        • Excessive Fan Noise
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Draining and Filling Cooling System (LH6, LS2)
          • Tools Required
          • Draining Procedure
          • Coolant Filling Procedure
        • Draining and Filling Cooling System (LL8)
          • Tools Required
          • Draining Procedure
          • Coolant Filling Procedure
        • Flushing
        • Radiator Cleaning
        • Coolant Recovery Reservoir Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Inlet Hose Replacement (LH6, LS2)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Inlet Hose Replacement (LL8)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Outlet Hose Replacement (LH6, LS2)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Outlet Hose Replacement (LL8)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Vent Inlet Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fan Clutch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cooling Fan and Shroud Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cooling Fan Relay Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermostat Replacement (4.2L Engine)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermostat Replacement (5.3L and 6.0L Engines)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Air Bleed Pipe Assembly Replacement (5.3L and 6.0L Engines)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Air Bleed Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Outlet Housing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Pump Replacement (LL8)
          • Tool Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Pump Replacement (V8)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Replacement (LH6, Ls2)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Replacement (LL8)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Replacement (LH6 and LS2)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Replacement (LL8)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Cord Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Cooling Fan Description and Operation
          • Cooling Fan Control
        • Cooling System Description and Operation
          • Cooling Fan Control
          • Engine Coolant Indicator
            • Engine Coolant Hot Idle Engine
          • Cooling System
            • Notes
            • Cooling Cycle
            • Coolant
            • Radiator
            • Pressure Cap
            • Coolant Recovery System
            • Air Baffles and Seals
            • Water Pump
            • Thermostat
            • Transmission Oil Cooler
          • Coolant Heater
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Engine Exhaust System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Exhaust
      • Symptoms - Engine Exhaust
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Restricted Exhaust
        • Tools Required
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Exhaust Leakage
      • Exhaust Noise
    • Repair Instructions
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement (4.2L Engine)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement - Left Side
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement - Right Side
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust System Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Catalytic Converter Replacement (4.2L Engine)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Catalytic Converter Replacement (5.3L and 6.0L Engines)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust System Insulator, Hanger, Bracket Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Muffler Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Resonator Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Catalytic Converter Heat Shield Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Heat Shield Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Heat Shield Replacement - Right Side
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Heat Shield Replacement - Left Side
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Muffler Heat Shield Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Exhaust System Description
        • Notes
        • Resonator
        • Catalytic Converter
        • Muffler
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Lubrication System
    • Maintenance And Lubrication
      • Specifications
        • Capacities - Approximate Fluid
        • Fluid and Lubricant Recommendations
        • Maintenance Items
      • Maintenance
        • Maintenance Schedule (North American Emissions)
        • GM Oil Life System Resetting
          • Notes
          • How to Reset the Engine Oil Life System
  • Engine Mechanical - 4.2L
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Engine Mechanical Specifications
      • Sealers, Adhesives and Lubricants
      • Thread Repair Specifications
        • Engine Block - Top View
        • Engine Block - Bottom View
        • Engine Block - Left Side View
        • Engine Block - Right Side View
        • Engine Block - Front View
        • Engine Block - Rear View
        • Cylinder Head - Top View
        • Cylinder Head - End View (Front)
        • Cylinder Head - End View (Rear)
        • Cylinder Head - Intake Manifold Deck View
        • Cylinder Head - Exhaust Manifold Deck View
        • Oil Pan - Top View
        • Oil Pan - Left Side View
        • Oil Pan - Right Side View
        • Oil Pan - Rear View
        • Engine Front Cover
        • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Housing
    • Component Locator
      • Disassembled Views
      • Engine Identification
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Timing Chain Alignment Diagram
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Mechanical
      • Symptoms - Engine Mechanical
        • Strategy Based Diagnostics
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Base Engine Misfire without Internal Engine Noises
      • Base Engine Misfire with Abnormal Internal Lower Engine Noises
      • Base Engine Misfire with Abnormal Valve Train Noise
      • Base Engine Misfire with Coolant Consumption
      • Base Engine Misfire with Excessive Oil Consumption
      • Engine Noise on Start-Up, but Only Lasting a Few Seconds
      • Upper Engine Noise, Regardless of Engine Speed
      • Lower Engine Noise, Regardless of Engine Speed
      • Engine Noise Under Load
      • Engine Will Not Crank - Crankshaft Will Not Rotate
      • Coolant in Combustion Chamber
      • Coolant in Engine Oil
      • Engine Compression Test
        • Tools Required
        • Test Procedure
      • Cylinder Leakage Test
        • Tools Required
        • Test Procedure
      • Oil Consumption Diagnosis
      • Oil Pressure Diagnosis and Testing
        • Tools Required
        • Test Procedure
      • Oil Leak Diagnosis
      • Crankcase Ventilation System Inspection/Description
      • Drive Belt Chirping, Squeal and Whine Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Rumbling and Vibration Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Falls Off and Excessive Wear Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Tensioner Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure
      • Camshaft Position Actuator Diagnosis
    • Repair Instructions
      • On-Vehicle Repair Instructions
        • Drive Belt Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Belt Tensioner Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Belt Idler Pulley Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Inspection
          • Front Engine Mount
        • Engine Mount and Bracket Replacement - Left Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount and Bracket Replacement - Right Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankcase Ventilation Hoses/Pipes Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intake Manifold Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Rocker Arm and Valve Lash Adjuster Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Stem Oil Seal and Valve Spring Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Level Indicator and Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cylinder Head Replacement
          • Notes
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Balancer Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Front Cover Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position Exhaust Actuator Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Timing Chain, Sprocket, and Tensioner Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Filter Adapter and Bypass Valve Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pan Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Oil Pressure Sensor and/or Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pump Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal and Housing Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Flywheel Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Off-Vehicle Repair Instructions
        • Engine Oil and Oil Filter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Flywheel Removal
        • Draining Fluids and Oil Filter Removal
        • Drive Belt Tensioner Removal
        • Power Steering Pump Bracket Removal
        • Drive Belt Idler Pulley Removal
        • Oil Level Indicator and Tube Removal
        • Exhaust Manifold Removal
        • Oil Filter Adapter Removal
        • Heater Inlet Pipe Removal
        • Heater Outlet Hose Fitting Removal
        • Water Outlet Removal
        • Water Pump Removal
          • Tool Required
        • Engine Coolant Thermostat Housing Removal
        • Intake Manifold Removal
        • Fuel Rail and Injectors Removal
        • Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Removal
        • Camshaft Cover Removal
        • Oil Pan Removal
        • Oil Pump Pipe and Screen Assembly Removal
        • Crankshaft Balancer Removal
          • Tools Required:
          • Removal Procedure
        • Engine Front Cover Removal
        • Oil Pump Removal
        • Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Removal
        • Timing Chain and Sprockets Removal
        • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal and Housing Removal
        • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Removal
        • Timing Chain Tensioner Removal
        • Engine Lift Bracket Removal
        • Camshaft Removal
        • Valve Rocker Arm and Valve Lash Adjuster Removal
        • Cylinder Head Removal
          • Notes
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
        • Piston, Connecting Rod and Bearing Removal
          • Tools Required:
          • Removal Procedure
        • Crankshaft and Bearings Removal
          • Notes
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
        • Engine Block Plug Removal
        • Engine Block Cleaning and Inspection
          • Tools Required
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Cylinder Honing
        • Crankshaft and Bearings Cleaning and Inspection
          • Tools Required
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Crankshaft Balancer Cleaning and Inspection
        • Engine Flywheel Cleaning and Inspection
        • Piston and Connecting Rod Disassemble
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Piston, Connecting Rod and Bearings Cleaning and Inspection
          • Tools Required
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Cylinder Sleeve Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
        • Cylinder Sleeve Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
          • Cylinder Sleeve Trimming
        • Piston and Connecting Rod Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Camshafts Cleaning and Inspection
          • Tools Required
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Timing Chain and Sprockets Cleaning and Inspection
        • Valve Rocker Arm and Valve Lash Adjuster Cleaning and Inspection
        • Cylinder Head Disassemble
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Cylinder Head Cleaning and Inspection
          • Tools Required
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Cylinder Head Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Camshaft Cover Cleaning and Inspection
        • Oil Pump Cleaning and Inspection
        • Oil Pan Cleaning and Inspection
        • Engine Front Cover Cleaning and Inspection
        • Intake Manifold Cleaning and Inspection
        • Exhaust Manifold Cleaning and Inspection
        • Water Pump Cleaning and Inspection
        • Thread Repair
          • Tools Required
          • Standard Thread Repair - Flush Hole
          • Recessed Thread Repair
          • Tapered Pipe Thread Repair
          • Cylinder Head Bolt Hole Thread Repair
          • Crankshaft Main Bolt Hole Thread Repair
        • Service Prior to Assembly
        • Engine Block Plug Installation
        • Crankshaft and Bearings Installation
          • Notes
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Piston, Connecting Rod and Bearing Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cylinder Head Installation
          • Notes
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Rocker Arm and Valve Lash Adjuster Installation
        • Camshaft Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Lift Bracket Installation
        • Timing Chain Tensioner Installation
        • Timing Chain and Sprockets Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Cover Installation
        • Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Installation
        • Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pump Installation
        • Engine Front Cover Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Pump Installation
          • Tool Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal and Housing Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pump Pipe and Screen Assembly Installation
        • Oil Pan Installation
        • Crankshaft Balancer Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Rail and Injectors Installation
        • Intake Manifold Installation
        • Engine Coolant Thermostat Housing Installation
        • Heater Inlet Pipe Installation
        • Heater Outlet Hose Fitting Installation
        • Water Outlet Installation
        • Oil Filter Adapter Installation
        • Exhaust Manifold Installation
        • Oil Level Indicator and Tube Installation
        • Power Steering Pump Bracket Installation
        • Drive Belt Tensioner Installation
        • Drive Belt Idler Pulley Installation
        • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Flywheel Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Prelubing
          • Tools Required
          • Engine Prelubing Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Crankcase Ventilation System Description
        • General Description
        • Operation
        • Results of Incorrect Operation
      • Drive Belt System Description
      • Engine Component Description
        • Engine Block
        • Oil Pan
        • Crankshaft
        • Connecting Rods
        • Pistons
        • Cylinder Head
        • Valve Train
        • Fuel System
        • Oil Pump
        • Engine Covers
      • Exhaust Camshaft Position Actuator Description
      • New Product Information
        • Notes
        • New Sealants and/or Adhesives
        • New Features
        • Engine Features
        • New Special Tools Required
      • Lubrication Description
      • Cleanliness and Care
      • Separating Parts
      • Replacing Engine Gaskets
      • Use of Room Temperature Vulcanizing (RTV) and Anaerobic Sealer
        • Sealant Types
        • Aerobic Type Room Temperature Vulcanizing (RTV) Sealant
        • Anaerobic Type Threadlock Sealant
        • Anaerobic Type Pipe Sealant
      • Tools and Equipment
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Starter
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Battery Usage
        • Generator Usage
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Starting and Charging Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Electrical Component Views
        • Engine Electrical Connectors
          • Generator
          • Regulated Voltage Control Module
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Electrical
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1390
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1487
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1488
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1492
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1516
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1566
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0562
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0563
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0621
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0622
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P1668
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Charging
          • Tools Required
          • Battery State of Charge
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Load Test
        • Battery Common Causes of Failure
          • Notes
          • Electrolyte Freezing
          • Battery Protection During Vehicle Storage
        • Jump Starting in Case of Emergency
        • Charging System Test
        • Charge Indicator Always On
        • Charge Indicator Inoperative
        • Generator Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
        • Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
        • Engine Cranks Slowly
        • Starter Motor Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnection and Connection
          • Disconnecting Procedure
          • Connecting Procedure
        • Generator Battery Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (4.2L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (5.3L and 6.0L Engines)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (4.2L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (5.3L and 6.0L Engines)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (4.2L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (5.3L and 6.0L Engines)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Bracket Replacement (5.3L and 6.0L Engines)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (4.2L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (5.3L and 6.0L Engines)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Battery Ratings
          • Amp Hour (AH)
          • Reserve Capacity (RC)
          • Cold Cranking Amperage (CCA)
        • Charging System Description and Operation
          • Electrical Power Management (EPM) Overview
          • Charging System Components
            • Generator
            • Generator Battery Control Module
            • Engine Control Module (ECM)/Powertrain Control Module (PCM)
          • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC)
          • Charging System Operation
            • Notes
            • Charge Mode
            • Fuel Economy Mode
            • Voltage Reduction Mode
            • Start Up Mode
            • Headlamp Mode
            • Battery Sulfation Mode
            • Windshield Wiper Voltage Boost Mode
            • Fuel Pump Voltage Boost Mode
            • De-Ice Voltage Boost Mode
          • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Operation
            • Charge Indicator Operation
            • Charging System Failure
            • Service Charging System
            • Voltmeter Operation
        • Electrical Power Management Description and Operation
          • Electrical Power Management
        • Starting System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
• Engine Performance
  • Emissions
    • Emission Applications
      • Emission Applications
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • State Emission Standards - Diesel
      • ARIZONA
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • IDAHO
      • KENTUCKY
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • New YORK
      • OHIO
      • RHODE Island
      • UTAH
      • WASHINGTON
    • State Emission Standards - Gas
      • ALASKA
      • ARIZONA
      • CALIFORNIA
        • California Emission Standards ASM Tests
        • Legend
        • Pass/Fail Emission Standards = A+B / VTW
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • DELAWARE
      • District Of COLUMBIA
      • GEORGIA
      • IDAHO
      • ILLINOIS
      • INDIANA
      • KENTUCKY
      • MARYLAND
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • MISSOURI
      • NEVADA
      • New Jersey
      • New MEXICO
      • New YORK
      • North CAROLINA
      • OHIO
      • OREGON
      • PENNSYLVANIA
      • RHODE Island
      • TENNESSEE
      • TEXAS
      • UTAH
      • VIRGINIA
      • WASHINGTON
      • WISCONSIN
      • U. S. EPA ASM2525 & ASM5015 Start-Up Emission Standards
      • U. S. EPA Revised Final ASM Emission Standards (ASM5015 & ASM2525)
      • U.S. EPA Im240 Emission Standards
        • Start-Up Standards
        • Final Standards
  • Mode 6 - 1996-2007 ISUZU
    • Introduction
    • Mode $06 Data Definitions For J1850/Class 2 Diagnostic Data Link (Except 1996-1999 Oasis)
    • Mode $06 Data Definitions For 1996-1999 Oasis
      • 1996-1997 Oasis
      • 1998-1999 Oasis
  • Specifications
    • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
      • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
        • Notes
        • 4 Cylinder Engine
        • 5 Cylinder Engine
        • 6 Cylinder Engine
        • V6 Engine
          • 4.3L V6 Engine
          • All Other V6 Engines
        • V8 Engine
  • System
    • Engine Control System & Fuel System - 4.2L - Introduction (1 Of 2)
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
    • Engine Control System & Fuel System - 4.2L - Introduction (2 Of 2)
      • Specifications
        • Temperature Versus Resistance
        • Altitude Versus Barometric Pressure
        • Ignition System Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Emission Hose Routing Diagram
        • Evaporative Emissions Hose Routing Diagram
        • Engine Controls Schematic Icons
        • Engine Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Controls Component Views
        • Powertrain Control Module Connectors
          • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) C1
          • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) C2
          • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) C3
        • Engine Controls Connectors
          • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor
          • Camshaft Actuator Solenoid Assembly
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor
          • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor
          • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor
          • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid
          • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid
          • Fuel Injector 1
          • Fuel Injector 2
          • Fuel Injector 3
          • Fuel Injector 4
          • Fuel Injector 5
          • Fuel Injector 6
          • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor
          • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Sensor 1
          • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Sensor 2
          • Ignition Coil 1
          • Ignition Coil 2
          • Ignition Coil 3
          • Ignition Coil 4
          • Ignition Coil 5
          • Ignition Coil 6
          • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 Front
          • Knock Sensor (KS) 2 Rear
          • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor
          • Mass Air Flow (MAF)/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor
          • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump (K18)
          • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay (K18)
          • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid (K18)
          • Throttle Body
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Repair Instructions
        • Powertrain Control Module Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Position System Variation Learn
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mass Airflow Sensor/Intake Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Pressure Relief
        • Fuel Pressure Gage Installation and Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
          • Removal Procedure
        • Metal Collar Quick Connect Fitting Service
          • Tool Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Plastic Collar Quick Connect Fitting Service
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Draining
        • Fuel Tank Replacement (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Rainier)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Level Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Sender Assembly Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Hose/Pipes Replacement - Chassis
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel System Cleaning
        • Fuel Rail Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Cleaning
          • Tools Required
          • Cleaning Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Canister/Fuel Tank (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Rainier)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Engine/Chassis
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Replacement (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Rainier)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission System Cleaning
          • Tools Required
          • Inspection Procedure
          • EVAP Cleaning Procedure
        • Ignition Coil Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Usage
          • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Visual Inspection
        • Spark Plug Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knock Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Air Injection Pump Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Air Injection Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Air Injection Pump Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Element Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Outlet Resonator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Powertrain Control Module Description
          • Powertrain
          • Powertrain Control Module Function
          • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Operation
          • Trip
          • Warm-Up Cycle
          • Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs)
            • Notes
            • DTC Status
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) System Description
          • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Overview
          • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor
          • Throttle Body Assembly
          • Modes of Operation
            • Battery Saver Mode
            • Reduced Engine Power Mode
        • Camshaft Actuator System Description
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator System
          • CMP Actuator System Operation
          • CMP Actuator Solenoid Circuit Diagnostics
          • CMP Actuator System Performance Diagnostics
        • Fuel System Description
          • Fuel System Overview
          • Fuel Tank
          • Fuel Fill Pipe
          • Fuel Filler Cap
          • Fuel Sender Assembly
          • Fuel Level Sensor
          • Fuel Pump
          • Fuel Filter
          • Fuel Pressure Regulator Assembly
          • Fuel Feed Pipes
          • Nylon Fuel Pipes
          • Quick-Connect Fittings
          • Fuel Rail Assembly
          • Fuel Injectors
          • Fuel Metering Modes of Operation
          • Starting Mode
          • Clear Flood Mode
          • Run Mode
          • Acceleration Mode
          • Deceleration Mode
          • Battery Voltage Correction Mode
          • Fuel Cutoff Mode
          • Fuel Trim
        • Evaporative Emission Control System Description
          • EVAP System Operation
          • Large Leak Test
          • Small Leak Test
          • Canister Vent Restriction Test
          • EVAP Purge Solenoid Valve Leak Test
          • Check Gas Cap Message
          • EVAP System Components
            • Notes
            • EVAP Canister
            • EVAP Canister Purge Solenoid Valve
            • EVAP Canister Vent Solenoid Valve
            • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
            • EVAP Service Port
        • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Description
          • Notes
          • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor
          • Ignition Coils
          • Powertrain Control Module (PCM)
          • Modes of Operation
        • Knock Sensor (KS) System Description
          • Purpose
          • Sensor Description
        • Secondary Air Injection System Description
          • Notes
          • Results of Incorrect Operation
        • Air Intake System Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Engine Control System & Fuel System - 4.2L - Diagnosis & Troubleshooting
      • Symptoms - Engine Controls
        • Important Preliminary Checks Before Starting
        • Visual/Physical Check
      • Intermittent Conditions
      • Hard Start
      • Surges/Chuggles
      • Lack of Power, Sluggishness or Sponginess
      • Detonation/Spark Knock
      • Hesitation, Sag, Stumble
      • Cuts Out, Misses
      • Poor Fuel Economy
      • Poor Fuel Fill Quality
      • Rough, Unstable or Incorrect Idle and Stalling
      • Dieseling, Run-On
      • Backfire
      • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Inoperative
        • Circuit Description
        • MIL Operation
          • Notes
          • MIL Function
          • MIL Illumination
        • Test Description
      • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Always On
        • Circuit Description
        • MIL Operation
          • Notes
          • MIL Function
          • MIL Illumination
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Engine Cranks but Does Not Run
        • Description
        • Test Description
      • Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit Diagnosis
        • Circuit Description
      • Fuel System Diagnosis
        • System Description
      • Fuel Injector Diagnosis (w/J39021 or Tech 2)
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
          • Special Tools Required
        • Component Testing
          • Fuel Injector Coil Test
          • Fuel Injector Balance Test-Fuel Pressure Test
          • Fuel Injector Balance Test with Special Tool
          • Fuel Injector Balance Test with Tech 2
          • Pressure Drop Calculation
        • Repair Procedures
      • Fuel Injector Diagnosis (w/CH47976)
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Special Tools Required
        • Component Testing
          • Fuel Injector Coil Test
          • AFIT Test Procedure
        • Repair Procedures
      • Fuel Injector Circuit Diagnosis
        • Circuit Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • Fuel Tank Leak Test
        • Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis (without Special Tool)
        • Test Description
        • Alcohol in Fuel Testing Procedure
        • Particulate Contaminants in Fuel Testing Procedure
      • Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis (with Special Tool)
        • Description
        • Test Procedure
      • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
          • Special Tools Required
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Check
        • Description
        • Conditions for Updating the I/M System Status
        • Monitored Emission Control Systems
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Complete System Set Procedure
        • Description
        • Conditions for Running
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System DTC Table
      • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Catalyst System Set Procedure
        • Description
        • Conditions for Running
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • Inspection/Maintenance Evaporative Emission System Set
        • Description
        • Conditions for Running
          • Non Scan Tool Service Bay Test Equipped Vehicles
          • Scan Tool Service Bay Test Equipped Vehicles
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • Inspection/Maintenance Heated Oxygen Sensor/Oxygen Sensor System Set
        • Description
        • Conditions for Running
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • Inspection/Maintenance Heated Oxygen Sensor Heater System Set
        • Description
        • Conditions for Running
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • Service Bay Test
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Description
        • Conditions for Running the Test
        • Test Procedure
    • Engine Control System & Fuel System - 4.2L - DTC P0013 To DTC P0134
      • DTC P0013
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0014
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0017
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0030 or P0036
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0053 or P0054
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
          • Notes
          • P0053 or P0054
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • DTC Type Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0068
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0101 or P1101
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTCs
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • DTC Type Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0102 or P0103
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • DTC P0102
          • DTC P0103
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • DTC Type Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0106
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • DTC Type Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0107
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0108
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0112
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0113
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0116
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0117
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0118
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0120
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0121
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0122
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0123
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0128
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0131
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0132
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Rich Test Enable
          • Decel Fuel Cutoff Test Enable
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Notes
          • Rich Test
          • Decel Fuel Cutoff Test
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0133
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0134
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
    • Engine Control System & Fuel System - 4.2L - DTC P0135 To DTC P0420
      • DTC P0135 or P0141
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0137
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0138
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0140
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions For Setting The DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0171
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0172
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0205 or P0206
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0220
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0222
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0223
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0230
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0300-P0306
        • System Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0315
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0325
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0326
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0327 or P0332
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0335
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0336
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0351-P0356
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0365
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0366
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Near Engine Start (CMP Fast Event Based) Test
          • After Engine Start (CMP Slow Event Based Test)
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Near Engine Start (CMP Fast Event Based) Test
          • After Engine Start (CMP Slow Event Based Test)
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0411
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
          • Notes
          • Pump
          • Solenoid Valve
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0412
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • DTC Type Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0418
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • DTC Type Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0420
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When The DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • DTC Type Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
    • Engine Control System & Fuel System - 4.2L - DTC P0442 To DTC P2101
      • DTC P0442
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
          • Special Tools Required
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0443
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0446
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
          • Special Tools Required
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
          • Notes
          • Restriction
          • FTP Sensor
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0449
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0451
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
          • Special Tools Required
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0452
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0453
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0454
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
          • Special Tools Required
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0455
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
          • Special Tools Required
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0496
        • System Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0506
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0507
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0601, P0602, P0603, P0604, P0605, P0606, P0607, P060E, P1600, P1621, P1627, P1681, P1683 or P2610
        • Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Test Description
      • DTC P060D
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0641
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0650
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0651
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P1133
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1134
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1380
        • System Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC P1381
        • System Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1400
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
      • DTC P1516
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1682
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC P2101
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
    • Engine Control System & Fuel System - 4.2L - DTC P2119 To DTC P2A01
      • DTC P2119
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P2120
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P2122
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P2123
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P2125
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P2127
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P2128
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P2135
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P2138
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P2176
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P2430
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • DTC Type Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P2431
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • DTC Type Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P2432
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • DTC Type Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P2433
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • DTC Type Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P2440
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • DTC Type Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P2444
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • DTC Type Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P2A00
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P2A01
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Notes
          • Lean Intrusive Test
          • Rich Intrusive Test
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
  • Testing & Diagnosis
    • Engine Control System & Fuel System - 4.2L - Introduction (1 Of 2)
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
    • Engine Control System & Fuel System - 4.2L - Introduction (2 Of 2)
      • Specifications
        • Temperature Versus Resistance
        • Altitude Versus Barometric Pressure
        • Ignition System Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Emission Hose Routing Diagram
        • Evaporative Emissions Hose Routing Diagram
        • Engine Controls Schematic Icons
        • Engine Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Controls Component Views
        • Powertrain Control Module Connectors
          • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) C1
          • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) C2
          • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) C3
        • Engine Controls Connectors
          • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor
          • Camshaft Actuator Solenoid Assembly
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor
          • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor
          • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor
          • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid
          • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid
          • Fuel Injector 1
          • Fuel Injector 2
          • Fuel Injector 3
          • Fuel Injector 4
          • Fuel Injector 5
          • Fuel Injector 6
          • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor
          • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Sensor 1
          • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Sensor 2
          • Ignition Coil 1
          • Ignition Coil 2
          • Ignition Coil 3
          • Ignition Coil 4
          • Ignition Coil 5
          • Ignition Coil 6
          • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 Front
          • Knock Sensor (KS) 2 Rear
          • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor
          • Mass Air Flow (MAF)/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor
          • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump (K18)
          • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay (K18)
          • Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid (K18)
          • Throttle Body
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Repair Instructions
        • Powertrain Control Module Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Position System Variation Learn
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mass Airflow Sensor/Intake Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Pressure Relief
        • Fuel Pressure Gage Installation and Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
          • Removal Procedure
        • Metal Collar Quick Connect Fitting Service
          • Tool Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Plastic Collar Quick Connect Fitting Service
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Draining
        • Fuel Tank Replacement (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Rainier)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Level Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Sender Assembly Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Hose/Pipes Replacement - Chassis
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel System Cleaning
        • Fuel Rail Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Cleaning
          • Tools Required
          • Cleaning Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Canister/Fuel Tank (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Rainier)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Engine/Chassis
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Replacement (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Rainier)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission System Cleaning
          • Tools Required
          • Inspection Procedure
          • EVAP Cleaning Procedure
        • Ignition Coil Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Usage
          • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Visual Inspection
        • Spark Plug Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knock Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Air Injection Pump Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Air Injection Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Air Injection Pump Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Element Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Outlet Resonator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Powertrain Control Module Description
          • Powertrain
          • Powertrain Control Module Function
          • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Operation
          • Trip
          • Warm-Up Cycle
          • Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs)
            • Notes
            • DTC Status
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) System Description
          • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Overview
          • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor
          • Throttle Body Assembly
          • Modes of Operation
            • Battery Saver Mode
            • Reduced Engine Power Mode
        • Camshaft Actuator System Description
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator System
          • CMP Actuator System Operation
          • CMP Actuator Solenoid Circuit Diagnostics
          • CMP Actuator System Performance Diagnostics
        • Fuel System Description
          • Fuel System Overview
          • Fuel Tank
          • Fuel Fill Pipe
          • Fuel Filler Cap
          • Fuel Sender Assembly
          • Fuel Level Sensor
          • Fuel Pump
          • Fuel Filter
          • Fuel Pressure Regulator Assembly
          • Fuel Feed Pipes
          • Nylon Fuel Pipes
          • Quick-Connect Fittings
          • Fuel Rail Assembly
          • Fuel Injectors
          • Fuel Metering Modes of Operation
          • Starting Mode
          • Clear Flood Mode
          • Run Mode
          • Acceleration Mode
          • Deceleration Mode
          • Battery Voltage Correction Mode
          • Fuel Cutoff Mode
          • Fuel Trim
        • Evaporative Emission Control System Description
          • EVAP System Operation
          • Large Leak Test
          • Small Leak Test
          • Canister Vent Restriction Test
          • EVAP Purge Solenoid Valve Leak Test
          • Check Gas Cap Message
          • EVAP System Components
            • Notes
            • EVAP Canister
            • EVAP Canister Purge Solenoid Valve
            • EVAP Canister Vent Solenoid Valve
            • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
            • EVAP Service Port
        • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Description
          • Notes
          • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor
          • Ignition Coils
          • Powertrain Control Module (PCM)
          • Modes of Operation
        • Knock Sensor (KS) System Description
          • Purpose
          • Sensor Description
        • Secondary Air Injection System Description
          • Notes
          • Results of Incorrect Operation
        • Air Intake System Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Engine Control System & Fuel System - 4.2L - Diagnosis & Troubleshooting
      • Symptoms - Engine Controls
        • Important Preliminary Checks Before Starting
        • Visual/Physical Check
      • Intermittent Conditions
      • Hard Start
      • Surges/Chuggles
      • Lack of Power, Sluggishness or Sponginess
      • Detonation/Spark Knock
      • Hesitation, Sag, Stumble
      • Cuts Out, Misses
      • Poor Fuel Economy
      • Poor Fuel Fill Quality
      • Rough, Unstable or Incorrect Idle and Stalling
      • Dieseling, Run-On
      • Backfire
      • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Inoperative
        • Circuit Description
        • MIL Operation
          • Notes
          • MIL Function
          • MIL Illumination
        • Test Description
      • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Always On
        • Circuit Description
        • MIL Operation
          • Notes
          • MIL Function
          • MIL Illumination
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Engine Cranks but Does Not Run
        • Description
        • Test Description
      • Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit Diagnosis
        • Circuit Description
      • Fuel System Diagnosis
        • System Description
      • Fuel Injector Diagnosis (w/J39021 or Tech 2)
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
          • Special Tools Required
        • Component Testing
          • Fuel Injector Coil Test
          • Fuel Injector Balance Test-Fuel Pressure Test
          • Fuel Injector Balance Test with Special Tool
          • Fuel Injector Balance Test with Tech 2
          • Pressure Drop Calculation
        • Repair Procedures
      • Fuel Injector Diagnosis (w/CH47976)
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Special Tools Required
        • Component Testing
          • Fuel Injector Coil Test
          • AFIT Test Procedure
        • Repair Procedures
      • Fuel Injector Circuit Diagnosis
        • Circuit Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • Fuel Tank Leak Test
        • Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis (without Special Tool)
        • Test Description
        • Alcohol in Fuel Testing Procedure
        • Particulate Contaminants in Fuel Testing Procedure
      • Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis (with Special Tool)
        • Description
        • Test Procedure
      • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
          • Special Tools Required
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Check
        • Description
        • Conditions for Updating the I/M System Status
        • Monitored Emission Control Systems
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Complete System Set Procedure
        • Description
        • Conditions for Running
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System DTC Table
      • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Catalyst System Set Procedure
        • Description
        • Conditions for Running
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • Inspection/Maintenance Evaporative Emission System Set
        • Description
        • Conditions for Running
          • Non Scan Tool Service Bay Test Equipped Vehicles
          • Scan Tool Service Bay Test Equipped Vehicles
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • Inspection/Maintenance Heated Oxygen Sensor/Oxygen Sensor System Set
        • Description
        • Conditions for Running
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • Inspection/Maintenance Heated Oxygen Sensor Heater System Set
        • Description
        • Conditions for Running
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • Service Bay Test
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Description
        • Conditions for Running the Test
        • Test Procedure
    • Engine Control System & Fuel System - 4.2L - DTC P0013 To DTC P0134
      • DTC P0013
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0014
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0017
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0030 or P0036
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0053 or P0054
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
          • Notes
          • P0053 or P0054
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • DTC Type Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0068
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0101 or P1101
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTCs
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • DTC Type Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0102 or P0103
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • DTC P0102
          • DTC P0103
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • DTC Type Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0106
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • DTC Type Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0107
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0108
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0112
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0113
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0116
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0117
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0118
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0120
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0121
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0122
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0123
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0128
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0131
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0132
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Rich Test Enable
          • Decel Fuel Cutoff Test Enable
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Notes
          • Rich Test
          • Decel Fuel Cutoff Test
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0133
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0134
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
    • Engine Control System & Fuel System - 4.2L - DTC P0135 To DTC P0420
      • DTC P0135 or P0141
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0137
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0138
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0140
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions For Setting The DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0171
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0172
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0205 or P0206
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0220
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0222
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0223
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0230
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0300-P0306
        • System Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0315
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0325
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0326
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0327 or P0332
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0335
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0336
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0351-P0356
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0365
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0366
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Near Engine Start (CMP Fast Event Based) Test
          • After Engine Start (CMP Slow Event Based Test)
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Near Engine Start (CMP Fast Event Based) Test
          • After Engine Start (CMP Slow Event Based Test)
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0411
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
          • Notes
          • Pump
          • Solenoid Valve
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0412
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • DTC Type Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0418
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • DTC Type Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0420
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When The DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • DTC Type Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
    • Engine Control System & Fuel System - 4.2L - DTC P0442 To DTC P2101
      • DTC P0442
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
          • Special Tools Required
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0443
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0446
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
          • Special Tools Required
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
          • Notes
          • Restriction
          • FTP Sensor
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0449
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0451
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
          • Special Tools Required
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0452
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0453
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0454
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
          • Special Tools Required
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0455
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
          • Special Tools Required
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0496
        • System Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0506
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0507
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0601, P0602, P0603, P0604, P0605, P0606, P0607, P060E, P1600, P1621, P1627, P1681, P1683 or P2610
        • Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Test Description
      • DTC P060D
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0641
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0650
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0651
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P1133
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1134
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1380
        • System Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC P1381
        • System Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1400
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
      • DTC P1516
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1682
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC P2101
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
    • Engine Control System & Fuel System - 4.2L - DTC P2119 To DTC P2A01
      • DTC P2119
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P2120
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P2122
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P2123
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P2125
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P2127
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P2128
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P2135
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P2138
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P2176
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P2430
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • DTC Type Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P2431
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • DTC Type Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P2432
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • DTC Type Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P2433
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • DTC Type Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P2440
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • DTC Type Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P2444
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
          • Connector End View Reference
          • Electrical Information Reference
          • DTC Type Reference
          • Scan Tool Reference
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P2A00
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P2A01
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Notes
          • Lean Intrusive Test
          • Rich Intrusive Test
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
• General Information
  • Abbreviations
    • Commonly Used Abbreviations - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "J"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "Q"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
  • Basic Trouble Shooting
    • Basic Trouble Shooting - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Accessories & Electrical
        • Charging System Trouble Shooting
        • Ignition System Trouble Shooting
        • Starter Trouble Shooting
      • Air Conditioning & Heat
        • Air Conditioning Trouble Shooting
        • Heater System Trouble Shooting
      • Brakes
        • Brake System Trouble Shooting
      • Engine Mechanical
        • Cooling System Trouble Shooting
        • Gasoline Engine - Mechanical Trouble Shooting
      • Engine Performance
        • Carburetor Trouble Shooting:
        • Diesel Engine Trouble Shooting
        • Fuel Injection Trouble Shooting
        • Ignition System Trouble Shooting
        • Starter Trouble Shooting
        • Tune-Up Trouble Shooting - Gas Engine Vehicles
        • Vacuum Pump - Diesel Trouble Shooting
      • Manual Transmission
        • Manual Transmission Trouble Shooting
      • Powertrain
        • Clutch Trouble Shooting
        • Drive Axle - Noise Diagnosis
          • Unrelated Noises
          • Non-Drive Axle Noises
          • Gear Noise
          • Chuckle
          • Knock
          • Clunk
          • Bearing Whine
          • Bearing Rumble
          • Chatter On Turns
          • Axle Shaft Noise
          • Vibration
        • Drive Axle - RWD Trouble Shooting
        • Fwd Axle Shafts & CV Joints Trouble Shooting
      • Steering & Suspension
        • Manual Steering Gear Trouble Shooting
        • Power Steering Trouble Shooting
        • Steering Column Trouble Shooting
        • Suspension Trouble Shooting
        • Wheel Alignment Trouble Shooting
    • Commonly Used Abbreviations - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "J"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "Q"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Engine Performance - Trouble Shooting - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Engine Performance
  • Brakes
    • Anti-Lock Brake Safety Precautions - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Anti-Lock Brake Safety Precautions
    • Map - Brake Systems
      • Brake Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Accelerometers
        • Accumulators
        • Anchor Pins
        • Anti-Lock Brake Control Assembly(Module)
        • Anti-Lock Brake Controller
        • Anti-Lock Brake Systems
        • Axle Seal
        • Backing Plates
        • Bleeder Screw
        • Brake Abs Active Light (Blue)
        • Brake Fluid
        • Brake Friction Material
        • Brake On - Off Switch
        • Brake Pads
        • Brake Pedals
        • Brake Shoe Hardware
        • Brake Shoes
        • Brake Stoplight Switches
        • Brake Warning Light (Amber)
        • Brake Warning Light (Red)
        • Bulb Sockets
        • Bulbs And LEDS
        • Caliper Hardware
        • Caliper Mounting Pin
        • Caliper Piston
        • Caliper Shim
        • Caliper Slider Pin (Bolt) Dust Boot
        • Caliper Slider Pin (Bolt)
        • Calipers
        • Combination Valve
        • Controllers
        • Digital Ratio Axle Controllers And Buffers (Drab And Dram)
        • Disable Switches
        • Drums
        • Electrical Brake Pumps
        • Electrical Park Motor
        • Electrical Pumps And Motors
        • Electro-Magnetic Interference
        • Electronic Brake Control Modulator
        • Electronic Brake Distribution
        • Electronic Brake Traction Control Module
        • Electronic Controllers
        • Electronic Traction Control
        • External Brake Cable
        • Flow Control Valve
        • Fluid Level Sensor Switches
        • Fluid
        • Four Wheel Drive Switches
        • Friction Material
        • G Sensors
        • Gaskets
        • Gravitational Switches
        • Grease Seal
        • Height Sensing Proportioning Valve
        • High Pressure Accumulator
        • Hoses
        • Hub
        • Hydraulic Control Unit
        • Hydraulic Modulators
        • Hydro-Boosters
        • Hydro-Electric Boosters (POWERMASTER)
        • Ignition Disable Switches
        • Lamp Driver Relay
        • Lateral Acceleration Switches
        • LEDS
        • Lenses
        • Low Pressure Accumulator
        • Lug Nut
        • Master Cylinder Cover Gasket
        • Master Cylinders
        • Modulators
        • Motor Pack
        • Motors
        • Pads
        • Parking Brake Cable
        • Parking Brake Mechanism
        • Parking Brake Shoes
        • Parking Brake Switches
        • Parking Brake Systems
        • Pedal Travel Switches
        • Pedals
        • Power Distribution Center
        • POWERMASTER
        • Pressure Differential Switches
        • Pressure Switches
        • Pressure Transducers
        • Proportioning Valve
        • Pumps
        • Relays
        • RELUCTOR (Speed) Ring
        • Rotors
        • Self-Adjusting Systems
        • Shoe Hardware
        • Shoes
        • Sockets
        • Speed Sensor (RELUCTOR) Ring
        • Speed Sensors (Electronic Wheel And Vehicle)
        • Star Wheel
        • Steel Brake Lines
        • Stoplight Switches
        • Stroke Sensor
        • Switches
        • Tires
        • Tone Ring
        • Toothed Rings (Tone Wheel)
        • Traction Control System (TCS)
        • Transfer Tubes
        • Vacuum Boosters
        • Vacuum Hoses
        • Valves
        • Wear Indicator
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
        • Wheel Cylinders
        • Wiring Harnesses
        • Yaw Rate Sensor
      • Brake System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Map - Routine Inspection Reference Guide
      • Routine Inspection Reference Guide
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Maintenance Overview
          • Antifreeze/Coolant
          • Visual Inspection
          • Radiator Cap Test
          • Engine Fan
          • Cooling System Power Flush And Refill
          • Belts (Except Timing Belts)
          • Belt TENSIONER
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Exchange & Filter Replacement
          • Engine Oil
          • Air Filters
          • Cabin Air Filter
          • Brake Fluid
          • Battery
          • Battery Cables
          • Power Steering
          • Power Steering Fluid
          • Wiper Blades
        • Routine Inspection CHECKSHEET
        • Routine Inspection - UICS
          • Brake Systems
            • Notes
            • Brake Fluid
            • Bulbs And LEDS
            • Hoses
            • Lenses
            • Lug Nut
            • Master Cylinder Cover Gasket
            • Parking Brake Cable
            • Vacuum Hoses
            • Wheel Attachment Hardware
            • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
          • Drivetrain And Transmission
            • Notes
            • Automatic Transmission Fluid
            • Clutch Master Cylinders
            • Cooler Lines
            • Coolers
            • Differential Fluid
            • Drain Plugs And Gaskets
            • Filters And Screens
            • Fluids And Lubricants
            • Hoses, Lines, And Tubes
            • Hydraulic Fluid
            • Lubricants
            • Manual Transmission Fluid
            • Mounts (Engine, Transaxle And Transmission)
            • Transfer Case Fluid
            • Vacuum Hoses
          • Electrical Systems
            • Batteries
            • Battery Cables
            • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
            • Bulbs, Sealed Beams And LEDS
            • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
            • Ground Cables And Straps
            • Ground Straps
            • Lenses
            • Sealed Beams
            • Washer Pumps
            • Wiper Arms And Blades
            • Wiper Hoses And Nozzles
            • Wiper Pump Reservoirs
          • Engine Performance And Maintenance
            • Notes
            • Accessory Belts
            • Air Filter Elements
            • Air Filter Gaskets
            • Air Filter Housings And Gaskets
            • Air Pump Belts
            • Batteries
            • Battery Connectors
            • Belt Idler Assemblies (Accessory And Cam Belts)
            • Belt TENSIONERS (Accessory And Cam Belt)
            • Chemical Engine DECARBONIZATION
            • Combustion Chamber Cleaning
            • Coolant Recovery Tanks
            • Coolant
            • Distributor Caps
            • Distributor Rotors
            • Engine Cooling Systems
            • Engine DECARBONIZATION
            • Engine Oil Drain Plugs And Gaskets
            • Engine Oil Filters And Canisters
            • Engine Oil
            • Fuel Filters
            • Fuel Injector Cleaning
            • Fuel Injectors
            • Fuel System Cleaning Service
            • Hose Clamps
            • Hose Connectors
            • Hose Couplers
            • Hoses And Tubes (Fuel Lines, Radiator, Vacuum, By-Pass, Heater, Recovery Tank And Oil Coolers)
            • Ignition Wires (Secondary)
            • Intake Cleaning
            • O2 Sensors
            • PCV Breather Elements
            • PCV Valves
            • Radiator Caps And Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
            • Spark Plugs
            • Thermostats And Housings
            • Throttle Body Cleaning
            • Timing Belts
            • Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And Connections (Non-Metallic)
          • Exhaust Systems
            • Notes
            • Exhaust And Tail Pipes
          • Heating, Ventilation And Air Conditioning Systems
            • Notes
            • Belts
            • Cabin Air Filters
            • Coolant
            • Evaporator Drain Tubes
            • Evaporator Filters
            • In-Line Filters
            • Vacuum Hoses And Tubes
          • Steering And Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels And Tires
            • Notes
            • Hydraulic Hoses
            • Power Steering Belts
            • Power Steering Fluid
            • Power Steering Hoses
            • Shock Absorbers, Strut Cartridges And Strut Assemblies
            • Strut Rods
            • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
            • Tire Pressure Sensors
            • Tires
            • Valve Stems
            • Wheel Attachment Hardware
            • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
      • Wheel & Tire Supplement
        • Notes
        • Tires
        • Mounting Tires
        • Vehicle Tire Placard
        • Tire Rotation
        • Wheel Lug Nut Torque & Clamping Force
        • Popular Tire Rotation Patterns
        • Wheels And Rims
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring Systems
        • Wheels & Tires CHECKSHEET
        • Wheel & Tire - UICS
          • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
          • Tire Pressure Sensors
          • Tires
          • Wheel Alignment
          • Wheel Attachment Hardware
          • Wheels (Rims)
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
  • Check Lists
    • Symptom Check List Worksheet - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Purpose
        • Notes
        • Why Use the Symptom Check List Worksheets?
        • Making the Worksheets a Part of Your Normal Routine
      • Symptom Check List Worksheets
        • Condensed Version - All On One Page
        • Full Version - All On Four Pages
        • Individual System-Based Check Lists
  • OBD-II Drive Cycles
    • * Please Read This First *
    • Drive Cycles
      • Drive Cycle
  • Driveline/Axles
    • Drive Axle Noise Diagnosis - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Unrelated Noises
      • Non-Drive Axle Noises
      • Gear Noise
      • Chuckle
      • Knock
      • Clunk
      • Bearing Whine
      • Bearing Rumble
      • Chatter On Turns
      • Axle Shaft Noise
      • Vibration
    • Gear Tooth Contact Patterns - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Inspection
        • Notes
        • Gear Tooth Contact Pattern
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Gear Backlash & Pinion Shim Changes
    • Map - Drive Train & Transmission
      • Drive Train & Transmission Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Drivetrain And Transmission
        • Notes
        • Actuators (Electrical)
        • Actuators (Vacuum)
        • Automatic Transmission / Transaxle Assemblies/CVTS
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid
        • Axles
        • Bearings And Races
        • Bell Cranks
        • Bell Housings
        • Bushings (External)
        • Cables (Speedometer)
        • Cables (TV, Detent And Shift)
        • Carrier Bearings
        • Clutch Cables And Cable Housings
        • Clutch Discs (Manual Transmissions)
        • Clutch Forks
        • Clutch Linkages (Mechanical)
        • Clutch Master Cylinders
        • Clutch Pedals
        • Clutch Pivots
        • Clutch Pressure Plates
        • Clutch Release Bearings
        • Clutch Slave Cylinders (Concentric)
        • Clutch Slave Cylinders (Conventional Or External)
        • Companion Flanges
        • Connectors
        • Cooler Bypass Valves
        • Cooler Lines
        • Coolers
        • CV Joints
        • Differential And Final Drive Assemblies
        • Differential Fluid
        • Dip Stick Tubes
        • Dip Sticks (Fluid Level Indicators)
        • Dowel Pins, Guides And Pilot Holes
        • Drain Plugs And Gaskets
        • Drive Shaft Flanges
        • Drive Shafts And Half Shafts
        • Dust Boots
        • Engine Mounts
        • Exciter Rings
        • Filler Tubes
        • Filters And Screens
        • Flanges
        • Flex Plates
        • Fluid Level Indicators
        • Fluids And Lubricants
        • Flywheels
        • Force Motors
        • Gaskets
        • Guides
        • Half Shafts
        • Hoses, Lines, And Tubes
        • Housings (Bell, Case, Tail(Extension) And Auxiliary)
        • Hydraulic Fluid
        • Intermediate Shaft Support Bearings
        • Key Interlock Systems
        • Limited Slips
        • Lines
        • Linkages (External)
        • Locking Hub Assemblies
        • Locking Hub Control Knobs
        • Lubricants
        • Manual Transmission Fluid
        • Manual Transmission/Transaxle Assemblies
        • Metal Clad Seals
        • METALASTIC Joints
        • Modulator Pins
        • Modulators
        • Mounts (Engine, Transaxle And Transmission)
        • Odometer Drives (Mechanical)
        • Odometer Heads (Mechanical)
        • Oil Pans
        • Pans
        • Pilot Holes
        • Pressure Plates
        • Pressure Switches
        • Races
        • Rubber Joints (METALASTIC)
        • Screens
        • Seals (Metal Clad)
        • Seals
        • Selector Interlock Systems
        • Sensors
        • Servos
        • Shift Interlock Systems (Selector And Key Interlock Systems)
        • Side Covers
        • Slip Yokes
        • Solenoids
        • Speed Sensors (Electronic Wheel And Vehicle)
        • Speedometer- Driven Gear Housing
        • Speedometer/Odometer Drives (Mechanical)
        • Speedometer/Odometer Heads (Mechanical)
        • Speedometers/Odometers (Electronic)
        • Switches
        • Tone Wheels
        • Toothed Rings (Tone Wheel)
        • Torque Converters
        • Transaxle Mounts
        • Transducers (Transmission)
        • Transfer Case Assemblies
        • Transfer Case Fluid
        • Transmission Coolers
        • Transmission Mounts
        • Transmission Pans
        • Transmission Range Indicators (PRNDL)
        • Tubes
        • Universal Joints (CARDAN Or Cross Type)
        • Vacuum Controls
        • Vacuum Hoses
        • Vacuum Motors
        • Vacuum-Operated Switches
        • Vehicle Speed Sensors
        • Vents
        • Vibration Dampers
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Speed Sensors
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
        • Yokes And Slip Yokes
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Trouble Shooting - Clutches - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • All Models
  • DTC Index
    • Ordered DTC Index
  • Electrical
    • Map - Electrical Systems
      • Electrical Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Actuator Motors (Electric)
        • Actuator Motors (Vacuum)
        • Air Bags
        • Alternators And Generators
        • Amplifiers
        • Antennas
        • Batteries
        • Battery Cables, Wires And Connectors
        • Battery Cables
        • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
        • Battery Wires
        • Belts
        • Bulb Sockets
        • Bulbs, Sealed Beams And LEDS
        • Cd Players
        • Cigarette Lighter Assemblies
        • Circuit Breakers
        • Clutch Switches
        • Connectors
        • Control Modules
        • Cruise Control Brake Switches
        • Cruise Control Cables
        • Cruise Control Clutch Switches
        • Cruise Control Linkages And Cables
        • Cruise Control Reservoirs
        • Cruise Control Tubes
        • Cruise Control Vacuum Dump Release Valves
        • Cruise Control Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And
        • Cruise Control Vehicle Speed Sensors
        • Defoggers
        • Defrosters
        • Delays
        • Dimmers
        • Electric Heaters
        • Equalizers
        • Fuse Blocks
        • Fuse Boxes And Blocks
        • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
        • Fusible Links
        • Gauges
        • Generators
        • Ground Cables And Straps
        • Ground Straps
        • Headlight Adjusters
        • Heating Elements (Defrosters, Defoggers, Electric Heaters And Seats)
        • Horns And Sirens
        • Ignition Switches
        • Indicator Lights
        • Keyless Entry Keypads And Transmitters
        • Keyless Entry Transmitters
        • LEDS
        • Lenses
        • Microphones
        • Mirrors (ELECTROCHROMATIC And Heated)
        • Motors
        • Neutral Safety Switches
        • Odometers, Speedometers And Tachometers (Cable Driven)
        • Odometers
        • Power Distribution Center
        • Pulleys
        • Receivers, Amplifiers, Equalizers And Sub-Woofer Volume Controls
        • Relay Boxes
        • Relays
        • Sealed Beams
        • Seat Heaters
        • Security Alarm Sensors
        • Sirens
        • Solenoids
        • Speakers And Microphones
        • Speedometer And Tachometer Linkages And Cables
        • Speedometer Cables
        • Speedometers
        • Starters
        • Sub-Woofer Volume Control
        • Switches
        • Tachometer Cables
        • Tachometers
        • Tape Players And Cd Players
        • TENSIONERS
        • Timers
        • Transceivers
        • Transducers
        • Vacuum Accumulators (Reservoirs)
        • Voltage Regulators
        • Washer Fluid Level Senders
        • Washer Pumps
        • Wiper Arms And Blades
        • Wiper Blades
        • Wiper Hoses And Nozzles
        • Wiper Linkages
        • Wiper Nozzles
        • Wiper Pump Reservoirs
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Battery, Starting & Charging System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
  • Engine
    • Engine Overhaul Procedures - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Description
      • Engine Identification
      • Inspection Procedures
        • * Please Read This First *
        • General
        • Magnetic Particle Inspection
          • Notes
          • Magnaflux & Magnaglo
        • Penetrant Inspection
          • Notes
          • Zyglo
          • Dye Check
        • Ultrasonic Inspection
        • X-Ray Inspection
        • Pressure Testing
      • Cleaning Procedures
        • * Please Read This First *
        • General
        • Bead Blasting
        • Chemical Cleaning
      • Component Cleaning
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Sheet Metal Parts
        • Intake & Exhaust Manifolds
      • Cylinder Head Replacement
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Removal
        • Installation
        • Valve Adjustment
      • Cylinder Head Overhaul
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Cylinder Head Disassembly
        • Cylinder Head Cleaning & Inspection
        • Valve Springs
        • Valve Guide
          • Notes
          • Measuring Valve Guide Clearance
          • Reaming Valve Guide
          • Replacing Valve Guide
        • Valves & Valve Seats
          • Notes
          • Valve Grinding
          • Valve Lapping
          • Valve Seat Grinding
          • Valve Seat Replacement
          • Valve Seat Concentricity
        • Cylinder Head Reassembly
          • Notes
          • Valve Stem Installed Height
        • Valve Stem Oil Seals
          • Notes
          • Replacement (On-Vehicle)
        • Valve Spring Installed Height
        • Rocker Arms & Assemblies
          • Notes
          • Rocker Studs
          • Rocker Arms & Shafts
        • Push Rods
        • Lifters
          • Notes
          • Hydraulic Lifters
          • Mechanical Lifters
      • Pistons, Connecting Rods & Bearings
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Ridge Removal
        • Piston & Connecting Rod Removal
        • Piston & Connecting Rod
          • Notes
          • Disassembly
          • Cleaning
          • Inspection
        • Piston & Cylinder Bore Fit
        • Assembling Piston & Connecting Rod
        • Checking Piston Ring Clearances
        • Piston & Connecting Rod Installation
        • Connecting Rod Side Clearance
        • Main & Connecting Rod Bearing Clearance
          • Notes
          • Plastigage Method
          • Micrometer & Telescopic Gauge Method
      • Crankshaft & Main Bearings
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Removal
        • Cleaning & Inspection
        • Installation
        • Crankshaft End Play
          • Notes
          • Dial Indicator Method
          • Feeler Gauge Method
        • Cylinder Block
          • Notes
          • Block Cleaning
          • Block Inspection
          • Cylinder Bore Inspection
          • Cylinder Honing
          • Deck Warpage
          • Deck Height
          • Main Bearing Bore & Alignment
          • Expansion Plug Removal
          • Expansion Plug Installation
          • Oil Gallery Plug Removal
          • Oil Gallery Plug Installation
      • Camshaft
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Cleaning & Inspection
        • Camshaft Bearings
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Camshaft Installation
        • Camshaft End Play
      • Timing Chains & Belts
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Timing Chains
        • Timing Belts
        • Tension Adjustment
      • Timing Gears
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Timing Gear Backlash & RUNOUT
        • Rear Main Oil Seal Installation
          • Notes
          • One-Piece Type Seal
          • Rope Type Seal
          • Split-Rubber Type Seal
      • Oil Pump
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Rotor Type
        • Gear Type
      • Break-In Procedure
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Engine Pre-Oiling
        • Initial Start-Up
        • Camshaft
        • Piston Rings
        • Final Adjustments
    • General Cooling System Service - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Description
      • Maintenance
        • Draining
        • Flushing
          • Notes
          • Radiator
          • Engine Block
        • Refilling
      • Testing
        • Thermostat
        • Pressure Testing
          • Notes
          • Radiator Cap
          • Cooling System
  • Engine Performance
    • Electrostatic Discharge Warning - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Introduction
      • Handling Static-Sensitive Circuits/Devices
      • Checking Static-Sensitive Circuits/Devices
    • Engine Performance Diagnostic Routine Outline - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Where Does DRIVEABILITY Diagnosis Start?
        • Perform Basic Inspection
        • Check For Trouble Codes
        • Diagnose Symptom
        • Test System
    • Engine Performance Safety Precautions
      • Engine Performance Safety Precautions
    • Map - Engine Performance & Maintenance
      • Engine Performance And Maintenance (Including Exhaust Systems)
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Engine Performance & Maintenance CHECKSHEET
      • Engine Performance And Maintenance
        • Notes
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor
        • Accessory Belts
        • Accessory Pulleys
        • Air Conditioning Cycling Switches
        • Air Conditioning Pressure Sensors
        • Air Ducts And Tubes
        • Air Filter Elements
        • Air Filter Gaskets
        • Air Filter Housings And Gaskets
        • Air Fuel Ratio Sensors
        • Air Injection Control Solenoids
        • Air Plenums
        • Air Pump Belts
        • Air Pumps (Electric Driven)
        • Air Tubes
        • Aspirator, Check And DECEL Valves
        • Baffles
        • Ballast Primary Supply Resistor Wires
        • Ballast Resistors And Primary Supply Resistors
        • Barometric Pressure Sensors
        • Batteries
        • Battery Cables, Wires And Connectors
        • Battery Connectors
        • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
        • Battery Wires
        • Belt Idler Assemblies (Accessory And Cam Belts)
        • Belt TENSIONERS (Accessory And Cam Belt)
        • Belt-Driven Air Pumps
        • Boost Control Mechanism
        • Camshaft Position Sensors
        • Carburetors And Chokes
        • Casting Core Plugs And Expansion Plugs
        • Charge Air Coolers ""INTERCOOLERS"" (CAC)
        • Check Valves
        • Chemical Engine DECARBONIZATION
        • Chokes
        • Clutch Pedal Position Switches
        • Cold Start Injectors
        • Combustion Chamber Cleaning
        • Connectors
        • Coolant Recovery Tanks
        • Coolant
        • Cooling Fan Motor Modules
        • Cooling Fan Motor Relays And Modules
        • Cooling Fan Motor Resistors
        • Cooling Fan Motor Sensors And Switches
        • Cooling Fan Motor Switches
        • Cooling Fan Motors
        • Crankshaft Position Sensors
        • Cylinder Deactivation Solenoid
        • Cylinder Head Assemblies
        • DECEL Valves
        • Deflectors
        • Dip Stick Tubes
        • Dip Sticks And Tubes
        • Distributor Advances And Retarders (Mechanical And Vacuum)
        • Distributor Boots And Shields
        • Distributor Caps
        • Distributor Retarders (Mechanical And Vacuum)
        • Distributor Rotors
        • Distributor Shields
        • Distributors
        • Early Fuel Evaporation Valves (Heat Riser Assemblies)
        • EGR Coolers
        • EGR Exhaust Manifold Passages
        • EGR Intake And Exhaust Manifold Passages
        • EGR Plates And Coolers
        • Electronic Spark Control Modules
        • Electronic Transmission Control Devices
        • Electronic Transmission Feedback Devices
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensors
        • Engine Cooling Systems
        • Engine Covers (Oil Pan, Valve Cover, Timing Cover)
        • Engine DECARBONIZATION
        • Engine Oil Canisters
        • Engine Oil Coolers (External)
        • Engine Oil Drain Plugs And Gaskets
        • Engine Oil Filters And Canisters
        • Engine Oil Gaskets
        • Engine Oil Pressure Gauges (Mechanical)
        • Engine Oil
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Filters
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Purge Devices
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canisters
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Feedback Devices
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION Devices
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION Feedback Devices
        • Expansion Plugs
        • Fan Control Sensor
        • Fuel Accumulators And Dampers
        • Fuel And Cold Start Injectors
        • Fuel Caps
        • Fuel Dampers
        • Fuel Delivery Check Valves
        • Fuel Distributors (BOSCH Cis)
        • Fuel Filler Necks And RESTRICTORS
        • Fuel Filters
        • Fuel Injector Cleaning
        • Fuel Injectors
        • Fuel Level Senders
        • Fuel Pressure Regulators
        • Fuel Pumps (In-Tank, External, Electrical Or Mechanical)
        • Fuel Rails
        • Fuel RESTRICTORS
        • Fuel System Cleaning Service
        • Fuel Tanks
        • Fuel
        • Gaskets
        • Grommets (Valve Cover)
        • Harmonic Dampers
        • Heater Control Valves
        • Heater Cores
        • Hose Clamps
        • Hose Connectors
        • Hose Couplers
        • Hoses And Tube Couplers, Connectors And Clamps
        • Hoses And Tubes (Fuel Lines, Radiator, Vacuum, By-Pass, Heater, Recovery Tank And Oil Coolers)
        • Housings
        • Idle Air Controls
        • Idle Speed Control Actuators
        • Ignition Boots
        • Ignition Coil Towers
        • Ignition Coils
        • Ignition Control Modules (ICM)
        • Ignition Switches
        • Ignition Terminals
        • Ignition Wires (Secondary)
        • Inertia Fuel Shut-Off Switches
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensors
        • Intake Cleaning
        • Intake Manifolds
        • In-Tank Fuel Strainers
        • INTERCOOLERS
        • Knock Sensors
        • Liquid Vapor Separators
        • Long Block Assemblies
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (Map) Sensors
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensors
        • Metal Air Manifolds And Pipes
        • Metal Air Pipes
        • Mix Control Solenoids
        • Motor Mounts
        • O2 Sensors
        • Oil Pans
        • Oil Pressure Sending Units
        • Oil Pump Pick-Up Screens
        • Oil Pumps
        • O-Rings, Gaskets, Seals And Spring Locks
        • Park Neutral Position Switches
        • PCV Breather Elements
        • PCV Orifices
        • PCV Valves
        • Pick-Up Assemblies (Includes Magnetic, Hall Effect And Optical)
        • Power Steering Pressure Sensors
        • Powertrain Control Modules (Pcm) And Prom
        • Powertrain Control Prom
        • Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
        • Radiator / Cooling Fan Blades
        • Radiator / Cooling Fan Clutches
        • Radiator Caps And Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
        • Radiators
        • Roll Over Valves
        • Sealing Compounds
        • Seals
        • Secondary Air Injection System Management Devices
        • Sensors
        • Short Block Assemblies
        • Shrouds, Baffles And Deflectors
        • Spark Plugs
        • Spring Locks
        • Super Chargers
        • Switches
        • Thermal Vacuum Valves
        • Thermostatic Air Door Assemblies
        • Thermostats And Housings
        • Throttle Bodies
        • Throttle Body Cleaning
        • Throttle Cables
        • Throttle Linkages And Cables
        • Throttle Position Sensors
        • Throttle Position Switches
        • Timing Belt Sprockets
        • Timing Belts
        • Timing Covers
        • Torque Struts
        • Transmission Range Switches
        • Tube Clamps
        • Tube Connectors
        • Tube Couplers
        • Tubes
        • Turbo Chargers
        • Vacuum Connections
        • Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And Connections (Non-Metallic)
        • Vacuum Regulator Solenoids
        • Vacuum Tubes
        • Valve Covers
        • Vehicle Speed Senors
        • Volume Air Flow Sensors
        • Waste Gate And Boost Control Mechanisms
        • Waste Gate Control Solenoids
        • Water Pumps (Electric)
        • Water Pumps (Non-Electric)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Parasitic Load Explanation & Test Procedures - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • General Information
      • Testing For Parasitic Load
        • Notes
        • CHRYSLER Ignition Off Draw (IOD) Test
        • Test Procedure Using Test Switch
        • Intermittent Parasitic Load Problems
        • Diode Check & Solenoid Test
        • Quad Driver Test
    • State Emission Standards - Diesel
      • ARIZONA
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • IDAHO
      • KENTUCKY
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • New YORK
      • OHIO
      • RHODE Island
      • UTAH
      • WASHINGTON
    • State Emission Standards - Gas
      • ALASKA
      • ARIZONA
      • CALIFORNIA
        • California Emission Standards ASM Tests
        • Legend
        • Pass/Fail Emission Standards = A+B / VTW
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • DELAWARE
      • District Of COLUMBIA
      • GEORGIA
      • IDAHO
      • ILLINOIS
      • INDIANA
      • KENTUCKY
      • MARYLAND
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • MISSOURI
      • NEVADA
      • New Jersey
      • New MEXICO
      • New YORK
      • North CAROLINA
      • OHIO
      • OREGON
      • PENNSYLVANIA
      • RHODE Island
      • TENNESSEE
      • TEXAS
      • UTAH
      • VIRGINIA
      • WASHINGTON
      • WISCONSIN
      • U. S. EPA ASM2525 & ASM5015 Start-Up Emission Standards
      • U. S. EPA Revised Final ASM Emission Standards (ASM5015 & ASM2525)
      • U.S. EPA Im240 Emission Standards
        • Start-Up Standards
        • Final Standards
    • Waveforms - Injector Pattern Tutorial - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Purpose Of This Article
        • Notes
        • Scope Of This Article
      • Is A Lab Scope Necessary?
        • Introduction
        • Overview Of NOID Light
          • Notes
          • Use the Right Noid Light
        • Overview Of DVOM
          • Notes
          • Checking Injector Resistance
          • Checking Available Voltage At the Injector
          • Checking Injector On-Time With Built-In Function
          • Checking Injector On-Time With Dwell Or Duty
          • How A Duty Cycle Meter and Dwell Meter Work
          • Strengths of Dwell/Duty Meter
          • Weaknesses of Dwell/Duty Meter
      • The Two Types Of Injector Drivers
        • Notes
        • Overview
        • Voltage Controlled Circuit ("Saturated Switch")
        • Current Controlled Circuit ("Peak & Hold")
      • The Two Ways Injector Circuits Are Wired
      • Interpreting Injector Waveforms
        • Notes
        • Interpreting A Voltage Controlled Pattern
        • Interpreting A Current Controlled Pattern
      • Current Waveform Samples
        • Notes
        • Example #1 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #2 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #3 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #4 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #5 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #6 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #7 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #8 - Current Controlled Driver
      • Voltage Waveform Samples
        • Notes
        • Example #1 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #2 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #3 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #4 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #5 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #6 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #7 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #8 - Current Controlled Driver
  • Map - Exhaust Systems
    • Exhaust Systems
      • Notes
      • Map Standards Of Service
      • The Map Process - Overview
      • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Catalytic Converters
      • Exhaust And Tail Pipes
      • Exhaust Connections
      • Hangers
      • Heat Risers (Mechanical EFE Devices)
      • Heat Shields
      • Manifolds (Cast And Tube Type)
      • Mechanical EFE Devices
      • Muffler Valve
      • Mufflers And Resonators
    • Reason Code Explanation
  • Heating, Ventilation & A/C (HVAC)
    • Map - Heating, Ventilation, & Air Conditioning
      • Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Accumulators
        • Actuators (Electrical)
        • Actuators (Vacuum)
        • Air Conditioning Fittings
        • Air Conditioning Hoses
        • Air Conditioning Metal Lines
        • Air Control Doors
        • Air Dams (External)
        • Air Distribution System
        • Belts
        • Blend Doors
        • Blower Fans (Blower Wheel Or Squirrel Cage)
        • Blower Motors
        • Blower Resistors
        • Blower Switches
        • Cabin Air Filters
        • Circuit Breakers
        • Compressor Clutch Assemblies
        • Compressors
        • Condenser Air Seals
        • Condenser Fan Motors
        • Condensers
        • Connectors
        • Control Cables
        • Control Heads (Function Selectors)
        • Control Linkages
        • Control Modules
        • Coolant
        • Cooling Fan Blades
        • Cooling Fan Clutches
        • Cooling Fan Motors
        • Evaporator Drain Tubes
        • Evaporator Filters
        • Evaporator Pressure Regulators (EPRS)
        • Evaporators
        • Expansion Valves
        • Function Selectors
        • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
        • Fusible Links
        • Gaskets
        • Heater Cases
        • Heater Control Valves
        • Heater Cores
        • Heater Hoses
        • High Pressure Relief Valves (HPRV)
        • Idlers
        • In-Line Filters
        • Metal Fittings
        • Metal Lines
        • Mix And Air Control Doors (Blend Doors)
        • ORIFACE Tubes
        • O-Rings
        • Pilot-Operated Absolutes (POAS)
        • Plenums
        • Pressure Control Valves
        • Pressure Sensors
        • Pulleys
        • Radiators
        • Receiver-DRIERS
        • Refrigerant Oil
        • Refrigerant
        • Relays
        • Seals
        • Service Ports
        • Spring Lock Couplings
        • Suction Throttling Valves (STVS)
        • Switches (Electrical)
        • TENSIONERS
        • Thermistors And Pressure Sensors
        • Thermostats And Housings
        • Vacuum Hoses And Tubes
        • Vacuum Reservoirs
        • Vacuum Tubes
        • Valves In Receiver (VIRS)
        • Water Pumps (Electric Auxiliary)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
  • Hoist/Jack
    • General Information
      • Introduction
        • US English/Metric Conversion
        • Equivalents - Decimal and Metric
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Diagnostic Work Sheets
        • Training
          • Dealers
          • Fleets
          • Non-GM Dealer Technicians
        • Vehicle, Engine and Transmission, Transfer Case, Axle ID and VIN Location, Derivative and Usage
          • Notes
          • 4.2L (LL8) Engine ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • 5.3L (LH6) Engine ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • 6.0L (LS2) Engine ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • 4L60-E/4T65-E/4L70-E Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location
        • Label - Vehicle Certification, Tire Place Card, Anti-Theft and Service Parts ID
        • RPO Code Description
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
            • Notes
            • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Abbreviations and Meanings
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
        • Key and Lock Cylinder Coding
          • Use Instruction Sheet Supplied
        • Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Lifting
          • Vehicle Jacking
        • Strategy Based Diagnosis
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
  • Identification
    • CANADIAN Model Cross-Reference
      • * Please Read This First *
      • ACURA
      • ASUNA
      • AUDI
      • BMW
      • CHRYSLER Corp.
        • CHRYSLER
        • Dodge
        • Eagle
        • PLYMOUTH
      • General Motors
        • BUICK
        • CHEVROLET
        • GMC
        • OLDSMOBILE
        • Optima
        • PONTIAC
      • HYUNDAI
      • Jaguar
      • KIA
      • MAZDA
      • MERCEDES-BENZ
      • Mercury
      • MERKUR
      • MITSUBISHI
      • NISSAN
      • RENAULT
      • SATURN
      • Smart
      • SUBARU
      • SUZUKI
      • TOYOTA
      • VOLKSWAGEN
      • VOLVO
      • All Others
  • Metric Conversions
    • Engine Displacement Conversion Table - ECAT
      • Conversion Table
    • Metric Conversions
      • Metric Conversions
        • Notes
        • Length
        • Volume
        • Torque
        • Pressure
      • Conversion Factors
  • OEM General Information
    • General Information
      • Introduction
        • US English/Metric Conversion
        • Equivalents - Decimal and Metric
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Diagnostic Work Sheets
        • Training
          • Dealers
          • Fleets
          • Non-GM Dealer Technicians
        • Vehicle, Engine and Transmission, Transfer Case, Axle ID and VIN Location, Derivative and Usage
          • Notes
          • 4.2L (LL8) Engine ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • 5.3L (LH6) Engine ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • 6.0L (LS2) Engine ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • 4L60-E/4T65-E/4L70-E Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location
        • Label - Vehicle Certification, Tire Place Card, Anti-Theft and Service Parts ID
        • RPO Code Description
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
            • Notes
            • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Abbreviations and Meanings
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
        • Key and Lock Cylinder Coding
          • Use Instruction Sheet Supplied
        • Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Lifting
          • Vehicle Jacking
        • Strategy Based Diagnosis
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
    • Programming And Setup - All Systems
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Control Module References
      • Repair Instructions
        • Service Programming System (SPS)
        • Audio Amplifier Programming and Setup
        • Body Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Introduction
          • Programming the BCM
          • Programming Theft Deterrent System Components
          • Relearn Restraints ID
        • Communication Interface Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Communication Interface Module Replacement
        • Digital Radio Receiver Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Radio Replacement
        • Door Control Module Programming and Setup
        • Electronic Brake Control Module Programming and Setup
          • EBCM Replacement
          • EBCM Reprogramming
          • Yaw Rate Sensor/Lateral Accelerometer Replacement
        • Engine Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • ECM Replacement
          • ECM Reprogramming
          • Setup for Component Replacement
        • Garage Door Opener Programming and Setup
        • HVAC Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • HVAC Control Module Replacement
          • HVAC Control Module Reprogramming
          • Actuator Replacement
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module Programming and Setup
          • Introduction
        • Inside Rear View Mirror Programming and Setup
          • Compass Calibration and Variance Procedures
        • Instrument Cluster Programming and Setup
        • Liftgate Control Module Programming and Setup
        • Memory Seat Control Module Programming and Setup
        • Passenger Presence System Programming and Setup
          • Introduction
          • Passenger Presence System (PPS) Rezeroing Procedure
        • Powertrain Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Replacement
          • PCM Reprogramming
          • Setup for Component Replacement
        • Radio Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Radio Replacement
          • With RPO UM8
        • Sunroof Control Module Programming and Setup
        • Theft Deterrent Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Tools Required
          • Procedure to Set Up a New Theft Deterrent Control Module
          • 10 Minute Re-Learn Procedure
        • Transmission Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Transmission Control Module (TCM) Replacement
          • TCM Reprogramming
          • TCM Setup
    • Vehicle Diagnostic Information
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Strategy Based Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Procedure Instructions
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
          • Repair Verification
        • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
        • Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
          • Emissions Related DTCs
          • Non-Emissions Related DTCs
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle
        • Symptoms - Vehicle
          • General Information
          • Body Systems
          • Brakes
          • Driveline/Axle
          • Driver Information and Entertainment
          • Engine
          • HVAC
          • Power and Signal Distribution
          • Roof
          • Safety and Security
          • Seats
          • Steering
          • Suspension
          • Transmission/Transaxle
        • Diagnostic Repair Verification
    • Vibration Symptoms Diagnosis And Correction
      • Specifications
        • Tire and Wheel Runout Specifications
        • Propeller Shaft Runout Specifications
        • Driveline Runout Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Vibration Diagnosis and Correction
          • Notes
          • Vibration Diagnostic Process
          • Preliminary Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Vibration Analysis - Road Testing
          • Test Description
        • Component Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Tools Required
          • Tire Rotational Speed
            • Determining Tire Revolutions Per Second at 8 km/h (5 mph) - Using EVA
            • Calculating Tire Revolutions Per Second at 8 km/h (5 mph) - Without EVA
          • Calculating Tire Revolutions Per Second or Hz at Concern Speed
          • Calculating Propeller Shaft Revolutions Per Second or Hz at Concern Speed
          • Component Rotational Speed Worksheet
        • Vibration Analysis - Tire and Wheel
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Driveline
        • Vibration Analysis - Hub and/or Axle Input
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine
          • Test Description
        • Engine Order Classification
          • Engine First Order Classification
          • Engine Firing Frequency Classification
          • Other Engine Order Classification
          • Engine Driven Accessories Related to Engine Order
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine/Accessory Isolation
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine Balance
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Intermittent or Not Duplicated
          • Notes
          • Specific Conditions Can Affect the Condition
          • Temperature, Ground-Out, Accessory Load
            • Flat Spots on Tires
            • Irregular Wear on Tire Treads
            • Exhaust System Growth
            • Engine-Driven Accessory Noises
          • Vehicle Payload
            • Notes
            • Heavy Payload
            • Trailer Towing
          • Roadway Selection
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Component Not Identified
          • Notes
          • Aftermarket Add-On Accessories
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Difficult to Isolate/Balance Component
          • Notes
          • Driveline Torque-Load Conditions
          • Difficult to System Balance the Driveline
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Appears to Be Potential Operating Characteristic
          • Notes
          • Check Service Bulletins
        • Symptoms - Vibration Diagnosis and Correction
          • Notes
          • Symptom Tables
        • Vehicle-to-Vehicle Diagnostic Comparison
        • Tire and Wheel Inspection
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Runout Measurement - On-Vehicle
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Runout Measurement - Off Vehicle
          • Runout Measurement - Tire Mounted
          • Wheel Runout Measurement - Tire Dismounted
        • Brake Rotor/Drum Balance Inspection
        • Hub/Axle Flange and Wheel Stud Runout Inspection
          • Tools Required
          • Inspection procedure
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Isolation Test
          • Force Variation
          • Radial Force Variation
          • Lateral Force Runout
          • Isolation Test Procedure
        • Vibration in Service-Stall Test (Non-Torque Sensitive)
          • Tools Required
          • Test Procedure
        • Vibration in Service-Stall Test (Torque Sensitive)
          • Tools Required
          • Test Procedure
        • Transfer Case Output Flange Runout Measurement
          • Tools Required
          • Measurement Procedure
        • Propeller Shaft Runout Measurement
          • Tools Required
          • Measurement Procedure
        • Torque Tube Input Flange Runout Measurement
          • Tools Required
          • Measurement Procedure
        • Pinion Flange Runout Measurement
          • Tools Required
          • System Balanced Flange
          • Non-System Balanced Flange
        • Differential Pinion Input Shaft Runout Measurement
          • Tools Required
          • Measurement Procedure
        • Driveline Working Angles Measurement
          • Tools Required
          • Measurement Procedure
        • Propeller Shaft Phasing Inspection
          • Tools Required
          • Inspection Procedure
      • Repair Instructions
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing - Off Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancer Calibration
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancer Calibration Test
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing Guidelines
            • Notes
            • Static Balance
            • Dynamic Balance
          • Balancing Procedure
          • Wheel Weight Usage
            • Notes
            • Clip-on Weights
            • Wheel Weight Placement - Clip-on Weights
            • Adhesive Weights
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing - On-Vehicle
          • Tools Required
          • Additional Balancing Information
        • Tire-to-Wheel Match-Mounting (Vectoring)
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly-to-Hub/Axle Flange Match-Mounting
        • Driveline System Balance Adjustment (Using EVA)
          • Notes
          • Tools Required
          • Adjustment Procedure Using EVA
          • Adjustment Procedure Without EVA
        • Driveline System Balance Adjustment (Without EVA)
          • Notes
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Driveline Working Angles Adjustment
        • Propeller Shaft Phasing Correction
          • One Piece Propeller Shaft Phasing Correction
          • Multiple-Piece Propeller Shaft Phasing Correction
      • Description and Operation
        • Vibration Theory and Terminology
          • Vibration Theory
          • Basic Vibration Terminology
          • Cycle
          • Frequency
          • Amplitude
          • Free Vibration
          • Forced Vibration
          • Centrifugal Force Due to an Imbalance
          • Natural or Resonant Frequency
          • Resonance
          • Damping
          • Beating (Phasing)
          • Order
        • Electronic Vibration Analyzer (EVA) Description and Operation
          • Tools Required
          • EVA Vibration Sensor
          • EVA Vibration Sensor Placement
          • EVA Vibration Sensor-to-Component Attachment
          • EVA Software Cartridge
          • EVA Smart Strobe Function
          • EVA Strobe Balancing Function
          • Averaging/Non-Averaging Modes
          • EVA Display
        • Vibrate Software Description and Operation
        • Reed Tachometer Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Warnings And Cautions
      • Introduction
        • Definition of Caution, Notice and Important
          • Notes
          • CAUTION Defined
          • NOTICE Defined
          • IMPORTANT Defined
        • ABS Component Handling Caution
        • Approved Equipment for Collision Repair Caution
        • Assistant Driving Caution
        • Batteries Produce Explosive Gases Caution
        • Battery Disconnect Caution
        • Brake Dust Caution
        • Brake Fluid Irritant Caution
        • Brake Pipe Replacement Caution
        • Breathing R-134a Caution
        • Clutch Dust Caution
        • Collision Sectioning Caution
        • Eye Protection Caution
        • Firm Brake Pedal Caution
        • Fuel and Evaporative Emission Pipe Caution
        • Fuel Gage Leak Caution
        • Fuel Pipe Fitting Caution
        • Fuel Rail Stop Bracket Installation Caution
        • Fuel Storage Caution
        • Fuel Vapors in Evaporative Emission Components Caution
        • Gasoline/Gasoline Vapors Caution
        • Glass and Sheet Metal Handling Caution
        • Halogen Bulb Caution
        • Lower O-Ring Removal Caution
        • Moving Parts and Hot Surfaces Caution
        • Prevent Accidental Deployment of the Head Restraint Retractor Assembly Caution
        • Relieving Fuel Pressure Caution
        • Road Test Caution
        • Safety Glasses Caution
        • Safety Glasses and Compressed Air Caution
        • Safety Goggles and Fuel Caution
        • Servicing the SIR System Caution
        • SIR Caution
        • SIR Deployed Inflator Modules Are Hot Caution
        • SIR Inflatable Module Deployment Outside Vehicle Caution
        • SIR Inflator Module Coil Caution
        • SIR Inflator Module Disposal Caution
        • SIR Inflator Module Handling and Storage Caution
        • SIR Seatbelt Pretensioner Handling Caution
        • SIR Special Tool Caution
        • Valve Springs Can Be Tightly Compressed Caution
        • Vehicle Lifting Caution
        • Window Retention Caution
        • Work Stall Test Caution
        • Anti-Corrosion Materials Notice
        • Belt Dressing Notice
        • Brake Caliper Notice
        • Brake Fluid Effects on Paint and Electrical Components Notice
        • Clean, Dry, Low Pressure Gas Source Notice
        • Clearcoat/Ultraviolet Screeners Notice
        • Component Fastener Tightening Notice
        • Damage to Fuel Tank Straps Notice
        • Differential Housing Cover and Gasket Removal Notice
        • Disengaging Connectors Notice
        • Emission Modification Notice
        • Engine Emission Notice
        • Engine Lifting Notice
        • Engine Mounting Notice
        • Excessive Force and Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • Exterior Trim Emblem Removal Notice
        • Fastener Notice
        • Fuel and Evaporative Emission Hose/Pipe Connection Cleaning Notice
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test Notice
        • Fuel Pressure Notice
        • Fuel Tank Strap Fastener Notice
        • Handling Electrostatic Discharge Sensitive Parts Notice
        • Handling Idle Air Control Valve Notice
        • Heated Oxygen and Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Resistance Learn Reset Notice
        • Ignition OFF When Disconnecting Battery Notice
        • Ignition Switch and Powertrain Control Module Connectors Notice
        • Installing Hoses without Twists or Bends Notice
        • Latched DTC B1018, B1024 Notice (SDM-RSD)
        • Liftgate Assist Rod Notice
        • Machined Surface Damage Notice
        • OBDII Symbol Description Notice
        • Pinion Flange/Yoke Installation Notice
        • Pipe Wrench Positioning Notice
        • Power Steering Hose Disconnected Notice
        • Powertrain Control Module and Electrostatic Discharge Notice
        • Ring Gear Removal Notice
        • Sealant Notice
        • Service Programming System (SPS) Notice
        • Silicon Contamination of Heated Oxygen Sensors Notice
        • Single Cylinder Flooding Notice
        • Stabilizer Shaft Link Damage Notice
        • Steering Wheel in the Full Turn Position Notice
        • Test Lamp to Ignition Control Module Circuit Connector Notice
        • Test Probe Notice
        • Three-Way Catalytic Converter Damage Notice
        • Transfer Case Seal Removal Notice
        • Window Edge Damage Notice
  • Reset Procedures
    • ATEQ TPMS Reset Procedure
      • ATEQ TPMS Reset Procedure
    • BARTEC TPMS Reset Procedure
      • BARTEC TPMS Reset Procedure
    • Maintenance And Lubrication
      • Specifications
        • Capacities - Approximate Fluid
        • Fluid and Lubricant Recommendations
        • Maintenance Items
      • Maintenance
        • Maintenance Schedule (North American Emissions)
        • GM Oil Life System Resetting
          • Notes
          • How to Reset the Engine Oil Life System
    • Maintenance Reminder Light (Reset Procedures)
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder
        • Notes
        • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset - Procedure
      • Maintenance Service Reminder
        • Notes
        • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
      • Tire Pressure Monitor System Reminder
        • Notes
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure
    • Tire Pressure Monitor Systems
      • Description & Operation
        • Notes
        • Tire Pressure Monitor (TPM) System
        • Tire Pressure Monitor Warning Indicators
      • TPMS Reset Procedures
        • Notes
        • Tire Pressure Sensor Relearn
      • Dismounting/Mounting Procedures
        • Notes
        • Tire Pressure Sensor
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Torque Specifications
  • RPO Codes
    • General Information
      • Introduction
        • US English/Metric Conversion
        • Equivalents - Decimal and Metric
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Diagnostic Work Sheets
        • Training
          • Dealers
          • Fleets
          • Non-GM Dealer Technicians
        • Vehicle, Engine and Transmission, Transfer Case, Axle ID and VIN Location, Derivative and Usage
          • Notes
          • 4.2L (LL8) Engine ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • 5.3L (LH6) Engine ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • 6.0L (LS2) Engine ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • 4L60-E/4T65-E/4L70-E Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location
        • Label - Vehicle Certification, Tire Place Card, Anti-Theft and Service Parts ID
        • RPO Code Description
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
            • Notes
            • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Abbreviations and Meanings
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
        • Key and Lock Cylinder Coding
          • Use Instruction Sheet Supplied
        • Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Lifting
          • Vehicle Jacking
        • Strategy Based Diagnosis
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
  • Specifications Index
    • Common Specs & Procedures
      • Specifications Index
  • Steering
    • Map - Steering, Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels & Tires
      • Steering & Suspension Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Wheel And Tire
        • Notes
        • Tires
        • Mounting Tires
        • Vehicle Tire Placard
        • Tire Rotation
        • Wheel Lug Nut Torque & Clamping Force
        • Popular Tire Rotation Patterns
        • Wheels And Rims
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring Systems
      • Steering & Suspension CHECKSHEET
      • Wheels & Tires CHECKSHEET
      • Steering And Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels And Tires
        • Notes
        • Active Handling
        • Active Suspension Control Modules
        • Active Variable Ratio Steering
        • Active Yaw Control
        • Adaptive Cruise Control
        • Advance TRAC
        • Air Bags
        • Air Ride Control Modules
        • Air Ride Suspension Torsion Springs (Counter Balancing)
        • Air Ride Suspension
        • Air Ride Tubes
        • Air Shocks And Air Struts
        • Air Spring Valves
        • Air Springs
        • Air Suspension Control Valves
        • Air Suspension DRIERS
        • Axle Acceleration Sensor
        • Ball Joints
        • Body Acceleration Sensor
        • Bushings
        • Center Links
        • Compressors
        • Continuous Damping Control
        • Control Arm Shafts
        • Control Arms
        • Control Modules
        • Distance Regulation Control Module
        • Distance Regulation Sensor
        • Drag Links
        • Dynamic Stability Control
        • Dynamic Stability Traction Control
        • Electronic Ride Control Shocks And Struts
        • Electronic Stability Control
        • Electronic Suspension System
        • Flex Couplers
        • Gaskets
        • Height Sensors
        • Hydraulic Hoses
        • Hydraulic Power Steering Pumps
        • Hydraulic Suspension Hoses
        • Hydraulic Suspension Pumps
        • Idler Arms
        • Intermediate Shaft U-Joints
        • King Pins
        • Modules
        • Pitman Arms
        • Power Steering Belts
        • Power Steering Coolers
        • Power Steering Fluid
        • Power Steering Hoses
        • Power Steering Lines (Steel)
        • Power Steering Pumps - Electric
        • Power Steering Pumps
        • Radar Sensor
        • Radius Arms
        • Relay Rods
        • Relays
        • Sensors
        • Shock Absorbers, Strut Cartridges And Strut Assemblies
        • Spindles
        • Springs, Coil, Leaf And Torsion Bars
        • STABILITRAC
        • Stability Management System
        • Steering Angle Sensor
        • Steering Arms
        • Steering Couplers
        • Steering Dampers
        • Steering Gears (Except Rack And Pinion)
        • Steering Gears, Rack And Pinion
        • Steering Knuckles
        • Strike Out Bumpers
        • Strut Bearing Plate Assemblies
        • Strut Rods
        • Suspension Pumps (Hydraulic)
        • Sway Bar Links
        • Sway Bar Mounting Bushings
        • Sway Bars
        • Switches
        • Tie Rod Ends (Inner And Outer)
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
        • Tire Pressure Sensors
        • Tires
        • Torque Sensor
        • Torsion Springs
        • Track Bar Bushings
        • Track Bars
        • Trailing Arm Bushings
        • Trailing Arms
        • Valve Stems
        • Vehicle Dynamics Control
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor
        • Vehicle Stability Assist
        • Vehicle Stability/Skid Control
        • Warning Lamps
        • Wheel Alignment
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
        • Wheels (Rims)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Wheel Alignment Theory & Operation - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Pre-Alignment Instructions
        • Notes
        • General Alignment Checks
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Camber
        • Caster
        • Toe-In Adjustment
        • Toe-Out On Turns
        • Steering Axis Inclination
  • Traction Control Disable Procedures
    • Traction Control Disable
  • Trouble Shooting - Manual Transmission - General Information
    • * Please Read This First *
    • Introduction
• Heating, Ventilation & A/C (HVAC)
  • General Servicing
    • Cabin Air Filter (Special Applications) - General Information
      • Cabin Air Filter Applications
  • HVAC Control Systems
    • Heating, Ventilation, And Air Conditioning
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Refrigerant System Capacities
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning
        • Leak Testing
          • Tools Required
          • Refrigerant Leak Testing
          • Fluorescent Leak Detector
          • Fluorescent Dye Injection
          • Halogen Leak Detector
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) System Performance Test
          • Test Description
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone A
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone B
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone C
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone D
        • Heating Performance Diagnostic
        • Defrosting Insufficient
        • Noise Diagnosis - Auxiliary Blower Motor
        • Noise Diagnosis - Blower Motor
        • Noise Diagnosis - Air Conditioning (A/C) System
        • Noise Diagnosis - HVAC Module
        • Odor Diagnosis
      • Repair Instructions
        • Odor Correction
          • Eliminating Air Conditioning Odor
        • Refrigerant Recovery and Recharging
          • Tools Required
          • A/C Refrigerant System Oil Charge Replenishing
        • Flushing
          • tools Required
          • Flushing Procedure
        • Compressor Oil Balancing
          • Draining Procedure
          • Balancing Procedure
        • Compressor Replacement (LH6, LS2)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Replacement (LL8)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Washer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • O-Ring Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Hose Assembly Replacement (LH6, LS2)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Hose Assembly Replacement (LL8)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporator Tube Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Expansion (Orifice) Tube Replacement (Short Wheel Base)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Relay Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Low Pressure Switch Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Condenser Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accumulator Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • HVAC Module Assembly Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporator Core Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Inlet Hose Replacement (LL8)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Inlet Hose Replacement (LH6)
        • Heater Hose Replacement - Outlet (LH6)
        • Heater Hose Replacement - Outlet (LL8)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Motor Relay Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Distributor Duct Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Outlet Replacement - Instrument Panel
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Outlet Replacement - Instrument Panel - Center
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Outlet Replacement - Instrument Panel - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Outlet Replacement - Rear Floor
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Defroster Duct Replacement - Windshield
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Floor Air Outlet Duct Replacement - Left Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Outlet Duct Replacement - Floor, RH
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Door Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Defroster Door Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Door Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Recirculation Door Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Core Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Auxiliary Blower Motor Replacement (Front )
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
    • HVAC System - Automatic
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Sensor Resistance Table
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • HVAC Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • HVAC Component Views
        • HVAC Connectors
          • A/C Compressor Clutch Assembly
          • A/C Low Pressure Switch
          • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor
          • Air Temperature Actuator - Left
          • Air Temperature Actuator - Right
          • Air Temperature Sensor Assembly - Inside
          • Air Temperature Sensor - Lower Left
          • Air Temperature Sensor - Lower Right
          • Air Temperature Sensor - Upper Left
          • Air Temperature Sensor - Upper Right
          • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor
          • Ambient Light/Sunload Sensor Assembly
          • Blower Motor
          • Blower Motor Control Module
          • Console Mode Actuator - Auxiliary
          • Defrost Actuator
          • HVAC Control Module C1
          • HVAC Control Module C2
          • HVAC Control Module - Auxiliary
          • Mode Actuator
          • Rear Blower Motor
          • Rear Blower Resistor
          • Recirculation Actuator
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B0159 or B0164
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0174, B0179, B0510 or B0515
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0183 or B0188
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0229, B0414, B0424, B3761 or B3770
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0248, B0263, B0268, B0408 or B0418
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1375
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0530
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - HVAC Systems - Automatic
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • HVAC Compressor Clutch Does Not Engage
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • HVAC Compressor Clutch Does Not Disengage
          • Test Description
        • Blower Motor Always On
        • Blower Motor Inoperative
        • Blower Motor Malfunction
          • Test Description
        • Auxiliary Blower Motor Always On (Body Type VIN 3)
        • Auxiliary Blower Motor Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Auxiliary Blower Motor Malfunction (Body Type VIN 3)
        • Too Hot in Vehicle
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Too Cold in Vehicle
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Too Hot in Vehicle - Auxiliary (VIN 3)
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Too Cold in Vehicle - Auxiliary (VIN 3)
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Air Delivery Improper
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Air Delivery Improper - Auxiliary
        • Air Recirculation Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Ambient Air Temperature Display Updating
        • Re-Calibrating Actuators (Auxiliary HVAC)
          • Notes
          • Preferred Method (w/Scan Tool)
          • Alternate Method (w/o Scan Tool)
        • Re-Calibrating Actuators (Primary)
          • Notes
          • Preferred Method (w/Scan Tool)
          • Alternate Method (w/o Scan Tool)
      • Repair Instructions
        • HVAC Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • HVAC Control Module Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Recirculation Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Defroster Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Actuator Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Actuator Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Actuator Replacement - Console
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Sensor Replacement - Upper Right Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Sensor Replacement - Upper Left Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Sensor Replacement - Lower Left Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Sensor Replacement - Lower Right Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inside Air Temperature Sensor Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sun Load Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Air Delivery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • HVAC Control Components
            • HVAC Control Module
            • Auxiliary HVAC Control Module - VIN 6
            • Defrost Actuator
            • Mode Actuator
            • Auxiliary Mode Actuator - VIN 6
            • Auxiliary Console Mode Actuator
            • Blower Motor Control Processor
          • Air Speed - Front Control
          • Air Speed - Auxiliary - VIN 6
          • Air Speed - Auxiliary - VIN 3
            • Notes
            • OFF Mode
          • Air Distribution
            • Notes
            • Mode Actuator
            • Defrost Actuator
            • Front Defrost
          • Air Distribution - Auxiliary Control VIN 3
          • Air Distribution - Auxiliary Control VIN 6
          • Recirculation Operation
          • Automatic Operation
        • Air Temperature Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • HVAC Control Components
            • HVAC Control Module
            • Auxiliary HVAC Control Module - VIN 6
            • Air Temperature Actuator
            • Auxiliary Air Temperature Actuator - VIN 6
            • Air Temperature Sensors
            • Sunload Sensor
            • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor
            • A/C Low Pressure Switch
            • Coolant Bypass Valve
          • Heating and A/C Operation
          • Auxiliary Heating and A/C Operation
          • Automatic Operation
          • Steering Wheel Controls
          • Engine Coolant
          • A/C Cycle
          • A/C Cycle with Auxiliary
    • HVAC System - Manual
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • HVAC Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • HVAC Component Views
        • HVAC Connectors
          • A/C Compressor Clutch Assembly
          • A/C Low Pressure Switch
          • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor
          • Air Temperature Actuator - Left
          • Air Temperature Actuator - Right
          • Blower Motor
          • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly
          • Console Mode Actuator - Auxiliary
          • Defrost Actuator
          • HVAC Control Module C1
          • HVAC Control Module C2
          • HVAC Control Module - Auxiliary
          • Mode Actuator
          • Recirculation Actuator
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B0248, B0263, B0408 or B0418
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0414, B0424, B3761 or B3770
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1375
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0530
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • XDTC P0532 or P0533
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Description and Operation
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • XDTC P0645
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DYC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Description and Operation
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • Symptoms - HVAC Systems - Manual
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • HVAC Compressor Clutch Does Not Engage
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • HVAC Compressor Clutch Does Not Disengage
          • Test Description
        • Blower Motor Always On
          • Test Description
        • Blower Motor Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Blower Motor Malfunction
          • Test Description
        • Auxiliary Blower Motor Always On (Body Type VIN 3)
        • Auxiliary Blower Motor Inoperative (Body Type VIN 3)
          • Test Description
        • Auxiliary Blower Motor Malfunction (Body Type VIN 3)
        • Too Hot in Vehicle
        • Too Cold in Vehicle
        • Air Delivery Improper
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Air Delivery Improper - Auxiliary
        • Air Recirculation Malfunction
        • Re-Calibrating Actuators (Primary)
          • Notes
          • Preferred Method (w/Scan Tool)
          • Alternate Method (w/o Scan Tool)
      • Repair Instructions
        • HVAC Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Actuator Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Actuator Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Defroster Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Recirculation Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • HVAC Control Module Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Actuator Replacement - Console
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Air Delivery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • HVAC Control Components
            • HVAC Control Module
            • Auxiliary HVAC Control Module
            • Defrost Actuator
            • Mode Actuator
            • Auxiliary Mode Actuator
            • Auxiliary Console Mode Actuator
          • Air Speed - Front Control
            • Notes
            • Low Blower Speed
            • Medium Blower Speeds
            • High Blower Speed
          • Air Speed - Auxiliary
          • Air Distribution
            • Notes
            • Mode Actuator
            • Defrost Actuator
            • Front Defrost
          • Air Distribution - Auxiliary Control
          • Recirculation Operation
        • Air Temperature Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • HVAC Control Components
            • HVAC Control Module
            • Auxiliary HVAC Control Module - VIN 6
            • Air Temperature Actuator
            • Auxiliary Air Temperature Actuator - VIN 6
            • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor
            • A/C Low Pressure Switch
            • Coolant Bypass Valve
          • Heating and A/C Operation
          • Auxiliary Heating and A/C Operation
          • Engine Coolant
          • A/C Cycle
          • A/C Cycle with Auxiliary
• Maintenance
  • Procedures
    • Maintenance And Lubrication
      • Specifications
        • Capacities - Approximate Fluid
        • Fluid and Lubricant Recommendations
        • Maintenance Items
      • Maintenance
        • Maintenance Schedule (North American Emissions)
        • GM Oil Life System Resetting
          • Notes
          • How to Reset the Engine Oil Life System
    • Maintenance Reminder Light (Reset Procedures)
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder
        • Notes
        • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset - Procedure
      • Maintenance Service Reminder
        • Notes
        • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
      • Tire Pressure Monitor System Reminder
        • Notes
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure
• Restraints
  • Air Bag, SRS
    • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • SIR Schematic Icons
        • SIR Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • SIR Component Views
        • SIR Identification Views
        • SIR Connectors
          • Electronic Frontal Sensor (EFS) - Left
          • Electronic Frontal Sensor (EFS) - Right
          • Inflatable Restraint Front Passenger Presence System (PPS) Module
          • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module
          • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Presence System (PPS) Sensor
          • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Seat Belt Tension Retractor Sensor
          • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module - Left (ASF)
          • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module - Right (ASF)
          • Inflatable Restraint Seat Position Sensor (SPS) - Left
          • Inflatable Restraint Seat Position Sensor (SPS) - Right
          • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM)
          • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS) - Left (ASF)
          • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS) - Right (ASF)
          • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module C1
          • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module C2
          • Rollover Sensor
          • Seat Belt Pretensioner - Left
          • Seat Belt Pretensioner - Right
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - SIR
        • Passenger Presence System Flash Code Procedures
          • Introduction
          • Passenger Presence System (PPS) Flash Code Procedure
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC 023
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC 024
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC 063
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC 064
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC 065
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B0012, B0013, B0014, B0016, B0017 or B0018
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B0012 Stage 2 or B0016 Stage 1
            • B0013 Stage 2 or B0017 Stage 1
            • B0014 Stage 2 or B0018 Stage 1
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Special Tools Required
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B0022, B0024, B0026, B0042, B0043 or B0044
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B0022 Stage 1 or B0042 Stage 2
            • B0024 Stage 1 or B0043 Stage 2
            • B0026 Stage 1 or B0044 Stage 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Special Tools Required
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B0051
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B0053
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B0057, B0058 or B0059
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B0057
            • B0058
            • B0059
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Special Tools Required
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B0061, B0062 or B0068
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B0064
            • B0065
            • B0066
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Special Tools Required
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B0064, B0065 or B0066
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B0064
            • B0065
            • B0066
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Special Tools Required
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B0069, B0070 or B0071
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B0069
            • B0070
            • B0071
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Special Tools Required
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B0077, B0078, B0079, B0080, B0081 or B0082
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • DTC B0077 and B0078
            • DTC B0079 and B0081
            • DTC B0080 and B0082
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B0083 or B0084
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B0092
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B0098
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B0100, B0101, B0102, B0103, B0104 or B0105
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • DTC B0100 and B0103
            • DTC B0102 and B0105
            • DTC B0101 and B0104
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1001
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Electrical Information Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1530
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3855, B3856 or B3857
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B3855
            • B3856
            • B3857
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
          • Repair Verification
        • DTC U1241
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - SIR
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Air Bag Indicator Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Passenger Presence System Indicator Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling
          • Notes
          • SIR Service Precautions
          • General Service Instructions
          • Disabling Procedure - Air Bag Fuse
          • Enabling Procedure - Air Bag Fuse
          • Disabling Procedure - Negative Battery Cable
          • Enabling Procedure - Negative Battery Cable
      • Repair Instructions
        • SIR Service Precautions
          • Notes
          • General Service Instructions
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Vehicle Rollover Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Centering
        • Inflatable Restraint Instrument Panel Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Seat Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Presence System Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedures
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Pretensioner Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Buckle Pretensioner Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Repairs and Inspections Required After a Collision
          • Accident With or Without Inflator Module Deployment - Component Inspections
          • Accident With Frontal Air Bag Deployment - Component Replacement and Inspections
          • Accident With Side Air Bag Deployment - Component Replacement and Inspections
          • Sensor Replacement Guidelines
        • Inflator Module Handling and Scrapping
          • Live and Undeployed Inflator Module
          • Dual Stage Inflator Module
          • Scrapping Procedure
          • Deployment Procedures
          • Tools Required
          • Deployment Outside Vehicle - Steering Wheel Module, I/P Module and Roof Rail Module
          • Deployment Inside Vehicle - Vehicle Scrapping Procedure
        • Pretensioner Handling and Scrapping
          • Tools Required
          • Scrapping Procedure
          • Deployment Procedures
          • Deployment Outside Vehicle for Seat Belt Pretensioners
          • Deployment Inside Vehicle - Vehicle Scrapping Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • SIR System Description and Operation
          • SIR System Overview
          • Frontal SIR System Description
          • Side SIR System Description (Front)
          • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM)
          • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Presence System (PPS)
          • Inflatable Restraint Seat Position Sensors (SPS)
          • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Seat Belt Tension Sensor
          • Inflatable Restraint Vehicle Rollover Sensor
          • AIR BAG Indicator
          • Inflatable Restraint PASSENGER AIR BAG ON/OFF Indicators
          • Dual Stage Inflator Modules
          • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil
          • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensors
          • Inflatable Restraint Wiring Harnesses
          • Seat Belt Pretensioner
          • Steering Wheel and Column
          • Driver and Passenger Knee Bolsters
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Restraints Control Systems
    • Seat Belt System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Seat Belt Schematic Icons
        • Seat Belt Wiring Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Seat Belt Component Views
        • Seat Belt Connectors
          • Seat Belt Buckle - Driver
          • Seat Belt Buckle - Passenger
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seat Belts
        • Operational and Functional Checks
          • Notes
          • Emergency Locking Retractors
        • Symptoms - Seat Belts
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Seat Belt Indicator Circuit Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Seat Belt Service Precautions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Repairs and Inspections Required After a Collision
        • Front Seat Belt Buckle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Center Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation procedure
        • Seat Belt Side Buckle Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Belt Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Belt Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - No. 2 Right Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - No. 1 Center Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Anchor Assembly Replacement - Rear No. 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Child Restraint Tether Anchor Replacement - Rear No. 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Seat Belt System Description and Operation
          • Front Seat Belt System Operation
          • Child Seat Restraint System
          • Seat Belt System Circuit Description
  • Seat Belts
    • Seat Belt System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Seat Belt Schematic Icons
        • Seat Belt Wiring Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Seat Belt Component Views
        • Seat Belt Connectors
          • Seat Belt Buckle - Driver
          • Seat Belt Buckle - Passenger
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seat Belts
        • Operational and Functional Checks
          • Notes
          • Emergency Locking Retractors
        • Symptoms - Seat Belts
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Seat Belt Indicator Circuit Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Electrical Information Reference
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Seat Belt Service Precautions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Repairs and Inspections Required After a Collision
        • Front Seat Belt Buckle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Center Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation procedure
        • Seat Belt Side Buckle Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Seat Belt Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Seat Belt Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - No. 2 Right Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - No. 1 Center Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Anchor Assembly Replacement - Rear No. 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Child Restraint Tether Anchor Replacement - Rear No. 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Seat Belt System Description and Operation
          • Front Seat Belt System Operation
          • Child Seat Restraint System
          • Seat Belt System Circuit Description
• Steering
  • Manual Steering
    • Power Steering System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Power Steering Pump Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Power Steering Gear Disassembled View
        • Power Steering Pump Disassembled View (CB Series Pump)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Power Steering System (w/o Electro-Hydraulic Steering)
        • Symptoms - Power Steering System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Power Steering System Test
          • Notes
          • Test Description
        • Power Steering Fluid Leaks
        • Rattle, Clunk or Shudder Noise from the Power Steering System (4.2L)
        • Rattle, Clunk or Shudder Noise from the Power Steering System (5.3L)
        • Whine or Growl Noise from the Power Steering System
        • Poor Return of Steering Wheel
        • Steering Effort Too Easy in One or Both Directions
        • Steering Effort Hard in One or Both Directions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Rack and Pinion Steering Linkage Inspection
          • Tools Required
          • Left Side Steering Linkage
          • Right Side Steering Linkage
        • Power Steering System Bleeding
        • Checking and Adding Power Steering Fluid
        • Power Steering System Flushing
        • Power Steering Pulley Replacement (4.2L)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pulley Replacement (Except 4.2L)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pump Replacement (4.2L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pump Replacement (Except 4.2L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pump Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Reservoir Replacement - Off Vehicle (CB Series)
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Power Steering Pump Flow Control Valve Replacement - Off Vehicle (CB Series)
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Power Steering Pump Shaft Seal Replacement (CB)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rack and Pinion Outer Tie Rod End Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Cooler Replacement (4.2L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Cooler Replacement (Except 4.2L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Gear Inlet and Outlet Hose Replacement (4.2L)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Gear Inlet and Outlet Hose Replacement (Except 4.2L)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Gear Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rack and Pinion Gear Rack Bearing Preload Adjustment - Off Vehicle (Rack and Pinion)
        • Rack and Pinion Boot Replacement - Off Vehicle
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rack and Pinion Inner Tie Rod Replacement - Off Vehicle (Magnasteer)
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Rack and Pinion Inner Tie Rod Replacement - Off Vehicle (Quiet Valve)
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Steering Gear Cylinder Pipe Assemblies/O-Ring Seals Replacement - Off Vehicle
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Steering System Description and Operation (w/o Electro-Hydraulic Steering)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Power Steering System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Power Steering Pump Specifications
    • Component Locator
      • Power Steering Gear Disassembled View
      • Power Steering Pump Disassembled View (CB Series Pump)
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Power Steering System (w/o Electro-Hydraulic Steering)
      • Symptoms - Power Steering System
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Symptoms List
      • Power Steering System Test
        • Notes
        • Test Description
      • Power Steering Fluid Leaks
      • Rattle, Clunk or Shudder Noise from the Power Steering System (4.2L)
      • Rattle, Clunk or Shudder Noise from the Power Steering System (5.3L)
      • Whine or Growl Noise from the Power Steering System
      • Poor Return of Steering Wheel
      • Steering Effort Too Easy in One or Both Directions
      • Steering Effort Hard in One or Both Directions
    • Repair Instructions
      • Rack and Pinion Steering Linkage Inspection
        • Tools Required
        • Left Side Steering Linkage
        • Right Side Steering Linkage
      • Power Steering System Bleeding
      • Checking and Adding Power Steering Fluid
      • Power Steering System Flushing
      • Power Steering Pulley Replacement (4.2L)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Pulley Replacement (Except 4.2L)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Pump Replacement (4.2L)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Pump Replacement (Except 4.2L)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Pump Bracket Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Reservoir Replacement - Off Vehicle (CB Series)
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Power Steering Pump Flow Control Valve Replacement - Off Vehicle (CB Series)
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Power Steering Pump Shaft Seal Replacement (CB)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Rack and Pinion Outer Tie Rod End Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Cooler Replacement (4.2L)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Cooler Replacement (Except 4.2L)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Gear Inlet and Outlet Hose Replacement (4.2L)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Gear Inlet and Outlet Hose Replacement (Except 4.2L)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Gear Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Rack and Pinion Gear Rack Bearing Preload Adjustment - Off Vehicle (Rack and Pinion)
      • Rack and Pinion Boot Replacement - Off Vehicle
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Rack and Pinion Inner Tie Rod Replacement - Off Vehicle (Magnasteer)
        • Tools Required
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Rack and Pinion Inner Tie Rod Replacement - Off Vehicle (Quiet Valve)
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Steering Gear Cylinder Pipe Assemblies/O-Ring Seals Replacement - Off Vehicle
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Power Steering System Description and Operation (w/o Electro-Hydraulic Steering)
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Steering Wheel & Steering Column
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Component Locator
      • Steering Column Disassembled View
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Symptoms - Steering Wheel and Column
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Symptoms List
      • Steering Column Tilt Function Inoperative
      • Noise in Steering Column
      • High Shift Effort
      • Looseness in Steering Column
    • Repair Instructions
      • Upper Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Lower Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection
      • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Multifunction Turn Signal Switch Housing Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Turn Signal Cancel Cam and Steering Shaft Upper Bearing Spring Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Turn Signal Multifunction Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Tilt Lever Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Wheel Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Wheel Theft Deterrent Lock Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Tilt Spring Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Tilt Head Housing Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Seal Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Jacket Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Shaft Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Wire Harness Assembly Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Wheel Position Sensor or Steering Shaft Lower Bearing Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Steering Wheel and Column Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Vehicle Steering
        • Vehicle Security, Found on Some Vehicle Models
        • Driver Convenience
        • Driver Safety
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
• Suspension
  • Electronic Suspension
    • Suspension Control System - Suspension Leveling
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Air Suspension Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Air Suspension Component Views
        • Air Suspension Connectors
          • Air Suspension Compressor Assembly C1
          • Air Suspension Compressor Assembly C2 (Air Suspension Inflator Switch)
          • Air Suspension Sensor - Left Rear
          • Air Suspension Sensor - Right Rear
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Air Suspension
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Displaying
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Clearing
        • DTC 001
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC 002
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC 003
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Air Suspension
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Air Suspension Air Leak Diagnosis
        • Rear Air Springs Do Not Inflate
        • Rear Air Springs Do Not Deflate
        • Inflator Inoperative
        • Trim Height Uneven or Low
      • Repair Instructions
        • Air Spring Sensor Calibration
        • Air Suspension Depressurization
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Spring Leveling Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Spring Compressor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflator Air Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Spring Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Suspension Air Line Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Air Suspension Description and Operation
          • Air Suspension
          • Accumulator Timer
          • Progress Timer
          • Air Suspension Sensors
          • Rear Air Springs
  • Front Suspension
    • Front Suspension System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stabilizer Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Insulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Upper Ball Joint Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Ball Joint Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Knuckle Replacement (4WD)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Upper Control Arm Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Control Arm Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Control Arm Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Stud Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Hub, Bearing and Seal Replacement (4WD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Hub, Bearing and Seal Replacement (RWD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shock Module Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shock, Shock Component, and/or Spring Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shock Module Yoke Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shock Absorber Disposal
      • Description and Operation
        • General Description (Coil Spring)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Suspension General Diagnosis
      • Specifications
        • Trim Height Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Suspension General Diagnosis
        • Symptoms - Suspension General Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Ride Diagnosis
        • Vehicle Leads/Pulls
        • Body Leans or Sways in Corners
        • Suspension Bottoms
        • Memory Steer
        • Noise Diagnosis - Front Suspension
        • Noise Diagnosis - Rear Suspension
        • Ball Joint Inspection
          • Tools Required
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Struts or Shock Absorbers Testing - On Vehicle
        • Wheel Bearings Diagnosis
        • Trim Height Inspection
          • Trim Height Measurements
          • Z Height Measurement
          • D Height Measurement
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Rear Suspension
    • Rear Suspension System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Rear Axle Upper Control Arm Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Lower Control Arm Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Tie Rod Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Brace Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Insulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shock Absorber Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shock Absorber Disposal
        • Coil Spring Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Stud Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • General Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Suspension General Diagnosis
      • Specifications
        • Trim Height Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Suspension General Diagnosis
        • Symptoms - Suspension General Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Ride Diagnosis
        • Vehicle Leads/Pulls
        • Body Leans or Sways in Corners
        • Suspension Bottoms
        • Memory Steer
        • Noise Diagnosis - Front Suspension
        • Noise Diagnosis - Rear Suspension
        • Ball Joint Inspection
          • Tools Required
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Struts or Shock Absorbers Testing - On Vehicle
        • Wheel Bearings Diagnosis
        • Trim Height Inspection
          • Trim Height Measurements
          • Z Height Measurement
          • D Height Measurement
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Wheel Alignment System
    • Specifications
      • Wheel Alignment Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Repair Instructions
      • Measuring Wheel Alignment
      • Front Caster and Camber Adjustment
      • Front Toe Adjustment
    • Description and Operation
      • Caster Description
      • Camber Description
      • Toe Description
      • Setback Description
      • Thrust Angles Description
      • Lead/Pull Description
      • Memory Steer Description
      • Wander Description
      • Scrub Radius Description
  • Wheels & Tire System
    • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Tire Pressure Monitoring
          • System Familiarization
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • System Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic System Check - Tire Pressure Monitoring
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC C0750, C0755, C0760 or C0765
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0775
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Tire Pressure Monitoring
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Low Tire Pressure Indicator Always On
        • Low Tire Pressure Indicator Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Tire Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tire Pressure Sensor Grommet Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tire Pressure Sensor Learn
          • Tools Required
          • TPM Learn Mode Description
            • Notes
            • Sensor Functions Using Pressure Increase/Decrease Method
            • Sensor Functions Using J-46079
            • TPM Learn Mode Cancellation
      • Description and Operation
        • Tire Pressure Monitor Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Tires & Wheels
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Tire Diagnosis - Irregular or Premature Wear
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Tire Diagnosis - Waddle Complaint
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Wheel Mounting Surface Check
        • Radial Tire Lead/Pull Correction
      • Repair Instructions
        • Aluminum Wheel Porosity Repair
        • Aluminum Wheel Refinishing
          • Finish Damage Evaluation Procedure
          • Refinishing Procedure
        • Tire and Wheel Removal and Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tire Repair
          • Notes
          • External Inspection
          • Internal Inspection
          • Cleaning
          • Clean the Injury Channel
          • Fill the Injury
          • Repair Unit Selection
          • Buffing
          • Cementing
          • Repair Unit Application
            • Notes
            • Two-Piece Plug and Repair Units
            • Combination Repair/Plug Units
          • Safety Cage
          • Final Inspection
        • Tire Mounting and Dismounting
        • Tire Rotation
        • Tire Hoist and Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • General Description
        • Tread Wear Indicators Description
        • Metric Wheel Nuts and Bolts Description
        • Tire Inflation Description
        • Tire Chain Usage Description
        • All Seasons Tires Description
        • P-Metric Sized Tires Description
        • Replacement Wheels Description
        • Steel Wheel Repair Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Transmission
  • Automatic Trans
    • Automatic Transmission - 4L60-E/4L65-E/4L70-E - Introduction (1 Of 2)
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Automatic Transmission
        • Notes
        • Symptoms
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List (4.2L)
      • Scan Tool Data List (5.3L and 6.0L)
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions (4.2L)
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions (5.3L and 6.0L)
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
        • Notes
        • Type A
          • Notes
          • Type B
          • Type C
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List/Type
    • Automatic Transmission - 4L60-E/4L65-E/4L70-E - Introduction (2 Of 2)
      • Specifications
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Transmission General Specifications
        • Fluid Capacity Specifications
        • End Play Specifications
        • Low and Reverse Clutch Spacer Plate Selection
        • Forward Clutch Backing Plate Selection
        • Third and Fourth Clutch Backing Plate Selection
        • Reverse Input Clutch Backing Plate Selection
        • Oil Pump Rotor and Slide Measurement
        • Torque Converter End Play Specifications
        • Torque Converter End Play Inspection
        • 2-4 Servo Pin Selection
        • Range Reference
        • Shift Solenoid Valve State and Gear Ratio
        • Shift Speed
        • Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch Logic
        • Transmission Range Switch Logic
        • Line Pressure
        • Component Resistance
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Automatic Transmission Schematic Icons
        • Automatic Transmission Controls Schematics (4.2L)
        • Automatic Transmission Controls Schematics (5.3L/6.0L)
      • Component Locator
        • Automatic Transmission Electronic Component Views
        • Disassembled Views
        • Component Location
        • Torque Converter Housing Identification
        • Transmission Fluid Pan Identification
        • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector
          • Engine Side to Transmission Side
        • Automatic Transmission Internal Connectors
          • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve, Wiring Harness Side
          • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve, Wiring Harness Side
          • 3-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Assembly, Wiring Harness Side
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch, Wiring Harness Side
          • Input Speed Sensor (ISS) Harness
          • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve, Wiring Harness Side
          • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve, Wiring Harness Side
          • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Solenoid Valve, Wiring Harness Side
        • Automatic Transmission Related Connectors
          • Transmission Control Module (TCM), Engine Side (5.3L and 6.0L)
          • Transmission Range Switch, Wiring Harness Side
          • Vehicle Speed Sensor Assembly, Wiring Harness Side
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Repair Instructions
        • Repair Instructions - On Vehicle
          • Transmission Control Module Replacement
            • Notes
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Floor Shift Control Knob Replacement
          • Automatic Transmission Range Selector Lever Cable Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Automatic Transmission Range Selector Lever Cable Bracket Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Range Selector Lever Cable Adjustment
            • Adjustment Procedure
          • Automatic Transmission Control Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Park/Neutral Position Switch Replacement
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Park/Neutral Position Switch Adjustment
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid and Filter Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Transmission Fluid Cooler Hose/Pipe Replacement (Body VIN Code 6 LM4)
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Transmission Fluid Cooler Hose/Pipe Quick-Connect Fitting Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • 2-4 Servo
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Pressure Regulator Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Torque Converter Clutch Valve and Spring Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Filler Tube and Seal Replacement (LL8)
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Filler Tube and Seal Replacement (LM4)
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Transmission Heat Shield Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Manual Shift Shaft Seal Replacement
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Valve Body and Pressure Switch Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Control and Shift Solenoids Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulation Solenoid, Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid and Wiring Harness
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Accumulator Assembly, Spacer Plate and Gaskets
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Transmission Extension Housing Rear Oil Seal Replacement
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Transmission Extension Housing Assembly Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Vehicle Speed Sensor Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Transmission Mount Replacement (4.2L)
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Transmission Mount Replacement (5.3L)
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Transmission Mount Spacer Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Transmission Replacement (LL8)
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Transmission Replacement (LM4, LS2)
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
        • Repair Instructions - Off Vehicle
          • Holding Fixture Installation
            • Tools Required
            • Installation Procedure
          • Torque Converter Assembly Removal
          • Drain Oil
          • Converter Housing Removal
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
          • 2-4 Servo Cover and Assembly Removal
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
          • 2-4 Servo Pin Length Check
            • Tools Required
            • Inspection Procedure
          • Speed Sensor and Case Extension Removal
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
          • Transmission Fluid Pan and Filter Assembly Removal
          • Valve Body and Wiring Harness Removal
          • Turbine Shaft O-Ring Removal
          • Transmission End Play Check
            • Tools Required
            • Inspection Procedure
          • Oil Pump Removal
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
          • 2-4 Band, Input Clutches, Input Gear Set Removal
          • Reaction Gear Set Removal
          • Output Shaft, Reaction Gear, Low/Rev Clutch Removal
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
          • Inner Manual Linkage Removal
          • Low and Reverse Clutch Piston Removal
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
          • Case Assembly Inspection
          • Retainer and Ball Assembly Leak Check
            • Tools Required
            • Inspection Procedure
          • Third Accumulator Retainer and Ball Replacement
          • Case Bushing
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Manual Shaft Seal Installation
          • Low and Reverse Clutch Piston Installation
            • Tools Required
            • Installation Procedure
          • Inner Manual Linkage Installation
          • Reaction Gear and Carrier Inspection
          • Reaction Gear and Carrier Installation
            • Tools Required
            • Installation Procedure
          • Low and Reverse Clutch Spacer Plate Selection
            • Tools Required
            • Selection Procedure
          • Low and Reverse Clutch Plate Installation
          • Low and Reverse Clutch Support Disassemble
          • Low and Reverse Clutch Support Installation
          • Reaction Sun Gear Installation
            • Tools Required
            • Installation Procedure
          • Reaction Carrier Shaft Replacement
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Input Internal Gear, Reaction Shaft and Shell Installation
            • Tools Required
            • Installation Procedure
          • Internal Transmission Speed Sensor Rotor Replacement
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Output Shaft Installation
            • Tools Required
            • Installation Procedure
          • Input Carrier Inspection
          • Input Sun Gear Bushings Replacement
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Input Carrier Inspection and Installation
            • Tool Required
            • Installation Procedure
          • Input Clutch Assembly Disassemble
            • Tools Required
            • Disassembly Procedure
          • Input Housing and Shaft Assembly Inspection
          • Input Housing and Shaft Assembly Assemble
            • Tools Required
            • Assembly Procedure
          • Input Housing to Output Shaft Seal Installation
          • Overrun Clutch Installation
          • Forward Clutch Sprag Disassemble
          • Forward Clutch Sprag Assemble
          • Forward Clutch Assembly Assemble
          • Forward Clutch Piston Travel Check
          • 3-4 Clutch Assemble
          • 3-4 Clutch Plate Travel Check
          • Clutch Air Check
            • Inspection Procedure
          • Turbine Shaft Seals Installation
            • Tools Required
            • Installation Procedure
          • Reverse Input Clutch Disassemble
            • Tools Required
            • Disassembly Procedure
          • Reverse Input Clutch Bushing Replacement
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Reverse Input Clutch Assemble
            • Tools Required
            • Assembly Procedure
          • Reverse Input Clutch Plate Travel Check
          • Reverse Input and Input Clutches Installation
          • 2-4 Band Assembly Installation
          • Input Speed Sensor Removal
          • Oil Pump Disassemble
          • Oil Pump Body Disassemble
          • Oil Pump Rotor and Slide Measurement
          • Oil Pump Body Bushing Replacement
            • Tools Required
            • Replacement Procedure
          • Oil Pump Body Assemble
            • Tools Required
            • Assembly Procedure
          • Oil Pump Cover Disassemble
          • Oil Pump Stator Shaft Bushing Replacement
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Oil Pump Cover Assemble
            • Tools Required
            • Assembly Procedure
          • Oil Pump Cover and Body Assemble
            • Tools Required
            • Assembly Procedure
          • Input Speed Sensor Installation
          • Oil Pump Assembly Installation
            • Tools Required
            • Installation Procedure
          • Converter Housing Installation
            • Tools Required
            • Installation Procedure
          • Turbine Shaft O-Ring Installation
          • Control Valve Body Disassemble
          • Control Valve Body Assemble
            • Inspection Procedure
            • Cleaning Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • 3-4 Accumulator Installation
          • 1-2 Accumulator Disassemble
          • 1-2 Accumulator Assemble
          • 1-2 Accumulator Installation
            • Tools Required
            • Assembly Procedure
          • Control Valve Body Installation
            • Tools Required
            • Installation Procedure
          • Manual Detent Spring Installation
          • Oil Filter Assembly Installation
          • Transmission Fluid Pan Installation
          • 2-4 Servo Disassemble
            • Tools Required
            • Assembly Procedure
          • 2-4 Servo Assembly Installation
            • Tools Required
            • Installation Procedure
          • Case Extension Bushing Replacement (2WD Truck/Utility/Van Only )
            • Tools Required
            • Replacement Procedure
          • Speed Sensor and Case Extension Installation
            • Tools Required
            • Installation Procedure
          • Torque Converter End Play Inspection
            • Tools Required
            • Inspection Procedure
          • Torque Converter Installation
            • Tools Required
            • Installation Procedure
          • Holding Fixture Removal
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Transmission General Information
          • How to Use This Section
          • Basic Knowledge
          • Diagnosis
        • Definitions and Abbreviations
          • Throttle Positions
          • Shift Condition Definitions
          • Noise Conditions
          • Transmission Abbreviations
        • Transmission Identification Information
        • Transmission Component and System Description
        • Transmission Adaptive Functions (TCM)
          • Notes
          • Clearing Transmission Adaptive Pressure (TAP)
        • Transmission Indicators and Messages (TCM)
        • Electronic Component Description (TCM)
          • Automatic Transmission Input Speed Sensor Assembly
          • Electronic Component Description (TCM)
          • 1-2 and 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valves
          • 3-2 Shift Solenoid Valve Assembly
          • Transmission Pressure Control Solenoid
          • Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid Valve
          • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulation Solenoid Valve
          • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
          • Vehicle Speed Sensor Assembly
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor
          • Transmission Range Switch
        • Electronic Component Description (PCM)
          • 1-2 and 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valves
          • 3-2 Shift Solenoid Valve Assembly
          • Clearing Transmission Adaptive Pressure (TAP)
          • Transmission Adaptive Functions
          • Transmission Indicators and Messages
          • Transmission Pressure Control Solenoid
          • Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid Valve
          • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulation Solenoid Valve
          • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
          • Vehicle Speed Sensor Assembly
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor
          • Transmission Range Switch
        • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector Description
        • Automatic Transmission Hydraulic Diagrams
          • Park - Engine Running
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulator Valve
            • Pressure Relief Valve
            • Line Pressure Tap
            • Actuator Feed Limit Valve
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC)
              • Torque Converter Clutch PWM Solenoid and Regulator Apply and Isolator Valve
              • TCC Solenoid Valve
              • Converter Clutch Valve
            • Torque Converter
            • Cooler and Lubrication System
            • Manual Valve
            • Lo and Reverse Clutch Applies
              • Lo and Reverse Clutch Piston
            • Lo Overrun Valve
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly
            • Shift Solenoid Valves (1-2 and 2-3)
            • Shift Valves (1-2, 2-3 and 3-4)
            • Park - Engine Running - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Reverse
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • Lo and Reverse Clutch
            • Reverse Input Checkball (#3)
            • Reverse Abuse Valve
            • Boost Valve
            • Reverse Input Clutch Piston
            • Reverse Input Air Bleed Checkball
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly
            • Shift Solenoid Valves (1-2 and 2-3)
            • Shift Valves (1-2, 2-3 and 3-4)
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
            • Reverse - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Neutral - Engine Running
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • Lo and Reverse Clutch Releases
              • Lo and Reverse Clutch Piston
            • Lo Overrun Valve
            • Reverse Input Cutch Releases
              • Reverse Input Clutch Piston
            • Reverse Abuse Valve
            • Boost Valve
            • Reverse Input Checkball (#3)
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly
            • Neutral - Engine Running - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, First Gear
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • Forward Clutch Accumulator Checkball (#12)
            • Forward Clutch Accumulator Piston
            • Forward Clutch Abuse Valve
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
            • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • Accumulator Valve
            • Rear Lube
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
            • 3-2 Control Solenoid Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch PWM Solenoid Valve
            • Overdrive Range, First Gear - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Second Gear
            • Notes
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • 1-2 Shift Checkball (#8)
            • 2-4 Servo Assembly
            • 1-2 Accumulator
            • Accumulator Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
            • 3-4 Relay Valve and 4-3 Sequence Valve
            • 3-2 Downshift Valve
            • 3-2 Control Solenoid Valve
            • 3-2 Control Valve
            • 3-4 Shift Valve
            • Overrun Clutch Applied - M33 Only
            • Control Valve Body Ball Check Valve - M33 Only
            • Torque Converter Clutch
              • TCC Solenoid Valve
            • Overdrive Range, Second Gear - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Third Gear
            • Notes
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
            • 3-4 Clutch Exhaust Checkball (#4)
            • 3-4 Clutch Piston
            • 3rd Accumulator Checkball (#2)
            • 3rd Accumulator Exhaust Checkball (#7)
            • 2-4 Servo Assembly
            • 3-2 Downshift Valve
            • 3-2 Control Solenoid Valve and 3-2 Control Valve
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve and 1-2 Shift Valve
            • 3-4 Shift Valve
            • Overrun Clutch Applied - M33 Only
            • Control Valve Body Ball Check Valve - M33 Only
            • Torque Converter Clutch
              • TCC Solenoid Valve
            • Overdrive Range, Third Gear - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - Torque Converter Clutch Applied
            • Notes
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • 3-4 Shift Valve
            • 3-4 Relay Valve and 4-3 Sequence Valve
            • 2-4 Servo Assembly
            • 2-4 Band Apply Accumulation
              • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
            • 3-4 Accumulator Assembly
            • 3-4 Accumulator Checkball (#1)
            • Accumulator Valve
            • 3-2 Control Solenoid Valve and 3-2 Control Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch Applies
              • TCC Solenoid Valve
            • Converter Clutch Apply Valve
            • Torque Converter
            • TCC Apply Checkball (#9)
            • TCC PWM Solenoid Valve
            • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - TCC Applied - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, 4-3 Downshift
            • Notes
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • 2-4 Band Releases
              • 3-4 Shift Valve
            • 3-4 Relay Valve and 4-3 Sequence Valve
            • 2-4 Servo Assembly
            • 3-4 Accumulator Assembly
            • 3-4 Accumulator Checkball (#1)
            • Accumulator Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
            • Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid Valve
              • TCC PWM Solenoid Valve
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
            • Overdrive Range, 4-3 Downshift - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, 3-2 Downshift
            • Notes
            • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
            • 3-4 Clutch Releases and 2-4 Band Applies
              • 3-4 Clutch Piston
            • 3-4 Clutch Exhaust Checkball (#4)
            • 2-4 Servo Assembly
            • 3-2 Downshift Valve and 1-2 Upshift Checkball (#8)
            • Downshift Timing and Control
            • 3rd Accumulator Checkball (#2)
            • 3-2 Control Solenoid Valve and 3-2 Control Valve
            • 3rd Accumulator Exhaust Checkball (#7)
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
            • Overdrive Range, 3-2 Downshift - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Manual Third Gear
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 3-4 Shift Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
            • Overrun Clutch Feed Checkball (#5)
            • Overrun Clutch Control Checkball (#6)
            • 3-4 Relay Valve and 4-3 Sequence Valve
            • Overrun Clutch Piston
            • Overrun Clutch Air Bleed Checkball
            • Overrun Clutch Applied - M33 Only
            • Control Valve Body Ball Check Valve - M33 Only
            • Torque Converter Clutch and Torque Converter Clutch PWM Solenoid Valve
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
            • Manual Third - First and Second Gears: Overrun Clutch Released
            • Manual Third Gear - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Manual Second Gear
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly
            • Third and Fourth Gears Prevented
              • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
            • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • First Gear Prevented
            • Overrun Clutch Remains Applied
              • Overrun Clutch Feed Checkball (#5)
            • Overrun Clutch Piston
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
            • Manual Second Gear - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Manual First Gear
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • 2-4 Band Releases
              • 2-4 Servo Assembly
            • 1-2 Accumulator Assembly
            • Accumulator Valve
            • 1-2 Upshift Checkball (#8)
            • Lo and Reverse Clutch Applies
              • Lo Overrun Valve
            • Lo and Reverse Piston
            • Overrun Clutch Applied
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
            • 3-2 Downshift Control Solenoid Valve and the 3-2 Control Valve
            • Manual First Gear - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Fluid Passages
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Automatic Transmission - 4L60-E/4L65-E/4L70-E - DTC P0218 To DTC P0742
      • DTC P0218 (4.2L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0218 (5.3L and 6.0L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DIC/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0502 (4.2L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0503 (4.2L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0562 (5.3L and 6.0L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running The DTC
        • Conditions for Setting The DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0563 (5.3L and 6.0L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running The DTC
        • Conditions for Setting The DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0601, P0602, P0603, P0604, P062F or P1621 (5.3L and 6.0L)
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0705 (4.2L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0711 (4.2L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Notes
          • Condition 1
          • Condition 2
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0711 (5.3L and 6.0L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Notes
          • Condition 3
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0712 (4.2L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0712 (5.3L and 6.0L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0713 (4.2L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0713 (5.3L and 6.0L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0716 (5.3L and 6.0L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0717 (5.3L and 6.0L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0719 (4.2L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0719 (5.3L and 6.0L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0722 (5.3L and 6.0L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0723 (5.3L and 6.0L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0724 (4.2L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0724 (5.3L and 6.0L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0741 (4.2L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0741 (5.3L and 6.0L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0742 (4.2L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
    • Automatic Transmission - 4L60-E/4L65-E/4L70-E - DTC P0743 To DTC P0976
      • DTC P0742 (5.3L and 6.0L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0748 (4.2L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0751 (4.2L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0751 (5.3L and 6.0L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0752 (4.2L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0752 (5.3L and 6.0L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0756 (4.2L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0756 (5.3L and 6.0L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0757 (4.2L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0757 (5.3L and 6.0L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0787 (4.2L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Notes
          • Condition 1
          • Condition 2
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0787 (5.3L and 6.0L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Notes
          • Condition 1
          • Condition 2
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0788 (4.2L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC P0788 (5.3L and 6.0L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC P0851 (5.3L and 6.0L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0852 (5.3L and 6.0L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0894 (4.2L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Notes
          • Condition 1
          • Condition 2
          • Condition 3
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0894 (5.3L and 6.0L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Notes
          • Condition 1
          • Condition 2
          • Condition 3
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0961 (5.3L and 6.0L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0973 (4.2L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0973 (5.3L and 6.0L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0974 (4.2L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC P0974 (5.3L and 6.0L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC P0976 (4.2L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0976 (5.3L and 6.0L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
    • Automatic Transmission - 4L60-E/4L65-E/4L70-E - DTC P0977 To DTC P2771
      • DTC P0977 (4.2L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC P0977 (5.3L and 6.0L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC P1810 (4.2L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Notes
          • Condition 1
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1810 (5.3L and 6.0L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1815 (5.3L and 6.0L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1816 (5.3L and 6.0L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1818 (5.3L and 6.0L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P2534 (5.3L and 6.0L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC P2763 (4.2L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC P2763 (5.3L and 6.0L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC P2764 (4.2L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P2764 (5.3L and 6.0L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P2769 (4.2L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P2769 (5.3L and 6.0L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P2770 (4.2L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC P2770 (5.3L and 6.0L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC P2771 (4.2L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P2771 (5.3L and 6.0L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
    • Automatic Transmission - 4L60-E/4L65-E/4L70-E - Service, Diagnosis & Troubleshooting
      • Symptoms - Automatic Transmission
      • Range Selector Displays Incorrect Range (4.2L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Range Selector Displays Incorrect Range (5.3L and 6.0L)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Transmission Fluid Checking
      • Line Pressure Check
        • Notes
        • Tools Required
        • Line Pressure Check Procedure
      • Road Test
        • Notes
        • Electrical Function Check
        • Upshift Control and Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Apply
        • Part Throttle Detent Downshift
        • Full Throttle Detent Downshift
        • Manual Downshifts
          • Notes
          • Manual 4-3 Downshift
          • Manual 4-2 Downshift
          • Manual 4-1 Downshift
        • Coasting Downshifts
        • Manual Gear Range Selection
          • Notes
          • Reverse
          • Manual First
          • Manual Second
          • Manual Third
      • Torque Converter Diagnosis
        • Notes
        • Torque Converter Stator
        • Poor Acceleration at Low Speed
        • Poor Acceleration at High Speed
        • Noise
        • Torque Converter Clutch Shudder
        • If Shudder Occurs During TCC Apply or Release
        • If Shudder Occurs After TCC has Applied
      • Flexplate/Torque Converter Vibration Test
        • Isolating Vibration
        • Indexing Torque Converter
      • Noise and Vibration Analysis
      • Clutch Plate Diagnosis
        • Composition Plates
        • Steel Plates
        • Causes of Burned Clutch Plates
      • Engine Coolant/Water in Transmission
      • Fluid Leak Diagnosis
        • General Method
        • Powder Method
        • Dye and Black Light Method
        • Find the Cause of the Leak
          • Notes
          • Gaskets
          • Seals
        • Possible Points of Fluid Leaks
          • Transmission Oil Pan
          • Case Leak
          • Leak at the Torque Converter End
          • Leak at the Vent Pipe or the Fluid Fill Tube
      • Case Porosity Repair
      • Shift Solenoid Leak Test
        • Tools Required
        • Leak Test Procedure
      • Automatic Transmission Oil Cooler Flushing and Flow Test (J 45096)
        • Notes
        • Cooler Flow Check and Flushing Steps
        • Tools Required
        • Machine Set-up
        • Determine Minimum Flow Rate
        • Back Flush Procedure
        • Forward Flush
        • Flow Test
        • Code Recording Procedure
        • Clean-Up
      • Automatic Transmission Oil Cooler Flushing and Flow Test (J 35944-A)
        • Notes
        • Cooler Flow Check and Flushing Steps
        • Tools Required
        • Preparation
        • Back Flush
        • Forward Flush
        • Flow Test
        • Clean-up
      • Transmission Overheats
      • Oil Pressure High or Low
      • Harsh Shifts
      • Inaccurate Shift Points
      • First Gear Range Only - No Upshift
      • Slips in First Gear
      • Slipping or Harsh 1-2 Shift
      • No 2-3 Shift or 2-3 Shift Slips, Rough or Hunting
      • Second/Third Gear Only or First/Fourth Gears Only
      • No First or Second Gear/No Third or Fourth Gear
      • No Second Gear, No Fourth Gear and No Reverse Gear
      • Third Gear Only
      • 3-2 Flare or Tie-Up
      • No 3-4 Shift, Slips or Rough 3-4 Shift
      • No Reverse or Slips in Reverse
      • No Part Throttle or Delayed Downshifts
      • Harsh Garage Shift
      • No Overrun Braking - Manual 3-2-1
      • No Torque Converter Clutch Apply (300 RPM Slip)
      • Torque Converter Clutch Shudder
      • No Torque Converter Clutch Release
      • Torque Converter Clutch Slip - 100 RPM Slip
      • Torque Converter Clutch Slip with Stall/Stumble
      • Torque Converter Clutch Intermittent - OK Cold/Slips Hot
      • No Fourth Gear or Slips in Fourth Gear
      • Slip/Flare in Any Gear
      • No Third Gear
      • Drives in Neutral
      • Second Gear Start
      • No Park
      • Oil Out the Vent
      • Vibration in Reverse and Whining Noise in Park
      • Ratcheting Noise
      • Popping Noise
      • Whine Noise Varying with RPM or Fluid Pressure
      • Buzz Noise or High Frequency Rattle Sound
      • Noise in Random Ranges
      • No Drive in All Ranges
      • No Drive in Drive Range
      • Shift Lever Indicates Wrong Gear
      • No Gear Selection
      • Engine Starts in Gear
      • Delay in Drive and Reverse
      • Lack of Power or Hesitation
    • Shift Interlock System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Shift Lock Control Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Shift Lock Control Component Views
        • Shift Lock Control Connectors
          • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Actuator
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control
        • Symptoms - Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Park Lock Solenoid Inoperative
        • Shift Lever Does Not Move with Brake Pedal Depressed
        • Shift Lever Can Be Moved without Brake Pedal Depressed
      • Repair Instructions
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Actuator Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Description and Operation
          • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control System
          • Park Lock Solenoid
  • Hydraulic Diagrams
    • Automatic Transmission - 4L60-E/4L65-E/4L70-E - Introduction (2 Of 2)
      • Specifications
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Transmission General Specifications
        • Fluid Capacity Specifications
        • End Play Specifications
        • Low and Reverse Clutch Spacer Plate Selection
        • Forward Clutch Backing Plate Selection
        • Third and Fourth Clutch Backing Plate Selection
        • Reverse Input Clutch Backing Plate Selection
        • Oil Pump Rotor and Slide Measurement
        • Torque Converter End Play Specifications
        • Torque Converter End Play Inspection
        • 2-4 Servo Pin Selection
        • Range Reference
        • Shift Solenoid Valve State and Gear Ratio
        • Shift Speed
        • Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch Logic
        • Transmission Range Switch Logic
        • Line Pressure
        • Component Resistance
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Automatic Transmission Schematic Icons
        • Automatic Transmission Controls Schematics (4.2L)
        • Automatic Transmission Controls Schematics (5.3L/6.0L)
      • Component Locator
        • Automatic Transmission Electronic Component Views
        • Disassembled Views
        • Component Location
        • Torque Converter Housing Identification
        • Transmission Fluid Pan Identification
        • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector
          • Engine Side to Transmission Side
        • Automatic Transmission Internal Connectors
          • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve, Wiring Harness Side
          • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve, Wiring Harness Side
          • 3-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Assembly, Wiring Harness Side
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch, Wiring Harness Side
          • Input Speed Sensor (ISS) Harness
          • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve, Wiring Harness Side
          • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve, Wiring Harness Side
          • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Solenoid Valve, Wiring Harness Side
        • Automatic Transmission Related Connectors
          • Transmission Control Module (TCM), Engine Side (5.3L and 6.0L)
          • Transmission Range Switch, Wiring Harness Side
          • Vehicle Speed Sensor Assembly, Wiring Harness Side
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Repair Instructions
        • Repair Instructions - On Vehicle
          • Transmission Control Module Replacement
            • Notes
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Floor Shift Control Knob Replacement
          • Automatic Transmission Range Selector Lever Cable Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Automatic Transmission Range Selector Lever Cable Bracket Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Range Selector Lever Cable Adjustment
            • Adjustment Procedure
          • Automatic Transmission Control Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Park/Neutral Position Switch Replacement
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Park/Neutral Position Switch Adjustment
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid and Filter Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Transmission Fluid Cooler Hose/Pipe Replacement (Body VIN Code 6 LM4)
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Transmission Fluid Cooler Hose/Pipe Quick-Connect Fitting Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • 2-4 Servo
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Pressure Regulator Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Torque Converter Clutch Valve and Spring Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Filler Tube and Seal Replacement (LL8)
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Filler Tube and Seal Replacement (LM4)
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Transmission Heat Shield Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Manual Shift Shaft Seal Replacement
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Valve Body and Pressure Switch Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Control and Shift Solenoids Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulation Solenoid, Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid and Wiring Harness
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Accumulator Assembly, Spacer Plate and Gaskets
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Transmission Extension Housing Rear Oil Seal Replacement
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Transmission Extension Housing Assembly Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Vehicle Speed Sensor Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Transmission Mount Replacement (4.2L)
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Transmission Mount Replacement (5.3L)
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Transmission Mount Spacer Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Transmission Replacement (LL8)
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Transmission Replacement (LM4, LS2)
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
        • Repair Instructions - Off Vehicle
          • Holding Fixture Installation
            • Tools Required
            • Installation Procedure
          • Torque Converter Assembly Removal
          • Drain Oil
          • Converter Housing Removal
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
          • 2-4 Servo Cover and Assembly Removal
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
          • 2-4 Servo Pin Length Check
            • Tools Required
            • Inspection Procedure
          • Speed Sensor and Case Extension Removal
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
          • Transmission Fluid Pan and Filter Assembly Removal
          • Valve Body and Wiring Harness Removal
          • Turbine Shaft O-Ring Removal
          • Transmission End Play Check
            • Tools Required
            • Inspection Procedure
          • Oil Pump Removal
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
          • 2-4 Band, Input Clutches, Input Gear Set Removal
          • Reaction Gear Set Removal
          • Output Shaft, Reaction Gear, Low/Rev Clutch Removal
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
          • Inner Manual Linkage Removal
          • Low and Reverse Clutch Piston Removal
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
          • Case Assembly Inspection
          • Retainer and Ball Assembly Leak Check
            • Tools Required
            • Inspection Procedure
          • Third Accumulator Retainer and Ball Replacement
          • Case Bushing
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Manual Shaft Seal Installation
          • Low and Reverse Clutch Piston Installation
            • Tools Required
            • Installation Procedure
          • Inner Manual Linkage Installation
          • Reaction Gear and Carrier Inspection
          • Reaction Gear and Carrier Installation
            • Tools Required
            • Installation Procedure
          • Low and Reverse Clutch Spacer Plate Selection
            • Tools Required
            • Selection Procedure
          • Low and Reverse Clutch Plate Installation
          • Low and Reverse Clutch Support Disassemble
          • Low and Reverse Clutch Support Installation
          • Reaction Sun Gear Installation
            • Tools Required
            • Installation Procedure
          • Reaction Carrier Shaft Replacement
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Input Internal Gear, Reaction Shaft and Shell Installation
            • Tools Required
            • Installation Procedure
          • Internal Transmission Speed Sensor Rotor Replacement
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Output Shaft Installation
            • Tools Required
            • Installation Procedure
          • Input Carrier Inspection
          • Input Sun Gear Bushings Replacement
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Input Carrier Inspection and Installation
            • Tool Required
            • Installation Procedure
          • Input Clutch Assembly Disassemble
            • Tools Required
            • Disassembly Procedure
          • Input Housing and Shaft Assembly Inspection
          • Input Housing and Shaft Assembly Assemble
            • Tools Required
            • Assembly Procedure
          • Input Housing to Output Shaft Seal Installation
          • Overrun Clutch Installation
          • Forward Clutch Sprag Disassemble
          • Forward Clutch Sprag Assemble
          • Forward Clutch Assembly Assemble
          • Forward Clutch Piston Travel Check
          • 3-4 Clutch Assemble
          • 3-4 Clutch Plate Travel Check
          • Clutch Air Check
            • Inspection Procedure
          • Turbine Shaft Seals Installation
            • Tools Required
            • Installation Procedure
          • Reverse Input Clutch Disassemble
            • Tools Required
            • Disassembly Procedure
          • Reverse Input Clutch Bushing Replacement
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Reverse Input Clutch Assemble
            • Tools Required
            • Assembly Procedure
          • Reverse Input Clutch Plate Travel Check
          • Reverse Input and Input Clutches Installation
          • 2-4 Band Assembly Installation
          • Input Speed Sensor Removal
          • Oil Pump Disassemble
          • Oil Pump Body Disassemble
          • Oil Pump Rotor and Slide Measurement
          • Oil Pump Body Bushing Replacement
            • Tools Required
            • Replacement Procedure
          • Oil Pump Body Assemble
            • Tools Required
            • Assembly Procedure
          • Oil Pump Cover Disassemble
          • Oil Pump Stator Shaft Bushing Replacement
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Oil Pump Cover Assemble
            • Tools Required
            • Assembly Procedure
          • Oil Pump Cover and Body Assemble
            • Tools Required
            • Assembly Procedure
          • Input Speed Sensor Installation
          • Oil Pump Assembly Installation
            • Tools Required
            • Installation Procedure
          • Converter Housing Installation
            • Tools Required
            • Installation Procedure
          • Turbine Shaft O-Ring Installation
          • Control Valve Body Disassemble
          • Control Valve Body Assemble
            • Inspection Procedure
            • Cleaning Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • 3-4 Accumulator Installation
          • 1-2 Accumulator Disassemble
          • 1-2 Accumulator Assemble
          • 1-2 Accumulator Installation
            • Tools Required
            • Assembly Procedure
          • Control Valve Body Installation
            • Tools Required
            • Installation Procedure
          • Manual Detent Spring Installation
          • Oil Filter Assembly Installation
          • Transmission Fluid Pan Installation
          • 2-4 Servo Disassemble
            • Tools Required
            • Assembly Procedure
          • 2-4 Servo Assembly Installation
            • Tools Required
            • Installation Procedure
          • Case Extension Bushing Replacement (2WD Truck/Utility/Van Only )
            • Tools Required
            • Replacement Procedure
          • Speed Sensor and Case Extension Installation
            • Tools Required
            • Installation Procedure
          • Torque Converter End Play Inspection
            • Tools Required
            • Inspection Procedure
          • Torque Converter Installation
            • Tools Required
            • Installation Procedure
          • Holding Fixture Removal
            • Tools Required
            • Removal Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Transmission General Information
          • How to Use This Section
          • Basic Knowledge
          • Diagnosis
        • Definitions and Abbreviations
          • Throttle Positions
          • Shift Condition Definitions
          • Noise Conditions
          • Transmission Abbreviations
        • Transmission Identification Information
        • Transmission Component and System Description
        • Transmission Adaptive Functions (TCM)
          • Notes
          • Clearing Transmission Adaptive Pressure (TAP)
        • Transmission Indicators and Messages (TCM)
        • Electronic Component Description (TCM)
          • Automatic Transmission Input Speed Sensor Assembly
          • Electronic Component Description (TCM)
          • 1-2 and 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valves
          • 3-2 Shift Solenoid Valve Assembly
          • Transmission Pressure Control Solenoid
          • Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid Valve
          • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulation Solenoid Valve
          • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
          • Vehicle Speed Sensor Assembly
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor
          • Transmission Range Switch
        • Electronic Component Description (PCM)
          • 1-2 and 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valves
          • 3-2 Shift Solenoid Valve Assembly
          • Clearing Transmission Adaptive Pressure (TAP)
          • Transmission Adaptive Functions
          • Transmission Indicators and Messages
          • Transmission Pressure Control Solenoid
          • Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid Valve
          • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulation Solenoid Valve
          • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
          • Vehicle Speed Sensor Assembly
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor
          • Transmission Range Switch
        • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector Description
        • Automatic Transmission Hydraulic Diagrams
          • Park - Engine Running
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulator Valve
            • Pressure Relief Valve
            • Line Pressure Tap
            • Actuator Feed Limit Valve
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC)
              • Torque Converter Clutch PWM Solenoid and Regulator Apply and Isolator Valve
              • TCC Solenoid Valve
              • Converter Clutch Valve
            • Torque Converter
            • Cooler and Lubrication System
            • Manual Valve
            • Lo and Reverse Clutch Applies
              • Lo and Reverse Clutch Piston
            • Lo Overrun Valve
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly
            • Shift Solenoid Valves (1-2 and 2-3)
            • Shift Valves (1-2, 2-3 and 3-4)
            • Park - Engine Running - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Reverse
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • Lo and Reverse Clutch
            • Reverse Input Checkball (#3)
            • Reverse Abuse Valve
            • Boost Valve
            • Reverse Input Clutch Piston
            • Reverse Input Air Bleed Checkball
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly
            • Shift Solenoid Valves (1-2 and 2-3)
            • Shift Valves (1-2, 2-3 and 3-4)
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
            • Reverse - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Neutral - Engine Running
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • Lo and Reverse Clutch Releases
              • Lo and Reverse Clutch Piston
            • Lo Overrun Valve
            • Reverse Input Cutch Releases
              • Reverse Input Clutch Piston
            • Reverse Abuse Valve
            • Boost Valve
            • Reverse Input Checkball (#3)
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly
            • Neutral - Engine Running - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, First Gear
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • Forward Clutch Accumulator Checkball (#12)
            • Forward Clutch Accumulator Piston
            • Forward Clutch Abuse Valve
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
            • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • Accumulator Valve
            • Rear Lube
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
            • 3-2 Control Solenoid Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch PWM Solenoid Valve
            • Overdrive Range, First Gear - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Second Gear
            • Notes
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • 1-2 Shift Checkball (#8)
            • 2-4 Servo Assembly
            • 1-2 Accumulator
            • Accumulator Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
            • 3-4 Relay Valve and 4-3 Sequence Valve
            • 3-2 Downshift Valve
            • 3-2 Control Solenoid Valve
            • 3-2 Control Valve
            • 3-4 Shift Valve
            • Overrun Clutch Applied - M33 Only
            • Control Valve Body Ball Check Valve - M33 Only
            • Torque Converter Clutch
              • TCC Solenoid Valve
            • Overdrive Range, Second Gear - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Third Gear
            • Notes
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
            • 3-4 Clutch Exhaust Checkball (#4)
            • 3-4 Clutch Piston
            • 3rd Accumulator Checkball (#2)
            • 3rd Accumulator Exhaust Checkball (#7)
            • 2-4 Servo Assembly
            • 3-2 Downshift Valve
            • 3-2 Control Solenoid Valve and 3-2 Control Valve
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve and 1-2 Shift Valve
            • 3-4 Shift Valve
            • Overrun Clutch Applied - M33 Only
            • Control Valve Body Ball Check Valve - M33 Only
            • Torque Converter Clutch
              • TCC Solenoid Valve
            • Overdrive Range, Third Gear - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - Torque Converter Clutch Applied
            • Notes
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • 3-4 Shift Valve
            • 3-4 Relay Valve and 4-3 Sequence Valve
            • 2-4 Servo Assembly
            • 2-4 Band Apply Accumulation
              • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
            • 3-4 Accumulator Assembly
            • 3-4 Accumulator Checkball (#1)
            • Accumulator Valve
            • 3-2 Control Solenoid Valve and 3-2 Control Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch Applies
              • TCC Solenoid Valve
            • Converter Clutch Apply Valve
            • Torque Converter
            • TCC Apply Checkball (#9)
            • TCC PWM Solenoid Valve
            • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - TCC Applied - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, 4-3 Downshift
            • Notes
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • 2-4 Band Releases
              • 3-4 Shift Valve
            • 3-4 Relay Valve and 4-3 Sequence Valve
            • 2-4 Servo Assembly
            • 3-4 Accumulator Assembly
            • 3-4 Accumulator Checkball (#1)
            • Accumulator Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
            • Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid Valve
              • TCC PWM Solenoid Valve
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
            • Overdrive Range, 4-3 Downshift - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Overdrive Range, 3-2 Downshift
            • Notes
            • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
            • 3-4 Clutch Releases and 2-4 Band Applies
              • 3-4 Clutch Piston
            • 3-4 Clutch Exhaust Checkball (#4)
            • 2-4 Servo Assembly
            • 3-2 Downshift Valve and 1-2 Upshift Checkball (#8)
            • Downshift Timing and Control
            • 3rd Accumulator Checkball (#2)
            • 3-2 Control Solenoid Valve and 3-2 Control Valve
            • 3rd Accumulator Exhaust Checkball (#7)
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
            • Overdrive Range, 3-2 Downshift - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Manual Third Gear
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 3-4 Shift Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
            • Overrun Clutch Feed Checkball (#5)
            • Overrun Clutch Control Checkball (#6)
            • 3-4 Relay Valve and 4-3 Sequence Valve
            • Overrun Clutch Piston
            • Overrun Clutch Air Bleed Checkball
            • Overrun Clutch Applied - M33 Only
            • Control Valve Body Ball Check Valve - M33 Only
            • Torque Converter Clutch and Torque Converter Clutch PWM Solenoid Valve
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
            • Manual Third - First and Second Gears: Overrun Clutch Released
            • Manual Third Gear - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Manual Second Gear
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly
            • Third and Fourth Gears Prevented
              • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
            • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • First Gear Prevented
            • Overrun Clutch Remains Applied
              • Overrun Clutch Feed Checkball (#5)
            • Overrun Clutch Piston
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
            • Manual Second Gear - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
          • Manual First Gear
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve Train
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve
            • 1-2 Shift Valve
            • 2-4 Band Releases
              • 2-4 Servo Assembly
            • 1-2 Accumulator Assembly
            • Accumulator Valve
            • 1-2 Upshift Checkball (#8)
            • Lo and Reverse Clutch Applies
              • Lo Overrun Valve
            • Lo and Reverse Piston
            • Overrun Clutch Applied
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve
            • 3-2 Downshift Control Solenoid Valve and the 3-2 Control Valve
            • Manual First Gear - A/T System Hydraulic Diagram
        • Fluid Passages
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Transfer Case - NVG 226-NP8
    • Specifications
      • Capacities - Approximate Fluid
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Sealers, Adhesives and Lubricants
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Transfer Case Control Schematic Icons
      • Transfer Case Control Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • Transfer Case Control Component Views
      • Transfer Case Control Connectors
        • Front Axle Actuator
        • Propshaft Speed Sensor - Front
        • Propshaft Speed Sensor - Rear
        • Transfer Case Encoder Motor
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Module C1
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Module C2
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Module C3
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Switch
      • Transfer Case Disassembled View
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Transfer Case
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
      • DTC B0770
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC B0775
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC B0780
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC B0785
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC B0790
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC B2725
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0300
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0305
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0306
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0321
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0327
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0359
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0374
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0379
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0550
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • Symptoms - Transfer Case
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Front Axle Will Not Engage
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Front Axle Will Not Disengage
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Transfer Case Shift Control Switch Inoperative
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • No Correction for Slip in AWD Mode
        • Test Description
      • Transfer Case Shift Control Switch Indicator Always On - Two or More
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Transfer Case Shift Control Switch Indicator Flashes, then Returns to Previous Mode
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Transfer Case Shift Control Switch Indicators Flash Continuously 15 Seconds or More
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Transfer Case Shift Control Switch Indicator Inoperative - One or More
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Service Indicator Always On
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Service Indicator Inoperative
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Transfer Case Popping Noise
      • Transfer Case Whine or Rumble Noise
      • Transfer Case Growl or Grinding Noise
      • Transfer Case Grating Noise
      • Transfer Case Clunk in 2HI Only
      • Transfer Case Clunk in 4HI
      • Transfer Case Clunk in 4LO
      • Transfer Case Shudder or Binding
      • Transfer Case Leak Diagnosis
    • Repair Instructions
      • Transfer Case Shift Control Module Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Transfer Case Control Module Reprogramming
        • Set-up for Module Programming/Reprogramming
        • Remote Programming Feature
        • Programming Using Scan Tool Pass-Through Connection
      • Transfer Case Fluid Replacement (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Rainier, Bravada)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Transfer Case Motor/Encoder Replacement (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL, Envoy XUV)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Transfer Case Motor/Encoder Replacement (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Rainier)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Transfer Case Speed Sensor Replacement - Front (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL, Envoy XUV)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Transfer Case Speed Sensor Replacement - Front (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Rainier)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Transfer Case Speed Sensor Replacement - Left Rear
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Transfer Case Speed Sensor Replacement - Right Rear
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Transfer Case Output Shaft Seal Replacement - Front (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL, Envoy XUV)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Transfer Case Output Shaft Seal Replacement - Front (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Rainier)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Transfer Case Output Shaft Seal Replacement - Rear
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Transfer Case Assembly Replacement (TrailBlazer, Envoy)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Transfer Case Input Shaft Seal Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Transfer Case Adapter Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Transfer Case Shift Control Switch Replacement (Chevrolet)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Transfer Case Shift Control Switch Replacement (GMC, Buick)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Transfer Case Disassemble
        • Tools Required
        • Disassembly Procedure
      • Cleaning and Inspection
        • Notes
        • Front Case Half
        • Rear Case Half
        • Oil Pump Suction Pipe Assembly, 1st Design
        • Oil Pump Suction Pipe Assembly, 2nd Design
        • Rear Extension
        • Rear Output Shaft
        • Clutch Components
        • High/Low Planetary Carrier
        • Drive Chain and Sprockets
        • Front Output Shaft
        • Input Gear
        • Shift System Components
      • Transfer Case Assemble
        • Tools Required
        • Assembly Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Transfer Case Description and Operation
        • General Operation
        • 2WD Power Flow
        • 4HI and AWD Power Flow
        • 4LO Power Flow
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Switch
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Module
        • Transfer Case Motor/Encoder
        • Transfer Case Encoder
        • Transfer Case Motor Lock
        • Transfer Case Speed Sensors
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Speed Sensor
          • Rear Propshaft Speed Sensor
          • Front Propshaft Speed Sensor
        • SERVICE 4WD Indicator
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
• External Pages